diff options
| -rw-r--r-- | .gitattributes | 3 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 35502-8.txt | 4141 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 35502-8.zip | bin | 0 -> 80583 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 35502-h.zip | bin | 0 -> 492199 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 35502-h/35502-h.htm | 5938 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 35502-h/images/i004.jpg | bin | 0 -> 81088 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 35502-h/images/i005.jpg | bin | 0 -> 17156 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 35502-h/images/i049.jpg | bin | 0 -> 94984 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 35502-h/images/i163.jpg | bin | 0 -> 100391 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 35502-h/images/i175.jpg | bin | 0 -> 17353 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 35502-h/images/i207.jpg | bin | 0 -> 95586 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 35502.txt | 4141 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 35502.zip | bin | 0 -> 80553 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | LICENSE.txt | 11 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | README.md | 2 |
15 files changed, 14236 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/.gitattributes b/.gitattributes new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6833f05 --- /dev/null +++ b/.gitattributes @@ -0,0 +1,3 @@ +* text=auto +*.txt text +*.md text diff --git a/35502-8.txt b/35502-8.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4e9baaf --- /dev/null +++ b/35502-8.txt @@ -0,0 +1,4141 @@ +The Project Gutenberg EBook of The Basket Woman, by Mary Austin + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + +Title: The Basket Woman + A Book of Indian Tales for Children + +Author: Mary Austin + +Release Date: March 7, 2011 [EBook #35502] + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1 + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE BASKET WOMAN *** + + + + +Produced by Chris Curnow, Joseph Cooper and the Online +Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net + + + + + + + + + + TRANSCRIBER'S NOTE: Diacritic marks over letters are enclosed within + square brackets. For example, [)a] represents small letter "a" with + breve. + + + + + THE BASKET WOMAN + + A BOOK OF INDIAN TALES + FOR CHILDREN + + BY + + MARY AUSTIN + + _SCHOOL EDITION_ + + + BOSTON, NEW YORK, AND CHICAGO + HOUGHTON MIFFLIN COMPANY + + The Riverside Press, Cambridge + + + + COPYRIGHT, 1904, BY MARY AUSTIN + COPYRIGHT, 1910, BY HOUGHTON MIFFLIN COMPANY + + ALL RIGHTS RESERVED + + + + [Illustration: From photograph by A. A. Forbes + THE BASKET WOMAN] + + + + +PREFACE + + +In preparing this volume of western myths for school use the object has +been not so much to provide authentic Indian Folk-tales, as to present +certain aspects of nature as they appear in the myth-making mood, that +is to say, in the form of strongest appeal to the child mind. Indian +myths as they exist among Indians are too frequently sustained by coarse +and cruel incidents comparable to the belly-ripping joke in _Jack the +Giant Killer_, or the blinding of Gloucester in _King Lear_, and when +presented in story form, too often fall under the misapprehension of the +myth as something invented and added to the imaginative life. It is, in +fact, the root and branch of man's normal intimacy with nature. + +So slowly does the mind awaken to the realization of consciousness and +personality as by-products of animal life only, that few escape carrying +over into adult life some obsession of its persistence in inanimate +things, say of malevolence in opals or luckiness in a rabbit's foot, or +the capacity of moral discrimination against their victims residing in +hurricanes and earthquakes. The chief preoccupation of the child in his +earlier years is the business of abstracting the items of his +environment from this pervading sense, and ascribing to them their +proper degrees of awareness. He arrives in a general way at knowing that +it hurts the cat's tail to be stepped on because the cat cries, and that +it does not hurt the stick. But if the stick were provided with a +squeaking apparatus he would be much longer in the process, and if the +stick becomes a steed or a doll it is quite possible for him to weep +with sympathetic pain at the abuse of it. + +He sees the tree and it is alive and sentient to him; you cut a stick +horse from its boughs, and that is separately alive; cut the stick again +into two horses, and they will prance whole and satisfying. Later when +the game is played out, the stick may burn and furnish live flame to +dance, live smoke to ascend, live ash to be treated with contumely; all +of which arises not so much in the mere trick of invention as in the +natural difficulty in thinking of objects freed from consciousness, +almost as great as the philosopher's in conceiving empty space. There is +a period in the life of every child when almost the only road to the +understanding is the one blazed out by the myth-making spirit, kept open +to the larger significance of things long after he is apprised that the +thunder did not originate in the smithy of the gods nor the Walrus talk +to the Carpenter. Any attempt, however, to hasten the proper +distinctions of causes and powers by the suppression of myth making is +likely to prove as disastrous as helping young puppies through their +nine days' blindness by forcibly opening their eyes. You might get a few +days' purchase of vision for some of them, but you would also have a +good many cases of total blindness. What can be done by way of turning +the myth-making period to advantage, this little book is partly to show. + +Of the three sorts of myths included, about a third are direct +transcriptions from Indian myths current in the campodies of the West, +but it must not be assumed that myths like _The Crooked Fir_ and _The +White Barked Pine_ are in any sense "made up," or to be laid to the +author's credit. Since the myth originates in an attitude of mind, it +must be understood that, to the primitive mind, nearly the whole process +of nature presents itself in mythical terms. It is not that the Indian +imagines the tree having sentience--he simply isn't able to imagine its +not having it. All his songs, his ceremonies, his daily speech, are full +of the aspect of nature in terms of human endeavor. The story of _The +Crooked Fir_ was suggested to me in the humorous comment of my Indian +guide on one of the forks of Kings River, the first time my attention +was caught by the uniform curve of the trunks, and he explained it to +me. The myth of _The Stream That Ran Away_ might arise as simply as in +the question of a child who has not lived long enough to understand the +seasonal recession of waters, wishing to know why a stream that ran +full some weeks ago is now dry. And if his mother has had trouble with +his straying too far from the camp she might say to him that it had run +away and the White people had caught it and set it to work in an +irrigating ditch, "and that is what will happen to you if you don't +watch out" ... or she might draw a moral on the neglect of duty if the +occasion demanded it ... or if she were gifted with fancy, tell him that +that was it which fell on us as rain in Big Meadow, and it would return +to its banks when it had watered the high places. But whatever she would +tell him would have an acute observation of nature behind it and would +be stated in personal terms. It is so that the child begins to +understand the continuity of natural forces and their relativity to the +life of man. + +There is a third sort of story included with these, which aside from +being of the stuff from which hero myths are made,--_Mahala Joe_ is in +point,--has a value which must be gone into more particularly. + +What is important for the teacher to understand is that the myth, +itself a living issue, will not bear too much handling; in the process +of making it a part of the child's experience, the meaning of it must +not be pulled up too often to learn if it has taken root. Unless it +elucidates itself in the course of time,--and one must recall how long a +period elapsed between the first reading of the _Ugly Duckling_, say, +and its final revelation of itself,--unless its content is broadly human +and personal, it has practically no educative value. It is not +absolutely indispensable that the whole unfolding of it should be within +the limited period of school life that affords it; some of the noblest +human myths reveal as it were successive layers of insight and purport, +taking change and color from the passing experience; but it remains true +that the best time to insinuate the myth in the child's mind is when he +is normally at the myth-making period. + +To make it, then, part of the child's possession it should be read to or +by him at convenient intervals, until he can give back a fairly succinct +version of it. Along with this must go the business of deepening and +extending the background; and whether this is to be done at the time of +the reading or intermediately, must depend largely on the local +background. Children in schools on the Pacific slope should find +themselves already tolerably furnished; any hill region in fact should +yield suggestive material, without overlaying the content of the myth +with trifling exactitudes of natural history. + +It is very difficult to say in a word all that is implied in the +extension of the background. One has only to consider the amount of time +spent in teaching the so-called Classic Myths, tremendous in their power +of vitalizing and coloring their own and related times, and reflect on +their failure to effect anything beyond their mere story interest in +modern life, to realize that the value of a myth is directly in +proportion as its background is common and accessible. What would happen +in a locality calculated to suggest and with a teacher properly equipped +to interpret the background of Greek and Roman mythology, is not +proven, but in practical school work the author has found it best to +defer the teaching of it until by general reading a point of contact is +established, which enables the child to read _backward_ into its +meaning, and for the actively myth-making period to use forms sprung +naturally from the child's own environment. The better he can visualize +and locate the objects mythically treated, the better they serve their +purpose of rendering personal the influences of nature and sustaining +him in that happy sense of the community of life and interest in the +Wild. + +It is for this purpose of extending the background that the introductory +sketches and some others are included in this collection. _The Golden +Fortune_ could be read with _The White Barked Pine_, and _The Christmas +Tree_ with _The Crooked Fir_. Any hill country or wooded district should +furnish additional color, but let it be cautioned here, that though all +the nature references in these tales are entirely dependable, the child +is not to be made unhappy thereby. Whatever branch of school work it is +found necessary to correlate with the myths, it should be in general +recreative rather than instructive; for what is comprehended in the term +Nature is after all not a miscellany of objects, but a state of mind set +up by their happiest coincidences. The least that can be said to achieve +a proper notion of a tree or a glacier is so much better than the most; +a casual application to a known and neighboring circumstance goes +further than any amount of explanation. + + + + +CONTENTS + + + PAGE + THE BASKET WOMAN--FIRST STORY 1 + THE BASKET WOMAN--SECOND STORY 17 + THE STREAM THAT RAN AWAY 31 + THE COYOTE-SPIRIT AND THE WEAVING WOMAN 43 + THE CHEERFUL GLACIER 59 + THE MERRY-GO-ROUND 71 + THE CHRISTMAS TREE 87 + THE FIRE BRINGER 107 + THE CROOKED FIR 119 + THE SUGAR PINE 129 + THE GOLDEN FORTUNE 141 + THE WHITE-BARKED PINE 161 + NÁ [:Y]ANG-WIT'E, THE FIRST RABBIT DRIVE 171 + MAHALA JOE 183 + PRONOUNCING VOCABULARY 221 + + +ILLUSTRATIONS + + + THE BASKET WOMAN _Frontispiece_ + A "CAMPOODIE," OR INDIAN VILLAGE 30 + AN OLD MINE 142 + A "WICKIUP," OR INDIAN HUT 184 + + + + +THE BASKET WOMAN + +FIRST STORY + + +The homesteader's cabin stood in a moon-shaped hollow between the hills +and the high mesa; and the land before it stretched away golden and +dusky green, and was lost in a blue haze about where the river +settlements began. The hills had a flowing outline and melted softly +into each other and higher hills behind, until the range broke in a +ragged crest of thin peaks white with snow. A clean, wide sky bent over +that country, and the air that moved in it was warm and sweet. + +The homesteader's son had run out on the trail that led toward the +spring, with half a mind to go to it, but ran back again when he saw the +Basket Woman coming. He was afraid of her, and ashamed because he was +afraid, so he did not tell his mother that he had changed his mind. + +"There is the mahala coming for the wash," said his mother; "now you +will have company at the spring." But Alan only held tighter to a fold +of her dress. This was the third time the Indian woman had come to wash +for the homesteader's wife; and, though she was slow and quiet and had a +pleasant smile, Alan was still afraid of her. All that he had heard of +Indians before coming to this country was very frightful, and he did not +understand yet that it was not so. Beyond a certain point of hills on +clear days he could see smoke rising from the campoodie, and though he +knew nothing but his dreams of what went on there, he would not so much +as play in that direction. + +The Basket Woman was the only Indian that he had seen. She would come +walking across the mesa with a great cone-shaped carrier basket heaped +with brushwood on her shoulders, stooping under it and easing the weight +by a buckskin band about her forehead. Sometimes it would be a smaller +basket carried in the same fashion, and she would be filling it with +bulbs of wild hyacinth or taboose; often she carried a bottle-necked +water basket to and from the spring, and always wore a bowl-shaped +basket on her head for a hat. Her long hair hung down from under it, and +her black eyes glittered beadily below the rim. Alan had a fancy that +any moment she might pick him up with a quick toss as if he had been a +bit of brushwood, and drop him over her shoulder into the great carrier, +and walk away across the mesa with him. So when he saw her that morning +coming down the trail from the spring, he hung close by his mother's +skirts. + +"You must not be afraid of her, Alan," said his mother; "she is very +kind, and no doubt has had a boy of her own." + +The Basket Woman showed them her white, even teeth in a smile. "This one +very pretty boy," she said; but Alan had made up his mind not to trust +her. He was thinking of what the teamster had said when he had driven +them up from the railroad station with their belongings the day they +came to their new home and found the Basket Woman spying curiously in +at the cabin windows. + +"You wanter watch out how you behaves yourself, sonny," said the +teamster, wagging a solemn jaw, "she's likely to pack you away in that +basket o' her'n one of these days." And Alan had watched out very +carefully indeed. + +It was not a great while after they came to the foothill claim that the +homesteader went over to the campoodie to get an Indian to help at fence +building, and Alan went with him, holding fast by his father's hand. +They found the Indians living in low, foul huts; their clothes were also +dirty, and they sat about on the ground, fat and good-natured. The dogs +and children lay sleeping in the sun. It was all very disappointing. + +"Will they not hurt us, father?" Alan had said at starting. + +"Oh, no, my boy; you must not get any such notion as that," said the +homesteader; "Indians are not at all now what they were once." + +Alan thought of this as he looked at the campoodie, and pulled at his +father's hand. + +"I do not like Indians the way they are now," he said; and immediately +saw that he had made a mistake, for he was standing directly in front of +the Basket Woman's hut, and as she suddenly put her head out of the door +he thought by the look of her mysterious, bright eyes that she had +understood. He did not venture to say anything more, and all the way +home kept looking back toward the campoodie to see if anything came of +it. + +"Why do you not eat your supper?" said his mother. "I am afraid the long +walk in the hot sun was too much for you." Alan dared not say anything +to her of what troubled him, though perhaps it would have been better if +he had, for that night the Basket Woman came for him. + +She did not pick him up and toss him over her shoulder as he expected; +but let down the basket, and he stepped into it of his own accord. Alan +was surprised to find that he was not so much afraid of her after all. + +"What will you do with me?" he said. + +"I will show you Indians as they used to be," said she. + +Alan could feel the play of her strong shoulders as they went out across +the lower mesa and began to climb the hills. + +"Where do you go?" said the boy. + +"To Pahrump, the valley of Corn Water. It was there my people were +happiest in old days." + +They went on between the oaks, and smelled the musky sweet smell of the +wild grapevines along the water borders. The sagebrush began to fail +from the slopes, and buckthorn to grow up tall and thicker; the wind +brought them a long sigh from the lowest pines. They came up with the +silver firs and passed them, passed the drooping spruces, the wet +meadows, and the wood of thimble-cone pines. The air under them had an +earthy smell. Presently they came out upon a cleared space very high up +where the rocks were sharp and steep. + +"Why are there no trees here?" asked Alan. + +"I will tell you about that," said the Basket Woman. "In the old flood +time, and that is longer ago than is worth counting, the water came up +and covered the land, all but the high tops of mountains. Here then the +Indians fled and lived, and with them the animals that escaped from the +flood. There were trees growing then over all the high places, but +because the waters were long on the earth the Indians were obliged to +cut them down for firewood. Also they killed all the large animals for +food, but the small ones hid in the rocks. After that the waters went +down; trees and grass began to grow over all the earth, but never any +more on the tops of high mountains. They had all been burned off. You +can see that it is so." + +From the top of the mountain Alan could see all the hills on the other +side shouldering and peering down toward the happy valley of Corn Water. + +"Here," said the Basket Woman, "my people came of old time in the +growing season of the year; they planted corn, and the streams came +down from the hills and watered it. Now we, too, will go down." + +They went by a winding trail, steep and stony. The pines stood up around +and locked them closely in. + +"I see smoke arising," said Alan, "blue smoke above the pines." + +"It is the smoke of their hearth fires," said the Basket Woman, and they +went down and down. + +"I hear a sound of singing," said the boy. + +"It is the women singing and grinding at the quern," she said, and her +feet went faster. + +"I hear laughter," he said again, "it mixes with the running of the +water." + +"It is the maidens washing their knee-long hair. They kneel by the water +and stoop down, they dip in the running water and shake out bright drops +in the sun." + +"There is a pleasant smell," said Alan. + +"It is pine nuts roasting in the cones," said the Basket Woman; "so it +was of old time." + +They came out of the cleft of the hills in a pleasant place by singing +water. "There you will see the rows of wickiups," said the Basket Woman, +"with the doors all opening eastward to the sun. Let us sit here and see +what we shall see." + +The women sat by the wickiups weaving baskets of willow and stems of +fern. They made patterns of bright feathers and strung wampum about the +rims. Some sewed with sinew and needles of cactus thorn on deerskin +white and fine; others winnowed the corn. They stood up tossing it in +baskets like grains of gold, and the wind carried away the chaff. All +this time the young girls were laughing as they dried their hair in the +sun. They bound it with flowers and gay strings of beads, and made their +cheeks bright with red earth. The children romped and shouted about the +camp, and ran bare-legged in the stream. + +"Do they do nothing but play?" said Alan. + +"You shall see," said the Basket Woman. + +Away up the mountain sounded a faint halloo. In a moment all the camp +was bustle and delight. The children clapped their hands; they left off +playing and began to drag up brushwood for the fires. The women put away +their weaving and brought out the cooking pots; they heard the men +returning from the hunt. The young men brought deer upon their +shoulders; one had grouse and one held up a great basket of trout. The +women made the meat ready for cooking. Some of them took meal and made +cakes for baking in the ashes. The men rested in the glow of the fires, +feathering arrows and restringing their bows. + +"That is well," said the Basket Woman, "to make ready for to-morrow's +meat before to-day's is eaten." + +"How happy they are!" said the boy. + +"They will be happier when they have eaten," said she. + +After supper the Indians gathered together for singing and dancing. The +old men told tales one after the other, and the children thought each +one was the best. Between the tales the Indians all sang together, or +one sang a new song that he had made. There was one of them who did +better than all. He had streaked his body with colored earth and had a +band of eagle feathers in his hair. In his hand was a rattle of wild +sheep's horn and small stones; he kept time with it as he leapt and sang +in the light of the fire. He sang of old wars, sang of the deer that was +killed, sang of the dove and the young grass that grew on the mountain; +and the people were well pleased, for when the heart is in the singing +it does not matter much what the song is about. The men beat their hands +together to keep time to his dancing, and the earth under his feet was +stamped to a fine dust. + +"He is one that has found the wolf's song," said the Basket Woman. + +"What is that?" asked Alan. + +"It is an old tale of my people," said she. "Once there was a man who +could not make any songs, so he got no praise from the tribe, and it +troubled him much. Then, as he was gathering taboose by the river, a +wolf went by, and the wolf said to him, 'What will you have me to give +you for your taboose?' Then said the man, 'I will have you to give me a +song.' + +"'That will I gladly,' said the wolf. So the wolf taught him, and that +night he sang the wolf's song in the presence of all the people, and it +made their hearts to burn within them. Then the man fell down as if he +were dead, for the pure joy of singing, and when deep sleep was upon him +the wolf came in the night and stole his song away. Neither the man nor +any one who had heard it remembered it any more. So we say when a man +sings as no other sang before him, 'He has the wolf's song.' It is a +good saying. Now we must go, for the children are all asleep by their +mothers, and the day comes soon," said the Basket Woman. + +"Shall we come again?" said Alan. "And will it all be as it is now?" + +"My people come often to the valley of Corn Water," said she, "but it +is never as it is now except in dreams. Now we must go quickly." Far up +the trail they saw a grayness in the eastern sky where the day was about +to come in. + +"Hark," said the Basket Woman, "they will sing together the coyote song. +It is so that they sing it when the coyote goes home from his hunting, +and the morning is near. + + "The coyote cries ... + He cries at daybreak ... + He cries ... + The coyote cries" ... + +sang the Basket Woman, but all the spaces in between the words were +filled with long howls,--weird, wicked noises that seemed to hunt and +double in a half-human throat. It made the hair on Alan's neck stand up, +and cold shivers creep along his back. He began to shake, for the wild +howls drew near and louder, and he felt the bed under him tremble with +his trembling. + +"Mother, mother," he cried, "what is that?" + +"It is only the coyotes," said she; "they always howl about this time of +night. It is nothing; go to sleep again." + +"But I am afraid." + +"They cannot hurt you," said his mother; "it is only the little gray +beasts that you see trotting about the mesa of afternoons; hear them +now." + +"I am afraid," said Alan. + +"Then you must come in my bed," said she; and in a few minutes he was +fast asleep again. + + + + +THE BASKET WOMAN + +SECOND STORY + + +The next time Alan saw the Basket Woman he was not nearly so much afraid +of her, though he did not venture to speak of their journey to Pahrump. +He said to his mother, "Do you not wish the Indians could have stayed +the way they were?" and his mother laughed. + +"Why, no, child," she said, "I do not think that I do. I think they are +much better off as they are now." Alan, however, was not to be +convinced. The next time he saw the Basket Woman he was even troubled +about it. + +The homesteader had taken his family to the town for a day, and the +first thing Alan saw when he got down from the wagon was the Basket +Woman. She was sitting in a corner of the sidewalk with a group of other +mahalas, with her blanket drawn over her shoulders, looking out upon +the town, and her eyes were dull and strange. + +A stream of people went by them in the street, and minded them no more +than the dogs they stepped over, sprawling at the doors of the stores. +Some of the Indian women had children with them, but they neither +shouted nor ran as they had done in the camp of Corn Water; they sat +quietly by their mothers, and Alan noticed how worn and poor were the +clothes of all of them, and how wishful all the eyes. He could not get +his mind off them because he could not get them out of his sight for +very long at a time. It was a very small town, and as he went with his +mother in and about the stores he would be coming face to face with the +mahalas every little while, and the Basket Woman's eyes were always sad. + +His mother, when she had finished her shopping, gave him a silver dime +and told him that he might spend it as he wished. As soon as Alan had +turned the corner on that errand there was the Basket Woman with her +chin upon her knees and her blanket drawn over her shoulders. Alan +stopped a moment in front of her; he would have liked to say something +comforting, but found himself still afraid. + +Her eyes looked on beyond him, blurred and dim; he supposed she must be +thinking of the happy valley, and grew so very sorry for her that, as he +could not get the courage to speak, he threw his dime into her lap and +ran as fast as he could away. It seemed to him as he ran that she called +to him, but he could not be sure. + +That night, almost as soon as he had touched the pillow, she came and +stood beside him without motion or sound, and let down the basket from +her back. + +"Do we go to Corn Water?" asked Alan as he stepped into it. + +"To my people of old time," said the Basket Woman, "so that you need not +be so much sorry." + +Then they went out by the mesa trail, where the sage showed duskily +under a thin rim of moon. It seemed to Alan that they went slowly, +almost heavily. When they came to the parting of the ways, she let down +the basket to rest. A rabbit popped, startled, out of the brush, and +scurried into the dark; its white tail, like a signal, showed the way it +went. + +"What was that?" asked Alan. + +"Only little Tavwots, whom we scared out of his nest. Lean forward," she +said, "and I will tell you a tale about him." So the boy leaned his head +against the Basket Woman's long black hair, and heard the story of +Little Tavwots and How He Caught the Sun in a Snare. + +"It was long ago," said the Basket Woman. "Tavwots was the largest of +all four-footed things, and a mighty hunter. He would get up as soon as +it was day and go to his hunting, but always before him was the track of +a great foot on the trail; and this troubled him, for his pride was as +big as his body and greater than his fame. + +"'Who is this?' cried Tavwots, 'that goes with so great a stride before +me to the hunting? Does he think to put me to shame?' + +"'T'-sst!' said his mother, 'there is none greater than thee.' + +"'Nevertheless,' said Tavwots, 'there are the footprints in the trail.' +The next morning he got up earlier, but there were always the great +footprints and the long stride before him. + +"'Now I will set me a trap for this impudent fellow,' said Tavwots, for +he was very cunning. So he made a snare of his bowstring and set it in +the trail overnight, and in the morning when he went to look, behold, he +had caught the sun in his snare. All that quarter of the earth was +beginning to smoke with the heat of it. + +"'Is it you?' cried Tavwots, 'who made the tracks in my trail?' + +"'It is I,' said the sun. 'Come now and set me free before the whole +earth is afire.' Then Tavwots saw what he had to do, so he drew his +knife and ran to cut the bowstring. But the heat was so great that he +ran back before he had done it, and was melted down to one half his +size. Then the smoke of the burning earth began to curl up against the +sky. + +"'Come again, Tavwots,' cried the sun. So he ran again and ran back, and +the third time he ran he cut the bowstring, and the sun was set free +from the snare. But by that time Tavwots was melted down to as small as +he is now, and so he remains. Still you may see by the print of his feet +as he leaps in the trail how great his stride was when he caught the sun +in his snare. + +"So it is always," said the Basket Woman, "that which is large grows +less, and my people, which were great, have dwindled away." + +After that she became quiet, and they went on over the mountain. Because +he was beginning to be acquainted with it, the way seemed shorter to +Alan than before. They passed over the high barren ridges, and he began +to look for the camp at Corn Water. + +"I see no smoke," said Alan. + +"It would bring down their enemies like buzzards on carrion," said the +Basket Woman. + +"There is no sound of singing nor of laughter," said the boy. + +"Who laughs in the time of war?" said she. + +"Is there war?" asked Alan. + +"Long and bitter," said the Basket Woman. "Let us go softly and come +upon them unawares." + +So they went, light of foot, among the pines until they saw the wickiups +opening eastward to the sun, but many of them stood ruined and awry. +There were only the very old and the children in the camp, and these did +not run and play. They stole about like mice in the meadow sod, and if +so much as a twig snapped in the forest, they huddled motionless as +young quail. The women worked in the growing corn; they dug roots on the +hill slope and caught grasshoppers for food. One made a noose of her +long black hair plucked out, and snared the bright lizards that ran +among the rocks. It seemed to Alan that the Indians looked wishful and +thinner than they should; but such food as they found was all put by. + +"Why do they do this?" asked the boy. + +"That the men who go to war may not go fasting," said the Basket Woman. +"Look, now we shall have news of them." + +A young man came noiselessly out of the wood, and it was he who had sung +the new song on the night of feasting and dancing. He had eagle feathers +in his hair, but they were draggled; there was beadwork on his leggings, +but it was torn with thorns; there was paint on his face and his body, +but it was smeared over red, and as he came into the camp he broke his +bow across his knee. + +"It is a token of defeat," said the Basket Woman; "the others will come +soon." But some came feebly because of wounds, and it seemed the women +looked for some who might never come. They cast up their arms and cried +with a terrible wailing sound that rose and shuddered among the pines. + +"Be still," said the young man; "would you bring our enemies down upon +us with your screeching?" Then the women threw themselves quietly in the +dust, and rocked to and fro with sobbing; their stillness was more +bitter than their crying. + +Suddenly out of the wood came a storm of arrows, a rush of strange, +painted braves, and the din of fighting. + +"Shut your eyes," said the Basket Woman, "it is not good for you to +see." Alan hid his face in the Basket Woman's dress, and heard the noise +of fighting rage and die away. When he ventured to look again on the +ruined huts and the trampled harvest, there were few left in the camp of +Corn Water, and they had enough to do to find food for their poor +bodies. They winnowed the creek with basket-work weirs for every +finger-long troutling that came down in it, and tore the bark off the +pine trees to get at the grubs underneath. + +"Why do they not go out and kill deer as before?" asked Alan. + +"Their enemies lurk in the wood and drive away the game," said the +Basket Woman. + +"Why do they not go to another place?" + +"Where shall they go, when their foes watch every pass?" said she. + +It seemed to Alan that many days and nights passed while they watched by +the camp; and the days were all sorrowful, and always, as before, the +best meat was set aside for the strongest. + +"Why is this so?" asked the boy. + +"Because," said the Basket Woman, "those who are strong must stay so to +care for the rest. It is the way of my people. You see that the others +do not complain." And it was so that the feeble ones tottered silently +about the camp or sat still a long time in one place with their heads +upon their knees. + +"How will it end?" asked Alan. + +"They must go away at last," said she, "though the cords of their hearts +are fastened here. But there is no seed corn, and the winter is close at +hand." + +Then there began to be a tang of frost in the air, and the people +gathered up their household goods, and, though there was not much of +them, they staggered and bent under the burden as they went up out of +the once happy valley to another home. The women let down their long +hair and smeared ashes upon it; they threw up their lean arms and +wailed long and mournfully as they passed among the pines. Alan began to +tremble with crying, and felt the Basket Woman patting him on the +shoulder. Her voice sounded to him like the voice of his mother telling +him to go to sleep again, for there was nothing for him to be troubled +about. After he grew quieter, the Indian woman lifted him up. "We must +be going," she said, "it is not good for us to be here." + +Alan wished as they went up over the mountain that she would help him +with talk toward forgetting what he had seen, but the long hair fell +over her face and she would not talk. He shivered in the basket, and the +night felt colder and full of fearsome noises. + +"What is that?" he whispered, as a falling star trailed all across the +dark. + +"It is the coyote people that brought the fire to my people," said the +Basket Woman. Alan hoped she would tell him a tale about it, but she +would not. They went on down the mountain until they came to the borders +of the long-leaved pines. Alan heard the sough of the wind in the +needles, and it seemed as if it called. + +"What is that?" he whispered. + +"It is Hí-no-no, the wind, mourning for his brother, the pine tree," but +she would not tell him that tale, either. She went faster and faster, +and Alan felt the stir of her shoulders under him. He listened to the +wind, and it grew fierce and louder until he heard the house beams +creak, for he was awake in his own bed. A strong wind drove gustily +across the mesa and laid hold of the corners of the roof. + +The next morning the homesteader said that he must go to the campoodie +and Alan might go with him. Alan was quite pleased, and said to his +mother while she was getting him ready, "Do you know, I think Indians +are a great deal better off as they are now." + +"Why, yes," said his mother, smiling, "I think so, too." + + + [Illustration: From photograph by A. A. Forbes + A "CAMPOODIE," OR INDIAN VILLAGE] + + + + +THE STREAM THAT RAN AWAY + + +In a short and shallow cañon on the front of Oppapago running eastward +toward the sun, one may find a clear brown stream called the creek of +Piñon Pines. That is not because it is unusual to find piñon trees on +Oppapago, but because there are so few of them in the cañon of the +stream. There are all sorts higher up on the slopes,--long-leaved yellow +pines, thimble cones, tamarack, silver fir and Douglas spruce; but here +there is only a group of the low-heading, gray nut pines which the +earliest inhabitants of that country called piñons. + +The cañon of Piñon Pines has a pleasant outlook and lies open to the +sun, but there is not much other cause for the forest rangers to +remember it. At the upper end there is no more room by the stream border +than will serve for a cattle trail; willows grow in it, choking the path +of the water; there are brown birches here and ropes of white clematis +tangled over thickets of brier rose. Low down the ravine broadens out to +inclose a meadow the width of a lark's flight, blossomy and wet and +good. Here the stream ran once in a maze of soddy banks and watered all +the ground, and afterward ran out at the cañon's mouth across the mesa +in a wash of bone-white boulders as far as it could. That was not very +far, for it was a slender stream. It had its source really on the high +crests and hollows of Oppapago, in the snow banks that melted and seeped +downward through the rocks; but the stream did not know any more of that +than you know of what happened to you before you were born, and could +give no account of itself except that it crept out from under a great +heap of rubble far up in the cañon of the Piñon Pines. And because it +had no pools in it deep enough for trout, and no trees on its borders +but gray nut pines; because, try as it might, it could never get across +the mesa to the town, the stream had fully made up its mind to run +away. + +"Pray what good will that do you?" said the pines. "If you get to the +town, they will turn you into an irrigating ditch and set you to +watering crops." + +"As to that," said the stream, "if I once get started I will not stop at +the town." Then it would fret between its banks until the spangled +frills of the mimulus were all tattered with its spray. Often at the end +of the summer it was worn quite thin and small with running, and not +able to do more than reach the meadow. + +"But some day," it whispered to the stones, "I shall run quite away." + +If the stream had been inclined for it, there was no lack of good +company on its own borders. Birds nested in the willows, rabbits came to +drink; one summer a bobcat made its lair up the bank opposite the brown +birches, and often deer fed in the meadow. Then there was a promise of +better things. In the spring of one year two old men came up into the +canon of Piñon Pines. They had been miners and partners together for +many years, they had grown rich and grown poor, and had seen many hard +places and strange times. It was a day when the creek ran clear and the +south wind smelled of the earth. Wild bees began to whine among the +willows, and the meadow bloomed over with poppy-breasted larks. Then +said one of the old men, "Here is good meadow and water enough; let us +build a house and grow trees. We are too old to dig in the mines." + +"Let us set about it," said the other; for that is the way with two who +have been a long time together: what one thinks of, the other is for +doing. So they brought their possessions and made a beginning that day, +for they felt the spring come on warmly in their blood; they wished to +dig in the earth and handle it. + +These two men who, in the mining camps where they were known, were +called "Shorty" and "Long Tom," and had almost forgotten that they had +other names, built a house by the water border and planted trees. Shorty +was all for an orchard, but Long Tom preferred vegetables. So they did +each what he liked, and were never so happy as when walking in the +garden in the cool of the day, touching the growing things as they +walked and praising each other's work. + +"This will make a good home for our old age," said Long Tom, "and when +we die we can be buried here." + +"Under the piñon pines," said Shorty. "I have marked out a place." + +So they were very happy for three years. By this time the stream had +become so interested it had almost forgotten about running away. But +every year it noted that a larger bit of the meadow was turned under and +planted, and more and more the men made dams and ditches to govern its +running. + +"In fact," said the stream, "I am being made into an irrigating ditch +before I have had my fling in the world. I really must make a start." + +That very winter by the help of a great storm it went roaring down the +meadow over the mesa, and so clean away, with only a track of muddy +sand to show the way it had gone. All the winter, however, Shorty and +Long Tom brought water for drinking from a spring, and looked for the +stream to come back. In the spring they hoped still, for that was the +season they looked for the orchard to bear. But no fruit set on the +trees, and the seeds Long Tom planted shriveled in the earth. So by the +end of summer, when they understood that the water would not come back +at all, they went sadly away. + +Now what happened to the creek of Piñon Pines is not very well known to +any one, for the stream is not very clear on that point, except that it +did not have a happy time. It went out in the world on the wings of the +storm and was very much tossed about and mixed up with other waters, +lost and bewildered. Everywhere it saw water at work, turning mills, +watering fields, carrying trade, falling as hail, rain, and snow, and at +the last, after many journeys, found itself creeping out from under the +rocks of Oppapago in the canon of Piñon Pines. Immediately the little +stream knew itself and recalled clearly all that had happened to it +before. + +"After all, home is best," said the stream, and ran about in its choked +channels looking for old friends. The willows were there, but grown +shabby and dying at the top; the birches were quite dead, but stood +still in their places; and there was only rubbish where the white +clematis had been. Even the rabbits had gone away. The little stream ran +whimpering in the meadow, fumbling at the ruined ditches to comfort the +fruit-trees which were not quite dead. It was very dull in those days +living in the canon of Piñon Pines. + +"But it is really my own fault," said the stream. So it went on +repairing the borders with the best heart it could contrive. + +About the time the white clematis had come back to hide the ruin of the +brown birches, a young man came and camped with his wife and child in +the meadow. They were looking for a place to make a home. They looked +long at the meadow, for Shorty and Long Tom had taken away their house +and it did not appear to belong to any one. + +"What a charming place!" said the young wife, "just the right distance +from town, and a stream all to ourselves. And look, there are +fruit-trees already planted. Do let us decide to stay." + +Then she took off the child's shoes and stockings to let it play in the +stream. The water curled all about the bare feet and gurgled +delightedly. + +"Ah, do stay," begged the happy water, "I can be such a help to you, for +I know how a garden should be irrigated in the best manner." + +The child laughed and stamped the water up to his bare knees. The young +wife watched anxiously while her husband walked up and down the stream +border and examined the fruit-trees. + +"It is a delightful place," he said, "and the soil is rich, but I am +afraid the water cannot be depended upon. There are signs of a great +drought within the last two or three years. Look, there is a clump of +birches in the very path of the stream, but all dead; and the largest +limbs of the fruit-trees have died. In this country one must be able to +make sure of the water supply. I suppose the people who planted them +must have abandoned the place when the stream went dry. We must go on +farther." So they took their goods and the child and went on farther. + +"Ah, well," said the stream, "that is what is to be expected when one +has a reputation for neglecting one's duty. But I wish they had stayed. +That baby and I understood each other." + +He had quite made up his mind not to run away again, though he could not +be expected to be quite cheerful after all that had happened; in fact, +if you go yourself to the cañon of the Piñon Pines you will notice that +the stream, where it goes brokenly about the meadow, has quite a +mournful sound. + + + + +THE COYOTE-SPIRIT AND THE WEAVING WOMAN + + +The Weaving Woman lived under the bank of the stony wash that cut +through the country of the mesquite dunes. The Coyote-Spirit, which, you +understand, is an Indian whose form has been changed to fit with his +evil behavior, ranged from the Black Rock where the wash began to the +white sands beyond Pahranagat; and the Goat-Girl kept her flock among +the mesquites, or along the windy stretch of sage below the campoodie; +but as the Coyote-Spirit never came near the wickiups by day, and the +Goat-Girl went home the moment the sun dropped behind Pahranagat, they +never met. These three are all that have to do with the story. + +The Weaving Woman, whose work was the making of fine baskets of split +willow and roots of yucca and brown grass, lived alone, because there +was nobody found who wished to live with her, and because it was +whispered among the wickiups that she was different from other people. +It was reported that she had an infirmity of the eyes which caused her +to see everything with rainbow fringes, bigger and brighter and better +than it was. All her days were fruitful, a handful of pine nuts as much +to make merry over as a feast; every lad who went by a-hunting with his +bow at his back looked to be a painted brave, and every old woman +digging roots as fine as a medicine man in all his feathers. All the +faces at the campoodie, dark as the mingled sand and lava of the Black +Rock country, deep lined with work and weather, shone for this singular +old woman with the glory of the late evening light on Pahranagat. The +door of her wickiup opened toward the campoodie with the smoke going up +from cheerful hearths, and from the shadow of the bank where she sat to +make baskets she looked down the stony wash where all the trails +converged that led every way among the dunes, and saw an enchanted mesa +covered with misty bloom and gentle creatures moving on trails that +seemed to lead to the places where one had always wished to be. + +Since all this was so, it was not surprising that her baskets turned out +to be such wonderful affairs, and the tribesmen, though they winked and +wagged their heads, were very glad to buy them for a haunch of venison +or a bagful of mesquite meal. Sometimes, as they stroked the perfect +curves of the bowls or traced out the patterns, they were heard to sigh, +thinking how fine life would be if it were so rich and bright as she +made it seem, instead of the dull occasion they had found it. There were +some who even said it was a pity, since she was so clever at the craft, +that the weaver was not more like other people, and no one thought to +suggest that in that case her weaving would be no better than theirs. +For all this the basket-maker did not care, sitting always happily at +her weaving or wandering far into the desert in search of withes and +barks and dyes, where the wild things showed her many a wonder hid from +those who have not rainbow fringes to their eyes; and because she was +not afraid of anything, she went farther and farther into the silent +places until in the course of time she met the Coyote-Spirit. + +Now a Coyote-Spirit, from having been a man, is continually thinking +about men and wishing to be with them, and, being a coyote and of the +wolf's breed, no sooner does he have his wish than he thinks of +devouring. So as soon as this one had met the Weaving Woman he desired +to eat her up, or to work her some evil according to the evil of his +nature. He did not see any opportunity to begin at the first meeting, +for on account of the infirmity of her eyes the woman did not see him as +a coyote, but as a man, and let down her wicker water bottle for him to +drink, so kindly that he was quite abashed. She did not seem in the +least afraid of him, which is disconcerting even to a real coyote; +though if he had been, she need not have been afraid of him in any case. +Whatever pestiferous beast the Indian may think the dog of the +wilderness, he has no reason to fear him except when by certain signs, +as having a larger and leaner body, a sharper muzzle, and more evilly +pointed ears, he knows him the soul of a bad-hearted man going about in +that guise. There are enough of these coyote-spirits ranging in Mesquite +Valley and over towards Funeral Mountains and about Pahranagat to give +certain learned folk surmise as to whether there may not be a strange +breed of wolves in that region; but the Indians know better. + +When the coyote-spirit who had met the basket woman thought about it +afterward, he said to himself that she deserved all the mischance that +might come upon her for that meeting. "She knows," he said, "that this +is my range, and whoever walks in a coyote-spirit's range must expect to +take the consequences. She is not at all like the Goat-Girl." + +The Coyote-Spirit had often watched the Goat-Girl from the top of +Pahranagat, but because she was always in the open where no +lurking-places were, and never far from the corn lands where the old +men might be working, he had made himself believe he would not like that +kind of a girl. Every morning he saw her come out of her leafy hut, +loose the goats from the corral, which was all of cactus stems and broad +leaves of prickly-pear, and lead them out among the wind-blown hillocks +of sand under which the trunks of the mesquite flourished for a hundred +years, and out of the tops of which the green twigs bore leaves and +fruit; or along the mesa to browse on bitterbrush and the tops of +scrubby sage. Sometimes she plaited willows for the coarser kinds of +basket-work, or, in hot noonings while the flock dozed, worked herself +collars and necklaces of white and red and turquoise-colored beads, and +other times sat dreaming on the sand. But whatever she did, she kept far +enough from the place of the Coyote-Spirit, who, now that he had met the +Weaving Woman, could not keep his mind off her. Her hut was far enough +from the campoodie so that every morning he went around by the Black +Rock to see if she was still there, and there she sat weaving patterns +in her baskets of all that she saw or thought. Now it would be the +winding wash and the wattled huts beside it, now the mottled skin of the +rattlesnake or the curled plumes of the quail. + +At last the Coyote-Spirit grew so bold that when there was no one +passing on the trail he would go and walk up and down in front of the +wickiup. Then the Weaving Woman would look up from her work and give him +the news of the season and the tribesmen in so friendly a fashion that +he grew less and less troubled in his mind about working her mischief. +He said in his evil heart that since the ways of such as he were known +to the Indians,--as indeed they were, with many a charm and spell to +keep them safe,--it could be no fault of his if they came to harm +through too much familiarity. As for the Weaving Woman, he said, "She +sees me as I am, and ought to know better," for he had not heard about +the infirmity of her eyes. + +Finally he made up his mind to ask her to go with him to dig for roots +around the foot of Pahranagat, and if she consented,--and of course she +did, for she was a friendly soul,--he knew in his heart what he would +do. They went out by the mesa trail, and it was a soft and blossomy day +of spring. Long wands of the creosote with shining fretted foliage were +hung with creamy bells of bloom, and doves called softly from the +Dripping Spring. They passed rows of owlets sitting by their burrows and +saw young rabbits playing in their shallow forms. The Weaving Woman +talked gayly as they went, as Indian women talk, with soft mellow voices +and laughter breaking in between the words like smooth water flowing +over stones. She talked of how the deer had shifted their feeding +grounds and of whether the quail had mated early that year as a sign of +a good season, matters of which the Coyote-Spirit knew more than she, +only he was not thinking of those things just then. Whenever her back +was turned he licked his cruel jaws and whetted his appetite. They +passed the level mesa, passed the tumbled fragments of the Black Rock +and came to the sharp wall-sided cañons that showed the stars at noon +from their deep wells of sombre shade, where no wild creature made its +home and no birds ever sang. Then the Weaving Woman grew still at last +because of the great stillness, and the Coyote-Spirit said in a hungry, +whining voice,-- + +"Do you know why I brought you here?" + +"To show me how still and beautiful the world is here," said the Weaving +Woman, and even then she did not seem afraid. + +"To eat you up," said the Coyote. With that he looked to see her fall +quaking at his feet, and he had it in mind to tell her it was no fault +but her own for coming so far astray with one of his kind, but the woman +only looked at him and laughed. The sound of her laughter was like water +in a bubbling spring. + +"Why do you laugh?" said the Coyote, and he was so astonished that his +jaws remained open when he had done speaking. + +"How could you eat me?" said she. "Only wild beasts could do that." + +"What am I, then?" + +"Oh, you are only a man." + +"I am a coyote," said he. + +"Do you think I have no eyes?" said the woman. "Come!" For she did not +understand that her eyes were different from other people's, what she +really thought was that other people's were different from hers, which +is quite another matter, so she pulled the Coyote-Spirit over to a +rain-fed pool. In that country the rains collect in basins of the solid +rock that grow polished with a thousand years of storm and give back +from their shining side a reflection like a mirror. One such lay in the +bottom of the black cañon, and the Weaving Woman stood beside it. + +Now it is true of coyote-spirits that they are so only because of their +behavior; not only have they power to turn themselves to men if they +wish--but they do not wish, or they would not have become coyotes in the +first place--but other people in their company, according as they think +man-thoughts or beast-thoughts, can throw over them such a change that +they have only to choose which they will be. So the basket-weaver +contrived to throw the veil of her mind over the Coyote-Spirit, so that +when he looked at himself in the pool he could not tell for the life of +him whether he was most coyote or most man, which so frightened him that +he ran away and left the Weaving Woman to hunt for roots alone. He ran +for three days and nights, being afraid of himself, which is the worst +possible fear, and then ran back to see if the basket-maker had not +changed her mind. He put his head in at the door of her wickiup. + +"Tell me, now, am I a coyote or a man?" + +"Oh, a man," said she, and he went off to Pahranagat to think it over. +In a day or two he came back. + +"And what now?" he said. + +"Oh, a man, and I think you grow handsomer every day." + +That was really true, for what with her insisting upon it and his +thinking about it, the beast began to go out of him and the man to come +back. That night he went down to the campoodie to try and steal a kid +from the corral, but it occurred to him just in time that a man would +not do that, so he went back to Pahranagat and ate roots and berries +instead, which was a true sign that he had grown into a man again. Then +there came a day when the Weaving Woman asked him to stop at her hearth +and eat. There was a savory smell going up from the cooking-pots, cakes +of mesquite meal baking in the ashes, and sugary white buds of the yucca +palm roasting on the coals. The man who had been a coyote lay on a +blanket of rabbit skin and heard the cheerful snapping of the fire. It +was all so comfortable and bright that somehow it made him think of the +Goat-Girl. + +"That is the right sort of a girl," he said to himself. "She has always +stayed in the safe open places and gone home early. She should be able +to tell me what I am," for he was not quite sure, and since he had begun +to walk with men a little, he had heard about the Weaving Woman's eyes. + +Next day he went out where the flock fed, not far from the corn lands, +and the Goat-Girl did not seem in the least afraid of him. So he went +again, and the third day he said,-- + +"Tell me what I seem to you." + +"A very handsome man," said she. + +"Then will you marry me?" said he; and when the Goat-Girl had taken time +to think about it she said yes, she thought she would. + +Now, when the man who had been a coyote lay on the blanket of the +Weaving Woman's wickiup, he had taken notice how it was made of willows +driven into the ground around a pit dug in the earth, and the poles +drawn together at the top, and thatched with brush, and he had tried at +the foot of Pahranagat until he had built another like it; so when he +had married the Goat-Girl, after the fashion of her tribe, he took her +there to live. He was not now afraid of anything except that his wife +might get to know that he had once been a coyote. It was during the +first month of their marriage that he said to her, "Do you know the +basket-maker who lives under the bank of the stony wash? They call her +the Weaving Woman." + +"I have heard something of her and I have bought her baskets. Why do you +ask?" + +"It is nothing," said the man, "but I hear strange stories of her, that +she associates with coyote-spirits and such creatures," for he wanted to +see what his wife would say to that. + +"If that is the case," said she, "the less we see of her the better. One +cannot be too careful in such matters." + +After that, when the man who had been a coyote and his wife visited the +campoodie, they turned out of the stony wash before they reached the +wickiup, and came in to the camp by another trail. But I have not heard +whether the Weaving Woman noticed it. + + + + +THE CHEERFUL GLACIER + + +Very many years ago, at the foot of a nameless peak between Mount Ritter +and Togobah, after three successive years of deep snow there was a +glacier born. It crept out fanwise from a furrow on the mountain-side, +very high up, above the limit of the white-barked pines, and its upper +end was lost under the drift of loose snow that trailed down the slope. +For three successive winters the gray veil of storms hung month-long +about the crest of the Sierras, while the snow came falling, falling, +and the wind kept heaping, heaping, until the drifts sagged and slipped +of their own weight down the long groove of the mountain; and since it +lay on the sunless northern slope, and as it happened the summers that +came between fell cool and rainy, there, when the spring thaw had +cleared the loose snow, spread out on a little stony flat lay the rim of +the glacier. Yet it was a very little one, a rod or two of clear +shining ice that ran into deep blue and gray sludge under a drift of +coarse, whitish granules, and very high up, fine dry particles of snow +like powdered glass. So it lay at the time of year when the mountain +sheep began to come back to their summer feeding-grounds. + +When the thaw had cleared the heather and warmed the lichened rocks, +they loosed their hold of the ice, and the great weight of it began to +crawl down the mountain. At the first slow thrill of motion the little +glacier creaked with delight. + +"Ah," it said, "it is evident that I am not a mere snow bank, for in +that case I should remain in one place. Now I know myself truly a +glacier." For up to that time it had been in some doubt. + +By the end of the summer it had advanced more than a span in the shadow +of the peak. Then the snows began, deep and heavy, but the glacier did +not complain; it hugged the floor of the rift where it lay, and thought +of the time when it should start on its travels again. So, because of +thinking about it so much, or because the snows were deeper and the +summers not so warm, the glacier increased and went forward until it had +quite crossed the stony flat, and began to believe it might make its +mark in the world. There were any number of reasons for thinking so. To +begin with, all that neighborhood was deeply scarred and scoured by the +trail of old glaciers, and the high peaks glittered with the keen polish +of ice floes. All down the slope shone glassy bosses of clear granite +succeeding to beds of cassiope and blue heather, polished slips of +granite, pentstemon and more heather, smooth granite that the feet could +take no hold upon, then saxifrage and meadowsweet, and so down to the +stream border, where the water quarreled with the stones. And by the +time the little glacier had settled that it would leave such a mark on +the mountain-side, shining and softened by small blossomy things, it had +come quite to the farthest border of the flat, and looked over the edge +of a sharp descent. It was much too far to bend over, for though the +glacier was all of brittle ice, it could bend a little. + +"But it is really nothing," said the glacier. "I have only to grind down +the cliff until it is the proper height;" and it took a firmer hold on +the sharp fragments of stones it had gathered on its way down the +ravine. The pressure of the sodden snow above kept on, however, and +before the glacier had fairly begun its grinding the ice rim was pushed +out beyond the bluff, broke off, and lay at the foot in a shining heap. + +"So much the better," said the cheerful glacier. "What with grinding +above and filling with broken ice below, the work will be accomplished +in half the time." + +But that never really happened, for this was the last season the ice +reached to the far edge of the flat. The next year there was less snow +and more sun. The long slope of bare rocks gathered up the heat and held +it so that the ice began to melt underneath, and a stream ran from it +and fell over the cliff in a fine silvery veil. + +"How very fortunate," said the glacier, "to become the head of a river +so early in my career. Besides, this is a much easier way of getting +over the falls." + +Then the water began to purr in sheer content where it went among the +stones; it increased and went down the cañon toward the white torrent of +the creek that flowed from Togobah, and the next summer a water ousel +found it. She came whirling up the course of the stream like a thrown +pebble, plump and slaty blue, scattering a spray of sound as clear and +round as the trickle of ice water that went over the falls. The ousel +sat on the edge of the ice rim to finish her song, and it timed with the +running of the stream. + +"You should understand," said the glacier, "that I started in life with +the intention of cutting my way down the mountain. But now I am become a +river I am quite as well pleased." + +"Everything is the best," said the ousel; "that has been the motto of my +family for a long time, and I am sure I have proved it." And if one +listened close as she flew in and out of the falls and sought in the +white torrent for her food, one understood that it was the burden of her +song. "Everything is the best," she sang, and kept on singing it when +the glacier had grown so small by running that it was quite hollowed out +under the roof of granulated snow, and the light came through it softly +and wonderfully blue. Then the ousel would go far up into this ice cave +until the sound of her singing came out wild and sweet, mixed with the +water and the tinkle of the ice. As for the words of her song, the +glacier never disagreed with her, though by now it had retreated clear +across its stony flat. But the wind brought in the seeds of dwarf willow +that sprouted and took root, and bright little buttercups began to come +up and shiver in the flood of ice water. + +"It seems I am to have a meadow of my own," said the glacier, by the +time there was stone-crop and purple pentstemon blowing in the damp +crevices about its border. "I do not believe there is a prettier ice +garden on this side of the mountain. And to think that all I once +wished was to leave a track of bare and shining stones! The ousel is +right, everything is for the best." + +The ousel always went downstream at the beginning of the winter, when +the running waters were shut under snow bridges and the pools were +puddles of gray sludge, down and down to the foothill borders, and at +the turn of the year followed up again in the wake of the thaw. So it +was not often that the ousel and the glacier saw each other between +October and June. + +"But of course," said the glacier, "the longer you are away, the more we +have to say to each other when you come." + +"And anyway it cannot be helped," said the ousel. For though she did not +mind the storms and cold weather, one cannot really exist without +eating. + +After one of these winter trips, the ousel noticed that the stream that +came over the fall had quite failed, ran only a slender trickle that +dripped among the shivering fern and was lost in the rock crevices, and +though she was such a cheerful little body, she did not like to be the +first to speak of it. It seemed as if the glacier could not last much +longer at that rate. So she flitted about in the lace-work caverns of +the ice, and sang airily and sweet, and the words of her song were what +they had always been. + +"That is quite true," said the glacier. "You see how it is with me; once +I was very proud to run over the fall with a splashing sound, but now I +find it better to keep all the water for my meadow." + +In fact, there was quite a border of sod all about where the ice had +been, and a great mat of white-belled cassiope in the middle. It grew +greener and more blossomy every year. The ousel grew so used to finding +it there, and so pleased with the society of the glacier, which was +quite after her own heart, that it was a great grief to her as she came +whirling up the stream in the flood tide of the year to find that they +had both, the meadow and the ice, wholly disappeared. + +That had been a winter of long, thunderous storms, and a great splinter +of granite had fallen away from the mountain peaks and slid down in a +heap of rubble over the place where the glacier had been. There was now +no trace of it under sharp, broken stones. + +But because they had been friends, the ousel could not keep quite away +from the place, but came again and again and flew chirruping around the +foot of the hill. One of those days when the sun was strong and the +heather white on the wild headlands, she saw a slender rill of water +creeping out at the bottom of the rubbish heap, and knew at once by the +cheerful sound of it that it must be her friend the glacier, or what was +left of it. + +"Yes, indeed," bubbled the spring, "it is really surprising what good +luck I have. As a glacier, I suppose I should have quite melted away in +a few summers; but with all this protection of loose stones, I shouldn't +wonder if I became a perennial spring." + +And in fact that is exactly what occurred, for with the snow that sifted +down between the broken boulders, and the snow water that collected in +the hollow where the meadow had been, the spring has never gone quite +dry. Every summer, when the heather and pentstemon and saxifrage on the +glacier slip are at their best, the cheerful water comes out of the foot +of the nameless peak and the ousel comes up from the white torrent and +sits upon the stones. Then they sing together, and their voices blend +perfectly; but if you listen carefully, you will observe that the words +of their song are always the same. + + + + +THE MERRY-GO-ROUND + + +The Basket Woman was washing for the homesteader's wife at the spring, +and Alan, by this time very good friends with her, was pulling up +sagebrush for the fire, when the coyote came by. It was a clear, wide +morning, warm and sweet, with gusty flaws of cooler air moving down from +Pine Mountain. There was a lake of purple lupins in the swale, and the +last faint flush of wild almonds burning on the slope. The grapevines at +the spring were full of bloom and tender leaf. Eastward, above the high +tilted mesa under the open sky, the buzzards were making a +merry-go-round. That was the way Alan always thought of their +performance when he saw them circling slantwise under the sun. Round and +round they went, now so low that he could see how the shabby wing +feathers frayed out at the edges, now so high that they became mere +specks against the sky. + +"What makes them go round and round?" asked Alan of the mahala. + +"They go about to wait for their dinner, but the table is not yet +spread," said she. The Basket Woman did not use quite such good English; +but though Alan understood her broken talk, you probably would not. The +little boy could not imagine, though he tried, what a buzzard's dinner +might be like. The high mesa, with the water of mirage rolling over it, +was a kind of enchanted land to him where almost anything might happen. +He would lie contentedly for hours with his head pillowed on the +hillocks of blown sand about the roots of the sage, and look up at the +merry-go-round. He noticed that, although others joined them from the +invisible upper sky, none ever seemed to go away, but hung and circled +and faded into the thin blue deeps of air. Often he saw them settle +flockwise below the rim of the mesa and beyond his sight, wondering +greatly what they might be about. + +The morning at the spring he watched them in the intervals of tending +the sagebrush fire, and then it was that the coyote came by, going in +that direction. His head was cocked to one side, and he seemed to watch +the merry-go-round out of the corner of his eye as he went. + +Alan thought the little gray beast had not seen them at the spring, but +in that he was mistaken. A quarter of an hour before, as he came up out +of the gully that hid his lair, the coyote had sighted the boy and the +Basket Woman and made sure in his own mind that they had no gun. So, as +it lay in his way, he came quite close to them; opposite the spring he +paused a moment with one foot lifted, and eyed them with a wise and +secret look. He went on toward the mesa, stopped again, looked back and +then up at the whirling buzzards, and went on again. + +"Where does that one go?" asked Alan. + +"Eh," said the Basket Woman, "he goes also to the dinner. It is good +eating they have out there on the mesa together." + +Alan looked after him, and the coyote paused and looked back over his +shoulder as one who expects to be followed, and quite suddenly it came +into the boy's mind to go up on the mesa and see what it was all about. +The Basket Woman was bent above her tubs and did not see him go; when +she missed him she supposed he had gone back to the house. Alan trotted +on after the coyote until he lost him in a sunken place full of boulders +and black sage; but he had been headed still toward that spot above +which the black wings beat dizzily, and that way Alan went, climbing by +the help of stout shrubs to the mesa, which here fell off steeply to the +valley, and then on until he saw his coyote or another one, going +steadily toward the merry-go-round. + +The mesa was very warm, and swam in misty blueness although the day was +clear. Dim shapes of mountains stood up on the far edge, and near by a +procession of lonely, low hills rounded like the backs of dolphins +appearing out of the sea. Stubby shrubs as tall as Alan's shoulder +covered the mesa sparingly, and in wide spaces there were beds of +yellow-flowered prickly-pear; singly and far stood up tall stems of +white-belled yucca, called in that country Candles of Our Lord. Alan +could not follow the coyote close among the scrub, but dropped presently +into a cattle trail that ran toward the place where he supposed the +coyote's dinner must be, and so trudged on in it while the sun wheeled +high in the heavens and the whole air of the mesa quivered with the +heat. + +It is certain that in his wanderings Alan must have traveled that day +and the next as much as twenty miles from the spring, though he might +easily have been lost in less time, for his head hardly came above the +tops of the scrub, and there were no landmarks to guide by, other than +the low hills which seemed to alter nothing whichever way one looked at +them. As for the buzzards, they rose higher and higher into the dim, +quivering air. Alan began to be thirsty, next tired, and then hungry. He +tried to turn toward home, but got no nearer, and finally understood +that he might be lost, so he ran about wildly for a time, which made +matters no better. He began to cry and to run eagerly at the same time +until, blind and breathless, he would fall and lie sobbing, and wish +that he might see his mother or the Basket Woman come walking across the +mesa with her basket on her back. By this time it was hot and close and +he had come where the scant-leaved shrubs were far between, and with +heat and running the tears were dried out of him. He sobbed in his +breath and his lips were cracked and dry. It fell cooler as night drew +on, but he grew sick with hunger, and shuddered with the fear of +darkness. Far off across the mesa the coyotes began to howl. + +Down in the homesteader's cabin nobody slept that night. When they first +missed Alan, which was at noon, no one had the least idea where he was. +His mother had supposed him at the spring, and the Basket Woman thought +he had gone to his mother. It was all open ground about the cabin from +the mesa and the foot of the hills, and below it toward the valley bare +stretches of moon-white sands. + +The homesteader thought that the boy might have gone to the campoodie; +but there they found he had not been, and none of the Indians had seen +him; but by three of the clock they were all out beating about the +spring to pick up the light trail of his feet, and there they were when +the quick dark came on and stopped them. + +By the earliest light of the next morning the Basket Woman, who was +really very fond of him, had come out of her hut to ask for news, but +when she had looked up to the sky for a token of what the day was to be, +she saw the buzzards come slantwise out of space and begin the +merry-go-round. All at once she remembered Alan's question of the day +before, and though she could not reasonably expect any one to take any +notice of it, an idea came into her head and a gleam into her beady +eyes. She caught her pony from the corral, riding him astride as Indian +women ride, with the wicker water bottle slung across her shoulder and a +parcel of food hid in her bosom. She went up the mesa rim toward the +spot where the buzzards swung circling in the sky. + +When Alan awoke that morning under the creosote bush, he thought he +must have come nearly to the place he had meant to find the day before. +There was the coyote skulking out in the cactus scrub, and the buzzards +wheeling low and large. It was a hot, smoky morning, the soil was all of +coarse gravel, loose and white. Over to the right of him lay a still +blue pool, and a broad river flowed into it in soft billows without +sound. The coyote went toward it, looking back over his shoulder, and +Allan followed, for his tongue was swollen in his mouth with thirst. The +little boy was quite clear in his mind; he knew that he was lost, that +he was very hungry, and that it was necessary to find his father and +mother very soon. As he had come toward the mountains the day before, he +thought that he should start directly away from them. He thought he +could not be far from the campoodie, for it came to him dimly that he +had heard the Indians singing the coyote song in the night, but he meant +to have a drink in the soft still billows of the stream. A little ahead +of him the coyote seemed to have gone into it, his head just cleared +the surface, and the water heaved to the movements of his shoulders. But +somehow Alan got no nearer to it. The stream seemed to loop and curve +away from him, and presently he saw the lake behind him and could not +think how that could be, for he did not understand that it was a lake +and river of mirage. He saw the trees stand up on its borders, and +fancied that the air which came from it was moist and cool. Always the +coyote went before and showed him the way, and at last he lifted up his +long thin muzzle and made a doleful cry. Mostly it seemed to Alan that +the coyotes howled like dogs, but a little crazily; now it appeared that +this one spoke in words that he could understand. When he told his +mother of it afterwards, she said it was only the fever of his thirst +and fatigue, but the Basket Woman believed him. + +"Ho, ho!" cried the coyote, "come, come, my brothers, to the hunting! +Come!" + +A great black shadow of wings fell over them and a voice cried huskily, +"What of the quarry?" + +"The quarry is close at hand," said the coyote, and Alan wondered +dizzily what they might be talking about. He could not look up, for his +eyes were nearly blinded by the light that beat up from the sand, but he +saw wing shadows thickening on the ground. + +"Where do you go now?" cried the voice in the upper air. + +"Round and about to the false water until he is very weary," said the +coyote; and it seemed to Alan that he must follow where the gray dog +went in a maze of moving shadows. He trembled and fell from weakness a +great many times and lay with his face in the shelter of the prickle +bushes, but always he got up and went on again. + +"Have a care," cried the voice in the air, "here comes one of his own +kind." + +"What and where?" said the coyote. + +"It is a brown one riding on a horse; she comes up from the gully of big +rocks." + +"Does she follow a trail?" panted the coyote. + +"She follows no trail, but rides fast in this direction," croaked the +voice, but Alan took no interest in it. He did not know that it was the +Basket Woman coming to rescue him. He thought of the merry-go-round, for +he saw that he had come back to the creosote bush where he had spent the +night, and he thought the earth had come round with him, for it rocked +and reeled as he went. His tongue hung out of his mouth and his lips +cracked and bled, his feet were blistered and aching from the sharp +rocks, the hot sands, and cactus thorns. Round and round with him went +scrub and sand, on one side the shadow of black wings, and on the other +the smooth flow of mirage water which he might never reach. Through it +all he could hear the soft _biff, biff_ of the broad wings and the long, +hungry, whining howl that seemed to detach itself from any throat and +come upon him from all quarters of the quivering air. Dizzily went the +merry-go-round, and now it seemed that the false water swung nearer, +that it went around with him, that it bore him up, for he no longer felt +the earth under him, that it buoyed and floated him far out from the +place where he had been, that it grew deliciously cool at last, that it +laved his face and flowed in his parched throat; and at last he opened +his eyes and found the Basket Woman trickling water in his mouth from +her wicker water bottle. It was noon of his second day from home when +she found him on Cactus Flat, by going straight to the point where she +saw the black wings hanging in the air. She laid him on the horse before +her and dripped water in his mouth and coaxed and called to him, but +never left off riding nor halted until she came up with others of the +search party who had followed up by the place where Alan had climbed to +the mesa, and followed slowly by a faint trail. But to Alan it was all +as if he had dreamed that the Basket Woman had brought him as before +from the valley of Corn Water. The first that he realized was that his +father had him, and that his mother was crying and kissing the Basket +Woman. It was several days before he was able to be about again, and +then only under promise that he would go no farther than the spring. +The first thing he saw when he looked up was the buzzards high up over +the mesa making a merry-go-round in the clear blue, and it was then he +remembered that he had not yet found out what it was all about. + + + + +THE CHRISTMAS TREE + + +Eastward from the Sierras rises a strong red hill known as Pine +Mountain, though the Indians call it The Hill of Summer Snow. At its +foot stands a town of a hundred board houses, given over wholly to the +business of mining. The noise of it goes on by day and night,--the creak +of the windlasses, the growl of the stamps in the mill, the clank of the +cars running down to the dump, and from the open doors of the drinking +saloons, great gusts of laughter and the sound of singing. Billows of +smoke roll up from the tall stacks and by night are lit ruddily by the +smelter fires all going at a roaring blast. + +Whenever the charcoal-burner's son looked down on the red smoke, the +glare, and the hot breath of the furnaces, it seemed to him like an +exhalation from the wickedness that went on continually in the town; +though all he knew of wickedness was the word, a rumor from passers-by, +and a kind of childish fear. The charcoal-burner's cabin stood on a spur +of Pine Mountain two thousand feet above the town, and sometimes the boy +went down to it on the back of the laden burros when his father carried +charcoal to the furnaces. All else that he knew were the wild creatures +of the mountain, the trees, the storms, the small flowering things, and +away at the back of his heart a pale memory of his mother like the faint +forest odor that clung to the black embers of the pine. They had lived +in the town when the mother was alive and the father worked in the +mines. There were not many women or children in the town at that time, +but mining men jostling with rude quick ways; and the young mother was +not happy. + +"Never let my boy grow up in such a place," she said as she lay dying; +and when they had buried her in the coarse shallow soil, her husband +looked for comfort up toward The Hill of Summer Snow shining purely, +clear white and quiet in the sun. It swam in the upper air above the +sooty reek of the town and seemed as if it called. Then he took the +young child up to the mountain, built a cabin under the tamarack pines, +and a pit for burning charcoal for the furnace fires. + +No one could wish for a better place for a boy to grow up in than the +slope of Pine Mountain. There was the drip of pine balm and a wind like +wine, white water in the springs, and as much room for roaming as one +desired. The charcoal-burner's son chose to go far, coming back with +sheaves of strange bloom from the edge of snow banks on the high ridges, +bright spar or peacock-painted ores, hatfuls of berries, or strings of +shining trout. He played away whole mornings in glacier meadows where he +heard the eagle scream; walking sometimes in a mist of cloud he came +upon deer feeding, or waked them from their lair in the deep fern. On +snow-shoes in winter he went over the deep drifts and spied among the +pine tops on the sparrows, the grouse, and the chilly robins wintering +under the green tents. The deep snow lifted him up and held him among +the second stories of the trees. But that was not until he was a great +lad, straight and springy as a young fir. As a little fellow he spent +his days at the end of a long rope staked to a pine just out of reach of +the choppers and the charcoal-pits. When he was able to go about alone, +his father made him give three promises: never to follow a bear's trail +nor meddle with the cubs, never to try to climb the eagle rocks after +the young eagles, never to lie down nor to sleep on the sunny, south +slope where the rattlesnakes frequented. After that he was free of the +whole wood. + +When Mathew, for so the boy was called, was ten years old, he began to +be of use about the charcoal-pits, to mark the trees for cutting, to +sack the coals, to keep the house, and cook his father's meals. He had +no companions of his own age nor wanted any, for at this time he loved +the silver firs. A group of them grew in a swale below the cabin, tall +and fine; the earth under them was slippery and brown with needles. +Where they stood close together with overlapping boughs the light among +the tops was golden green, but between the naked boles it was a vapor +thin and blue. These were the old trees that had wagged their tops +together for three hundred years. Around them stood a ring of saplings +and seedlings scattered there by the parent firs, and a little apart +from these was the one that Mathew loved. It was slender of trunk and +silvery white, the branches spread out fanwise to the outline of a +perfect spire. In the spring, when the young growth covered it as with a +gossamer web, it gave out a pleasant odor, and it was to him like the +memory of what his mother had been. Then he garlanded it with flowers +and hung streamers of white clematis all heavy with bloom upon its +boughs. He brought it berries in cups of bark and sweet water from the +spring; always as long as he knew it, it seemed to him that the fir tree +had a soul. + +The first trip he had ever made on snow-shoes was to see how it fared +among the drifts. That was always a great day when he could find the +slender cross of its topmost bough above the snow. The fir was not very +tall in those days, but the snows as far down on the slope as the +charcoal-burner's cabin lay shallowly. There was a time when Mathew +expected to be as tall as the fir, but after a while the boy did not +grow so fast and the fir kept on adding its whorl of young branches +every year. + +Mathew told it all his thoughts. When at times there was a heaviness in +his breast which was really a longing for his mother, though he did not +understand it, he would part the low spreading branches and creep up to +the slender trunk of the fir. Then he would put his arms around it and +be quiet for a long beautiful time. The tree had its own way of +comforting him; the branches swept the ground and shut him in dark and +close. He made a little cairn of stones under it and kept his treasures +there. + +Often as he sat snuggled up to the heart of the tree, the boy would slip +his hand over the smooth intervals between the whorls of boughs, and +wonder how they knew the way to grow. All the fir trees are alike in +this, that they throw out their branches from the main stem like the +rays of a star, one added to another with the season's growth. They +stand out stiffly from the trunk, and the shape of each new bough in the +beginning and the shape of the last growing twig when they have spread +out broadly with many branchlets, bending with the weight of their own +needles, is the shape of a cross; and the topmost sprig that rises above +all the star-built whorls is a long and slender cross, until by the +springing of new branches it becomes a star. So the two forms go on +running into and repeating each other, and each star is like all the +stars, and every bough is another's twin. It is this trim and certain +growth that sets out the fir from all the mountain trees, and gives to +the young saplings a secret look as they stand straight and stiffly +among the wild brambles on the hill. For the wood delights to grow +abroad at all points, and one might search a summer long without finding +two leaves of the oak alike, or any two trumpets of the spangled +mimulus. So, as at that time he had nothing better worth studying +about, Mathew noticed and pondered the secret of the silver fir, and +grew up with it until he was twelve years old and tall and strong for +his age. By this time the charcoal-burner began to be troubled about the +boy's schooling. + +Meantime there was rioting and noise and coming and going of strangers +in the town at the foot of Pine Mountain, and the furnace blast went on +ruddily and smokily. Because of the things he heard Mathew was afraid, +and on rare occasions when he went down to it he sat quietly among the +charcoal sacks, and would not go far away from them except when he held +his father by the hand. After a time it seemed life went more quietly +there, flowers began to grow in the yards of the houses, and they met +children walking in the streets with books upon their arms. + +"Where are they going, father?" said the boy. + +"To school," said the charcoal-burner. + +"And may I go?" asked Mathew. + +"Not yet, my son." + +But one day his father pointed out the foundations of a new building +going up in the town. + +"It is a church," he said, "and when that is finished it will be a sign +that there will be women here like your mother, and then you may go to +school." + +Mathew ran and told the fir tree all about it. + +"But I will never forget you, never," he cried, and he kissed the trunk. +Day by day, from the spur of the mountain, he watched the church +building, and it was wonderful how much he could see in that clear, thin +atmosphere; no other building in town interested him so much. He saw the +walls go up and the roof, and the spire rise skyward with something that +glittered twinkling on its top. Then they painted the church white and +hung a bell in the tower. Mathew fancied he could hear it of Sundays as +he saw the people moving along like specks in the streets. + +"Next week," said the father, "the school begins, and it is time for you +to go as I promised. I will come to see you once a month, and when the +term is over you shall come back to the mountain." Mathew said good-by +to the fir tree, and there were tears in his eyes though he was happy. +"I shall think of you very often," he said, "and wonder how you are +getting along. When I come back I will tell you everything that happens. +I will go to church, and I am sure I shall like that. It has a cross on +top like yours, only it is yellow and shines. Perhaps when I am gone I +shall learn why you carry a cross, also." Then he went a little timidly, +holding fast by his father's hand. + +There were so many people in the town that it was quite as strange and +fearful to him as it would be to you who have grown up in town to be +left alone in the wood. At night, when he saw the charcoal-burner's +fires glowing up in the air where the bulk of the mountain melted into +the dark, he would cry a little under the blankets, but after he began +to learn, there was no more occasion for crying. It was to the child as +though there had been a candle lighted in a dark room. On Sunday he +went to the church and then it was both light and music, for he heard +the minister read about God in the great book and believed it all, for +everything that happens in the woods is true, and people who grow up in +it are best at believing. Mathew thought it was all as the minister +said, that there is nothing better than pleasing God. Then when he lay +awake at night he would try to think how it would have been with him if +he had never come to this place. In his heart he began to be afraid of +the time when he would have to go back to the mountain, where there was +no one to tell him about this most important thing in the world, for his +father never talked to him of these things. It preyed upon his mind, but +if any one noticed it, they thought that he pined for his father and +wished himself at home. + +It drew toward midwinter, and the white cap on The Hill of Summer Snow, +which never quite melted even in the warmest weather, began to spread +downward until it reached the charcoal-burner's home. There was a great +stir and excitement among the children, for it had been decided to have +a Christmas tree in the church. Every Sunday now the Christ-child story +was told over and grew near and brighter like the Christmas star. Mathew +had not known about it before, except that on a certain day in the year +his father had bought him toys. He had supposed that it was because it +was stormy and he had to be indoors. Now he was wrapped up in the story +of love and sacrifice, and felt his heart grow larger as he breathed it +in, looking upon clear windless nights to see if he might discern the +Star of Bethlehem rising over Pine Mountain and the Christ-child come +walking on the snow. It was not that he really expected it, but that the +story was so alive in him. It is easy for those who have lived long in +the high mountains to believe in beautiful things. Mathew wished in his +heart that he might never go away from this place. He sat in his seat in +church, and all that the minister said sank deeply into his mind. + +When it came time to decide about the tree, because Mathew's father was +a charcoal-burner and knew where the best trees grew, it was quite +natural to ask him to furnish the tree for his part. Mathew fairly +glowed with delight, and his father was pleased, too, for he liked to +have his son noticed. The Saturday before Christmas, which fell on +Tuesday that year, was the time set for going for the tree, and by that +time Mathew had quite settled in his mind that it should be his silver +fir. He did not know how otherwise he could bring the tree to share in +his new delight, nor what else he had worth giving, for he quite +believed what he had been told, that it is only through giving the best +beloved that one comes to the heart's desire. With all his heart Mathew +wished never to live in any place where he might not hear about God. So +when his father was ready with the ropes and the sharpened axe, the boy +led the way to the silver firs. + +"Why, that is a little beauty," said the charcoal-burner, "and just the +right size." + +They were obliged to shovel away the snow to get at it for cutting, and +Mathew turned away his face when the chips began to fly. The tree fell +upon its side with a shuddering sigh; little beads of clear resin stood +out about the scar of the axe. It seemed as if the tree wept. But how +graceful and trim it looked when it stood in the church waiting for +gifts! Mathew hoped that it would understand. + +The charcoal-burner came to church on Christmas eve, the first time in +many years. It makes a difference about these things when you have a son +to take part in them. The church and the tree were alight with candles; +to the boy it seemed like what he supposed the place of dreams might be. +One large candle burned on the top of the tree and threw out pointed +rays like a star; it made the charcoal-burner's son think of Bethlehem. +Then he heard the minister talking, and it was all of a cross and a +star; but Mathew could only look at the tree, for he saw that it +trembled, and he felt that he had betrayed it. Then the choir began to +sing, and the candle on top of the tree burned down quite low, and +Mathew saw the slender cross of the topmost bough stand up dark before +it. Suddenly he remembered his old puzzle about it, how the smallest +twigs were divided off in each in the shape of a cross, how the boughs +repeated the star form every year, and what was true of his fir was true +of them all. Then it must have been that there were tears in his eyes, +for he could not see plainly: the pillars of the church spread upward +like the shafts of the trees, and the organ playing was like the sound +of the wind in their branches, and the stately star-built firs rose up +like spires, taller than the church tower, each with a cross on top. The +sapling which was still before him trembled more, moving its boughs as +if it spoke; and the boy heard it in his heart and believed, for it +spoke to him of God. Then all the fear went out of his heart and he had +no more dread of going back to the mountain to spend his days, for now +he knew that he need never be away from the green reminder of hope and +sacrifice in the star and the cross of the silver fir; and the thought +broadened in his mind that he might find more in the forest than he had +ever thought to find, now that he knew what to look for, since +everything speaks of God in its own way and it is only a matter of +understanding how. + +It was very gay in the little church that Christmas night, with laughter +and bonbons flying about, and every child had a package of candy and an +armful of gifts. The charcoal-burner had his pockets bulging full of +toys, and Mathew's eyes glowed like the banked fires of the +charcoal-pits as they walked home in the keen, windless night. + +"Well, my boy," said the charcoal-burner, "I am afraid you will not be +wanting to go back to the mountain with me after this." + +"Oh, yes, I will," said Mathew happily, "for I think the mountains know +quite as much of the important things as they know here in the town." + +"Right you are," said the charcoal-burner, as he clapped his boy's hand +between both his own, "and I am pleased to think you have turned out +such a sensible little fellow." But he really did not know all that was +in his son's heart. + + + + +THE FIRE BRINGER + + +This is one of the stories that Alan had from the Basket Woman after she +came to understand that the boy really loved her tales and believed +them. She would sit by the spring with her hands clasped across her +knees while the clothes boiled and Alan fed the fire with broken brush, +and tell him wonder stories as long as the time allowed, which was never +so long as the boy liked to hear them. The story of the Fire Bringer +gave him the greatest delight, and he made a game of it to play with +little Indian boys from the campoodie who sometimes strayed in the +direction of the homesteader's cabin. It was the story that came +oftenest to his mind when he lay in his bed at night, and saw the stars +in the windy sky shine through the cabin window. + +He heard of it so often and thought of it so much that at last it seemed +to him that he had been part of the story himself, but his mother said +he must have dreamed it. The experience came to him in this way: He had +gone with his father to the mountains for a load of wood, a two days' +journey from home, and they had taken their blankets to sleep upon the +ground, which was the first time of Alan's doing so. It was the time of +year when white gilias, which the children call "evening snow," were in +bloom, and their musky scent was mingled with the warm air in the soft +dark all about him. + +He heard the camp-fire snap and whisper, and saw the flicker of it +brighten and die on the lower branches of the pines. He looked up and +saw the stars in the deep velvet void, and now and then one fell from +it, trailing all across the sky. Small winds moved in the tops of the +sage and trod lightly in the dark, blossomy grass. Near by them ran a +flooding creek, the sound of it among the stones like low-toned, +cheerful talk. Familiar voices seemed to rise through it and approach +distinctness. The boy lay in his blanket harking to one recurring note, +until quite suddenly it separated itself from the babble and called to +him in the Basket Woman's voice. He was sure it was she who spoke his +name, though he could not see her; and got up on his feet at once. He +knew, too, that he was Alan, and yet it seemed, without seeming strange, +that he was the boy of the story who was afterward to be called the Fire +Bringer. The skin of his body was dark and shining, with straight, black +locks cropped at his shoulders, and he wore no clothing but a scrap of +deerskin belted with a wisp of bark. He ran free on the mesa and +mountain where he would, and carried in his hand a cleft stick that had +a longish rounded stone caught in the cleft and held by strips of skin. +By this he knew he had waked up into the time of which the Basket Woman +had told him, before fire was brought to the tribes, when men and beasts +talked together with understanding, and the Coyote was the Friend and +Counselor of man. They ranged together by wood and open swale, the boy +who was to be called Fire Bringer and the keen, gray dog of the +wilderness, and saw the tribesmen catching fish in the creeks with their +hands and the women digging roots with sharp stones. This they did in +summer and fared well, but when winter came they ran nakedly in the snow +or huddled in caves of the rocks and were very miserable. When the boy +saw this he was very unhappy, and brooded over it until the Coyote +noticed it. + +"It is because my people suffer and have no way to escape the cold," +said the boy. + +"I do not feel it," said the Coyote. + +"That is because of your coat of good fur, which my people have not, +except they take it in the chase, and it is hard to come by." + +"Let them run about, then," said the Counselor, "and keep warm." + +"They run till they are weary," said the boy, "and there are the young +children and the very old. Is there no way for them?" + +"Come," said the Coyote, "let us go to the hunt." + +"I will hunt no more," the boy answered him, "until I have found a way +to save my people from the cold. Help me, O Counselor!" + +But the Coyote had run away. After a time he came back and found the boy +still troubled in his mind. + +"There is a way, O Man Friend," said the Coyote, "and you and I must +take it together, but it is very hard." + +"I will not fail of my part," said the boy. + +"We will need a hundred men and women, strong and swift runners." + +"I will find them," the boy insisted, "only tell me." + +"We must go," said the Coyote, "to the Burning Mountain by the Big Water +and bring fire to your people." + +Said the boy, "What is fire?" + +Then the Coyote considered a long time how he should tell the boy what +fire is. "It is," said he, "red like a flower, yet it is no flower; +neither is it a beast, though it runs in the grass and rages in the wood +and devours all. It is very fierce and hurtful and stays not for asking, +yet if it is kept among stones and fed with small sticks, it will serve +the people well and keep them warm." + +"How is it to be come at?" + +"It has its lair in the Burning Mountain, and the Fire Spirits guard it +night and day. It is a hundred days' journey from this place, and +because of the jealousy of the Fire Spirits no man dare go near it. But +I, because all beasts are known to fear it much, may approach it without +hurt and, it may be, bring you a brand from the burning. Then you must +have strong runners for every one of the hundred days to bring it safely +home." + +"I will go and get them," said the boy; but it was not so easily done as +said. Many there were who were slothful and many were afraid, but the +most disbelieved it wholly, for, they said, "How should this boy tell us +of a thing of which we have never heard!" But at the last the boy and +their own misery persuaded them. + +The Coyote advised them how the march should begin. The boy and the +Counselor went foremost, next to them the swiftest runners, with the +others following in the order of their strength and speed. They left the +place of their home and went over the high mountains where great jagged +peaks stand up above the snow, and down the way the streams led through +a long stretch of giant wood where the sombre shade and the sound of the +wind in the branches made them afraid. At nightfall where they rested +one stayed in that place, and the next night another dropped behind, and +so it was at the end of each day's journey. They crossed a great plain +where waters of mirage rolled over a cracked and parching earth and the +rim of the world was hidden in a bluish mist; so they came at last to +another range of hills, not so high but tumbled thickly together, and +beyond these, at the end of the hundred days, to the Big Water quaking +along the sand at the foot of the Burning Mountain. + +It stood up in a high and peaked cone, and the smoke of its burning +rolled out and broke along the sky. By night the glare of it reddened +the waves far out on the Big Water when the Fire Spirits began their +dance. + +Then said the Counselor to the boy who was soon to be called the Fire +Bringer, "Do you stay here until I bring you a brand from the burning; +be ready and right for running, and lose no time, for I shall be far +spent when I come again, and the Fire Spirits will pursue me." Then he +went up the mountain, and the Fire Spirits when they saw him come were +laughing and very merry, for his appearance was much against him. Lean +he was, and his coat much the worse for the long way he had come. +Slinking he looked, inconsiderable, scurvy, and mean, as he has always +looked, and it served him as well then as it serves him now. So the Fire +Spirits only laughed, and paid him no farther heed. Along in the night, +when they came out to begin their dance about the mountain, the Coyote +stole the fire and began to run away with it down the slope of the +Burning Mountain. When the Fire Spirits saw what he had done, they +streamed out after him red and angry in pursuit, with a sound like a +swarm of bees. + +The boy saw them come, and stood up in his place clean limbed and taut +for running. He saw the sparks of the brand stream back along the +Coyote's flanks as he carried it in his mouth and stretched forward on +the trail, bright against the dark bulk of the mountain like a falling +star. He heard the singing sound of the Fire Spirits behind and the +labored breath of the Counselor nearing through the dark. Then the good +beast panted down beside him, and the brand dropped from his jaws. The +boy caught it up, standing bent for the running as a bow to speeding the +arrow; out he shot on the homeward path, and the Fire Spirits snapped +and sung behind him. Fast as they pursued he fled faster, until he saw +the next runner stand up in his place to receive the brand. So it passed +from hand to hand, and the Fire Spirits tore after it through the scrub +until they came to the mountains of the snows. These they could not +pass, and the dark, sleek runners with the backward-streaming brand bore +it forward, shining star-like in the night, glowing red through sultry +noons, violet pale in twilight glooms, until they came in safety to +their own land. Here they kept it among stones, and fed it with small +sticks, as the Coyote had advised, until it warmed them and cooked their +food. As for the boy by whom fire came to the tribes, he was called the +Fire Bringer while he lived, and after that, since there was no other +with so good a right to the name, it fell to the Coyote; and this is the +sign that the tale is true, for all along his lean flanks the fur is +singed and yellow as it was by the flames that blew backward from the +brand when he brought it down from the Burning Mountain. As for the +fire, that went on broadening and brightening and giving out a cheery +sound until it broadened into the light of day, and Alan sat up to hear +it crackling under the coffee-pot, where his father was cooking their +breakfast. + + + + +THE CROOKED FIR + + +The pipsissawa, which is sometimes called prince's pine, is half as tall +as the woodchuck that lives under the brown boulder; and the seedling +fir in his first season was as tall as the prince's pine, so for the +time they made the most of each other's company. The woodchuck and the +pipsissawa were never to be any taller, but the silver fir was to keep +on growing as long as he stood in the earth and drew sap. In his second +season, which happened to be a good growing year, the fir was as tall as +the woodchuck and began to look about him. + +The forest of silver firs grew on a hill-slope up from a water-course as +far as the borders of the long-leaved pines. Where the trees stood close +together the earth was brown with the litter of a thousand years, and +little gray hawks hunted in their green, windy glooms. In the open +spaces there were thickets of meadowsweet, fireweed, monkshood, and +columbine, with saplings and seedlings in between. When the fir which +was as tall as the woodchuck had grown a year or two longer, he made a +discovery. All the firs on the hill-slope were crooked! Their trunks +bulged out at the base toward the downward pitch of the hill; and it is +the proper destiny of fir trees to be straight. + +"They should be straight," said the seedling fir. "I feel it in my +fibres that a fir tree should be straight." He looked up at the fir +mother very far above him on her way to the sky, with the sun and the +wind in her star-built boughs. + +"I shall be straight," said the seedling fir. + +"Ah, do not be too sure of it," said the fir mother. But for all that +the seedling fir was very sure, and when the snow tucked him in for the +winter he took a long time to think about it. The snows are wonderfully +deep in the cañon of the silver firs. From where they gather in the +upper air the fir mother shakes them lightly down, packing so softly +and so warm that the seedlings and the pipsissawas do not mind. + +About the time the fir had grown tall enough to be called a sapling he +made another discovery. The fir mother had also a crooked trunk. The +sapling was greatly shocked; he hardly liked to speak of it to the fir +mother. He remembered his old friend the pipsissawa, but he had so +outgrown her that there was really no comfort in trying to make himself +understood, so he spoke to the woodchuck. The woodchuck was no taller +than he used to be, but when he climbed up on the brown boulder above +his house he was on a level with the sapling fir, and though he was not +much of a talker he was a great thinker and had opinions. + +"Really," said the fir, "I hardly like to speak of it, but you are such +an old friend; do you see what a crook the fir mother has in her trunk? +We firs you know were intended to be straight." + +"That," said the woodchuck, "is on account of the snow." + +"But, oh, my friend," said the sapling, "you must be mistaken. The snow +is soft and comfortable and braces one up. I ought to know, for I spend +whole winters in it." + +"_Gru-r-ru-_," said the woodchuck crossly; "well for you that you do, or +I should have eaten you off by now." + +After this the little fir kept his thoughts to himself; he was very much +afraid of the woodchuck, and there is nothing a young fir fears so much +as being eaten off before it has a chance to bear cones. But in fact the +woodchuck spent the winter under the snow himself. He went into his +house and shut the door when the first feel of snow was in the air, and +did not come out until green things began to grow in the cleared spaces. + +Not many winters after that the fir was sufficiently tall to hold the +green cross, that all firs bear on their topmost bough, above the snow +most of the winter through. Now he began to learn a great many things. +The first of these was about the woodchuck. + +"Really that fellow is a great braggart," said the fir; "I cannot think +how I came to be afraid of him." + +In those days the sapling saw the deer getting down in the flurry of the +first snows to the feeding grounds on the lower hills, saw the mountain +sheep nodding their great horns serenely in the lee of a tall cliff +through the wildest storms. In the spring he saw the brown bears +shambling up the trails, ripping the bark off of dead trees to get at +the worms and grubs that harbored there; lastly he saw the woodchuck +come out of his hole as if nothing had ever happened. + +And now as the winters came on, the fir began to feel the weight of the +snow. When it was wet and heavy and clung to its branches, the little +fir shivered and moaned. + +"Droop your boughs," creaked the fir mother; "droop them as I do, and +the snow will fall." + +So the sapling drooped his fan-spread branches until they lay close to +the trunk; and the snow wreaths slipped away and piled thickly about his +trunk. But when the snow lay deep over all the slope, it packed and +slid down toward the ravine and pressed strongly against the sapling +fir. + +"Oh, I shall be torn from my roots," he cried; "I shall be broken off." + +"Bend," said the fir mother, "bend, and you will not break." So the +young fir bent before the snow until he was curved like a bow, but when +the spring came and the sap ran in his veins, he straightened his trunk +anew and spread his branches in a star-shaped whorl. + +"After all," said the sapling, "it is not such a great matter to keep +straight; it only requires an effort." + +So he went on drooping and bending to the winter snows, growing strong +and straight with the spring, and rejoicing. About this time the fir +began to feel a tingling in his upper branches. + +"Something is going to happen," he said; something agreeable in fact, +for the tree was fifty years old, and it was time to grow cones. For +fifty years a silver fir has nothing to do but to grow branches, thrown +out in annual circles, every one in the shape of a cross. Then it grows +cones on the topmost whorl, royal purple and burnished gold, erect on +the ends of the branches like Christmas candles. The sapling fir had +only three in his first season of bearing, but he was very proud of +them, for now he was no longer a sapling, but a tree. + +When one has to devote the whole of a long season to growing cones, one +has not much occasion to think of other things. By the time there were +five rows of cone-bearing branches spread out broadly from the silver +fir, the woodchuck made a remark to the pipsissawa which is sometimes +called prince's pine. It was not the same pipsissawa, nor the same +woodchuck, but one of his descendants, and his parents had told him the +whole story. + +"It seems to me," said he, "that the fir tree is not going to be +straight after all. He never seems quite to recover from the winter +snow." + +"Ah," said the pipsissawa, "I have always thought it better to have +your seeds ripe and put away under ground before the snow comes. Then +you do not mind it at all." + +The woodchuck was right about the fir; his trunk was beginning to curve +toward the downward slope of the hill with the weight of the drifts. And +that went on until the curve was quite fixed in the ripened wood, and +the fir tree could not have straightened up if he had wished. But to +tell the truth, the fir tree did not wish. By the end of another fifty +years, when he wagged his high top above the forest gloom, he grew to be +quite proud of it. + +"There is nothing," he said to the sapling firs, "like being able to +endure hard times with a good countenance. I have seen a great deal of +life. There are no such snows now as there used to be. You can see by +the curve of my trunk what a weight I have borne." + +But the young firs did not pay any attention to him. They had made up +their minds to grow up straight. + + + + +THE SUGAR PINE + + +Before the sugar pine came up in the meadow of Bright Water it had swung +a summer long in the burnished cone of the parent tree, until the wind +lifted it softly to the earth where it swelled with the snow water and +the sun, and began to grow into a tree. But it knew nothing whatever of +itself except that it was alive and growing; and in its first season was +hardly so tall as the Little Grass of Parnassus that crowded the sod at +the Bright Water. In fact, it was a number of years before it began to +overtop the meadowsweet, the fireweed, the tall lilies, the monkshood, +and columbine, and under these circumstances it could not be expected to +have much of an opinion of itself. + +During those years the young pine suffered a secret mortification +because it had no flowers. It stood stiff and trimly in its plain dark +green, every needle like every other one, and no honey-gatherer visited +it. When all the meadow ran over with rosy and purple bloom, the pine +tree trembled and beads of clear resin oozed out upon its bark like +tears; and the trouble really seemed worse than it was because everybody +made so much of it. Even the hummingbirds as they came hurtling through +the air would draw back conspicuously when they came to the pine, and +though they said politely, "I beg your pardon, I took you for a flower," +the seedling felt it would have been better had they said nothing at +all. + +"Well, why don't you grow flowers?" said the meadowsweet; "it is easy +enough. Just do as I do," and she spread her drift of blossoms like a +fragrant snow. But the sugar pine found it impossible to be anything but +stiff and plainly green, though every year in the stir and tingle of new +sap he felt a promise of better things. + +"I suppose," he said one day, "I must be in some way different from the +rest of you." + +"Ah, that is the way with you solemn people," said the fireweed, "always +imagining yourself better than those about you to excuse your +disagreeableness. Any one can see by the way you hold yourself that you +have too much of an opinion of yourself." + +The little pine tree sighed; he had not said "better," only "different," +and he began to realize year by year that this was so. + +"You should try to be natural," said the meadowsweet; "do not be so +stiff, and then every one will love you though you are so plain." + +Then the sugar pine reached out and tried to mingle with the flowers, +but the sharp needles tore their frills and the stiff branches did not +suit with their graceful swaying, so he was obliged to give it up. It +seemed, in fact, the more he tried to be like the others the worse he +grew. + +"If only you were not so odd," said all the flowers. None of the young +growing things in the meadow understood that it is natural for a pine +tree to be stiff. + +The sugar pine was not always unhappy. There were days when he caught +golden glints of the stream that ran smoothly about the meadow, in a bed +of leopard-colored stones, and, reflecting all the light that fell into +the hollow of the hills, gave the place its name; days when the air was +warm and the sky was purely blue, and the resinous smell of the pines on +the meadow border came to the seedling like a sweet savor in a dream, +for as yet he did not understand what he was to be. He was pleased just +to be looking at the summer riot of the flowering things, and loved the +cool softness of the snow when he was tucked into comfortable darkness +to dream of the spring odor of the pines. Then, when it seemed that the +meadow had forgotten him, the little tree would fall to thinking the +thoughts proper to his kind, and found the time pass pleasantly. + +"I suppose," he thought, "it is not good for me to flower as the other +plants. If I began like them I should probably end like them, and I feel +that I could not be satisfied with that. After all, one should not try +to be so much like others, but to be the very best of one's own sort." + +Very early the young tree had noticed that he was the only one of all +that company that kept green and growing the winter through. He would +have been secretly very proud of it, but the flowers took good care to +let him know their opinion of such airs. + +"It is simply that you wish to be considered peculiar," said the +columbine; "one sees that you like nothing so much as to be in other +people's mouths, but let me tell you, you will not get yourself any +better liked by such behavior." After that the little tree wished +nothing so much as that he might be the commonest summer-flowering weed. + +"But I am not," he said; "no, I am not, and I would do very well as I am +if they would let me be happy in my own way." + +That summer the seedling grew as tall as the meadowsweet, and could look +across the open space to the parent pine poised on her noble shaft, her +spreading crown gathering sunshine from the draughts of upper air. She +seemed to rock a little as if she dozed upon her feet, and the great +sweep of limbs with pendulous golden cones made a gentle sighing. Then +the despised little seedling felt a thrill go through him, and felt a +shaking in all his slender twigs. He bowed himself among the lilies, and +was both glad and ashamed, for though he could not well believe it, he +knew himself akin to the great sugar pines. After that he gave up trying +to be one of the flowers. Once he even ventured to speak of it to the +meadowsweet. + +"Well, if it is any satisfaction to you to think so; but do not let any +one else hear you say that. You are likely to get yourself +misunderstood. I tell you this because I am your friend," said the +meadowsweet, but really she had misunderstood him herself. + +Then a rumor arose in the neighborhood that the sombre, stubborn shrub +conceited himself to be a pine, and the rumor ran with laughter and +nodding the length of the meadow until it reached the old alder on the +edge of Bright Water. The alder had stood with his feet in the stream +for longer than the meadowsweet could remember, and saw everything that +went on by reflection. + +"Do not laugh too soon," said the alder tree, "I have seen stranger +things than that happen in this meadow," for he was indeed very old. + +"We have known him a good many seasons," said the fireweed, "and he has +not done anything worth mentioning yet." + +All this was very hard for the young pine to bear, but there was better +coming. That summer the forest ranger came riding in Bright Water and a +learned man rode with him, praising the flowers and counting the numbers +and varieties of bloom. How they prinked and flaunted in their pride! + +"That is all very pretty, as you say," answered the ranger as they came +by the place of the pine, "and I suppose they perform a sort of service +in keeping the soil covered, but the trees are the real strength of the +mountain. Ah, here is a seedling of the right sort! I must give that +fellow a chance," and he began pulling up great handfuls of the +blossoming things around the tree. + +"What is it?" asked his companion. + +"A sugar pine," he said; "probably a seedling of that splendid specimen +yonder," and he went on clearing the ground to let in sun and air. + +"But you must admit," said his friend, "that a seedling pine cuts rather +a poor figure among all this flare of bloom." + +"Oh, you wait fifty or sixty years," said the ranger, "and then you will +see what sort of a figure it makes. It really takes a pine of this sort +a couple of hundred years to reach its prime," and they rode talking up +the trail. + +Word of what had happened was carried all about the meadow and made a +great stir. When it came to the alder tree he wagged his old head. "Ah, +well," he said, "I told you so." + +"I will not believe it until I see it," said the fireweed. + +"They might have known it before," sighed the young pine, "and they +ought to be proud to think I grew up in the same meadow with them." + +But they were not; they went on flaunting their blossoms as if nothing +had occurred, and the young tree grew up as he was meant to be, and the +pines on the meadow border sent him greeting on the wind. He still kept +his trim spire-shaped habit, but he could very well put up with that for +the time being. He felt within himself the promise of what he was to be. +After fifty or sixty years, as the ranger had said, he began to put out +strong cone-bearing boughs that shaped themselves by the storms and the +wind in sweeping, graceful lines, and spread out to shelter the horde of +flowering things below. Squirrels ran up the trunk and whistled cheerily +in his windy top. + +"He grew here in our neighborhood," said the tall lilies; "we knew him +when he was a seedling sprig, and now he is the tallest of the pines." + +"Suppose he is," said the fireweed. "What is the good of a pine tree +anyway?" + +But the sugar pine did not hear. He had grown far above the small folk +of the meadow, and went on growing for a hundred years. He gathered the +sun in his high branches and rocked upon his shaft. He talked gently in +his own fashion with his own kind. + + + [Illustration: AN OLD MINE + From photograph by A. A. Forbes] + + + + +THE GOLDEN FORTUNE + + +A little way up from the trail that goes toward Rex Monte, not far from +the limit of deep snows, there is what looks to be a round dark hole in +the side of the mountain. It is really the ruined tunnel of an old mine. +Formerly a house stood on the ore dump at one side of the tunnel, a +little unpainted cabin of pine; but a great avalanche of snow and stones +carried them, both the house and the dump, away. The cabin was built and +owned by a solitary miner called Jerry, and whether he ever had any +other name no one in the town below Kearsarge now remembers. + +Jerry was old and lean, and his hair, which had been dark when he was +young, was now bleached to the color of the iron-rusted rocks about his +mine. For thirty years he had prospected and mined through that country +from Kearsarge to the Coso Hills, but always in the pay of other men, +and at last he had hit upon this ledge on Rex Monte. To all who looked, +it showed a very slender vein between the walls of country rock, and the +ore of so poor a quality that with all his labor he could do no more +than keep alive; but to all who listened, Jerry could tell a remarkable +story of what it had been, and what he expected it to be. Very many +years ago he had discovered it at the end of a long prospect, when he +was tired and quite discouraged for that time. There was not much +passing then on the Rex Monte, and Jerry drew out of the trail here in +the middle of the afternoon to rest in the shadow of a great rock. So +while he lay there very weary, between sleeping and waking, he gazed out +along the ground, which was all strewn with rubble between the stiff, +scant grass. As he looked it seemed that certain bits of broken stone +picked themselves out of the heap, and grew larger, in some way more +conspicuous, until, Jerry averred, they winked at him. Then he reached +out to draw them in with his hand, and saw that they were all +besprinkled with threads and specks of gold. You may guess that Jerry +was glad, then that he sprang up and began to search for more stones, +and so found a trail of them, and followed it through the grass stems +and the heather until he came to the ledge cropping out by a dike of +weathered rocks. And in those days the ledge was ah, so rich! Now it +seemed that Jerry was to have a mine of his own. So he named it the +Golden Fortune, and told no man what he had found, but went down to the +town which lies in a swale at the foot of Kearsarge, and brought back as +much as was needful for working the mine in a simple way. + +It was nearing the end of the summer, when the hills expect the long +thunder and drumming rain, and, not many weeks after that, the quiet +storms that bring the snow. Jerry had enough to do to make all safe and +comfortable at the Golden Fortune before winter set in. It was too steep +here on the hill-slope for the deep snows to trouble him much, so he +built his cabin against the rock, with a covered way from it to the +tunnel of the mine, that he might work on all winter at no unease +because of storms. + +It was perhaps a month later, with Jerry as busy as any of the wild folk +thereabout, and the nights turning off bitter cold with frost. Of +mornings he could hear the thin tinkle of the streams along fringes of +delicate ice. It was the afternoon of a day that fell warm and dry with +a promise of snow in the air. Jerry was roofing in his cabin, so intent +that a voice hailed him before he was aware that there was a man on the +trail. Jerry knew at once by his dress and his speech that he was a +stranger in those parts, and he saw that he was not very well prepared +for the mountain passes and the night. He knew this, I say, with the +back of his mind, but took no note of it, for he was so occupied with +his house and his mine. He suffered a fear to have any man know of his +good fortune lest it should somehow slip away from him. So when the +stranger asked him some questions of the trail, it seemed that what +Jerry most wished was to get rid of him as quickly as possible. He was +a young man, ruddy and blue-eyed, and a foreigner, what was called in +careless miners' talk, "some kind of a Dutchman," and could not make +himself well understood. Jerry gathered that he desired to know if he +were headed right for the trail that went over to the Bighorn Mine, +where he had the promise of work. So they nodded and shrugged, and Jerry +made assurance with his hands, as much as to say, it is no great way; +and when the young man had looked wistfully at the cabin and the boding +sky, he moved slowly up the trail. When he came to the turn where it +goes toward Rex Monte, he lingered on the ridge to wave good-by, so +Jerry waved again, and the man dropped out of sight. At that moment the +sun failed behind a long gray film that deepened and spread over all +that quarter of the sky. + +Jerry had cause to remember the stranger in the night and fret for him, +for the wind came up and began to seek in the cañon, and the snow fell +slanting down. It fell three days and nights. All that while the gray +veil hung about Jerry's house; now and then the wind would scoop a great +lane in it to show how the drifts lay on the heather, then shut in tight +and dim with a soft, weary sound, and Jerry, though he worked on the +Golden Fortune, could not get the young stranger out of his mind. + +When the sun and the frost had made a crust over the snow able to bear +up a man, he went over the Pass to Bighorn to inquire if the stranger +had come in, though he did not tell at that time, nor until long after, +how late it was when the man passed his cabin, how wistfully he turned +away, nor what promise was in the air. The snow lay all about the Pass, +lightly on the pines, deeply in the hollows, so deeply that a man might +lie under it and no one be the wiser. And there it seemed the stranger +must be, for at the Bighorn they had not heard of him, but if he were +under the snow, there he must lie until the spring thaw. Of whatever +happened to him, Jerry saw that he must bear the blame, for, by his own +account, from that day the luck vanished from the Golden Fortune; not +that the ore dwindled or grew less, but there were no more of the golden +specks. With all he could do after that, Jerry could not maintain +himself in the cabin on the slope of Rex Monte. So it came about that +the door was often shut, and the picks rusted in the tunnel of the +Golden Fortune for months together, while Jerry was off earning wages in +more prosperous mines. + +All his days Jerry could not quite get his mind away from the earlier +promise of the mine, and as often as he thought of that he thought of +the stranger whom he had sent over the trail on the evening of the +storm. Gradually it came into his mind in a confused way that the two +things were mysteriously connected, that he had sent away his luck with +the stranger into the deep snow. For certainly Jerry held himself +accountable, and in that country between Kearsarge and the Coso Hills to +be inhospitable is the worst offense. + +Every year or so he came back to the mine to work a little, and +sometimes it seemed to promise better and sometimes not. Finally, Jerry +argued that the luck would not come back to it until he had made good to +some other man the damage he had done to one. This set him looking for +an opportunity. Jerry mentioned his belief so often that he came at +last, as is the way of miners, to accept it as a thing prophesied of old +time. Afterward, when he grew old himself, and came to live out his life +at the Golden Fortune, he would be always looking along the trail at +evening time for passers-by, and never one was allowed to go on who +could by any possibility be persuaded to stay the night in Jerry's +cabin. Often when there was a wind, and the snow came slanting down, +Jerry fancied he heard one shouting in the drift; then he would light a +lantern and sally forth into the storm, peering and crying. + +About that time, when he went down into the town below Kearsarge once in +a month or so for supplies, the people smiled and wagged their heads, +but Jerry conceived that they whispered together about the unkindness +he had done to the stranger so many years gone, and he grew shyer and +went less often among men. So he companioned more with the wild things, +and burrowed deeper into the hill. His cabin weathered to a semblance of +the stones, rabbits ran in and out at the door, and deer drank at his +spring. + +From the slope where the cabin stood, the trail, which led up from the +town, winding with the winding of the cañon, went over the Pass, and so +into a region of high meadows and high, keen peaks, the feeding-ground +of deer and mountain sheep. The ravine of Rex Monte was the easiest +going from the high valleys to the foothills, where all winter the feed +kept green. Every year Jerry marked the trooping of the wild kindred to +the foothill pastures when the snow lay heavily on all the higher land, +and saw their returning when the spring pressed hard upon the borders of +the melting drifts. So, as he grew older and stayed closer by his mine, +Jerry learned to look to the furred and feathered folk for news of how +the seasons fared, and what was doing on the high ridges. When the +grouse and quail went down, it was a sign that the snow had covered the +grass and small seed-bearing herbs; the passing of deer--shapely bulks +in a mist of cloud--was a portent of deep drifts over the buckthorn and +the heather. Lastly, if he saw the light fleeting of the mountain sheep, +he looked for wild and bitter work on the crest of Kearsarge and Rex +Monte. It was mostly at such times that Jerry heard voices in the storm, +and he would go stumbling about with his lantern into the swirl of +falling snow, until the wind that played up and down the great cañon, +like the draughts in a chimney, made his very bones a-cold. Then he +would creep back to drowse by the warmth of his fire and dream that the +blue-eyed stranger had come back and brought the luck of the Golden +Fortune. So he passed the years until the winter of the Big Snow. It was +so called many winters after, for no other like it ever fell on the east +slope of Kearsarge. + +It came early in the season, following a week of warm weather, when the +sky was full of a dry mist that showed ghostly gray against the sun and +the moon; great bodies of temperate air moved about the pines with a +sound of moaning and distress. The deer, warned by their wild sense, +went down before ever a flake fell, and Jerry, watching, shivered in +sympathy, recalling that so they had run together, and such a spell of +warm weather had gone before a certain snow, years ago before the luck +departed from the Golden Fortune. As the fume of the storm closed in +about the cabin, and flakes began to form lightly in the middle air, the +old man's wits began to fumble among remembrances of the stranger on the +trail, and he would hearken for voices. The snow began, then increased, +and fell steadily, wet and blinding. + +The third night of its falling Jerry waked out of a doze to hear his +name shouted, muffled and feebly, through the drift. So it seemed to +him, and he made haste to answer it. There was no wind; on the very +steep slope where the cabin stood was a knee-deep level, soft and +clogging; in the hollows it piled halfway up the pines. Jerry's lantern +threw a faint and stifled gleam. There was no further cry, but something +struggled on the trail below him; dim, unhuman shapes wrestled in the +smother of the snow. Jerry sent them a hail of assurance cut off short +by the white wall of the storm. + +There was a little sag in the hill-front where the trail turned off to +the cabin, and here the moist snow fell in a lake, into which the trail +ran like a spit, and was lost. Down this trail at the last fierce end of +the storm came the great wild sheep, the bighorn, the heaviest-headed, +lightest-footed, winter-proof sheep of the mountains that God shepherds +on the high battlements of the hills. Down they came when there was no +meadow, nor thicket, nor any smallest twig of heather left uncovered on +the highlands, and took the lake of soggy snow by Jerry's cabin in the +dark. They had come far under the weight of the great curved horns +through the clogging drifts. Here where the trail failed in the white +smudge they found no footing, floundered at large, sinking belly-deep +where they stood, and not daring to stand lest they sink deeper. If any +cry of theirs, hoarse and broken, had reached old Jerry's dreaming, they +spent no further breath on it. By something the same sense that made him +aware of their need, Jerry understood rather than saw them strain +through the falling veil of snow. It was a sharp struggle without sound +as they won out of the wet drift to the firmer ground. They went on like +shadows pursued by the ghost of a light that wavered with the old man's +wavering feet. It was no night for a man to be abroad in, but Jerry +plowed on in the drift till he found the work that was cut out for him. +There where the snow was deepest, yielding like wool, he found the +oldest wether of the flock, sunk to the shoulders, too feeble for the +struggle, and still too noble for complaining. How many years had Jerry +waited to do a good turn on the trail where he had done his worst: and +in all these years he had lost the sense of distinction which should be +between man and beast. He put his shoulder under the fore shoulder of +the sheep, where he could feel the heart pound with certain fear. + +Jerry knew the trail, as he knew the floor of his mine, by the feel of +the ground under him, so as he heaved and guided with his shoulder, the +great ram grew quieter and lent himself to the effort till they came +clear of the swale, and the sweat ran down from Jerry's forehead. But +the bighorn could do no more. In the soft fleece of the snow he stood +cowed and trembling. The snow came on faster, and wiped out the trail of +the flock; he made no motion to go after. Such a death comes to the wild +sheep of the mountains often enough: to fail from old age in some sudden +storm, to sink in the loose snow and await the quest of the wolf, or the +colder mercy of the drift. He turned his back to the storm which began +to slant a little with the rising wind, and looked not once at Jerry nor +at the hills where he had been bred. But Jerry cast his eye upon the +sheep, which was full heavier then than he, and then up at the steep +where his cabin stood, remembering that he had nothing there that might +serve a sheep for food. Then he bent down again, and by dint of pulling +and pushing, and by a dim sense that began to filter through the man's +brain to the beast, they made some progress on the trail. They went over +broken boulders and floundered in the drifts, where Jerry half carried +the sheep and was half borne up and supported by the spread of the great +horns. They crossed Pine Creek, which ran dumbly under the snow, housed +over by the stream tangle. The flakes hissed softly on Jerry's lantern +and struck blindingly on his eyes, but ever as they went the sheep was +eased of his labor, grew assured, and carried himself courageously. +Finally they came where the storm thinned out, and whole hill-slopes +covered with buckthorn and cherry warded off the snow by springy arches, +and Jerry drew up to rest under a long-leaved pine while the sheep went +on alone, nodding his great horns under the branches of the scrub. He +neither lingered nor looked back, and met the new chance of life with as +much quietness as the chance of death. Jerry was worn and weary, and +there was a singing in his brain. The pine trees broke the wind and shed +off the snow in curling wreaths. It seemed to the old man most good to +rest, and he drowsed upon his feet. + +"If I sleep I shall freeze," he said; and it seemed on the whole a +pleasant thing to do. So it went on for a little space; then there came +a shape out of the dark, a hand shook him by the shoulder, and a voice +called him by name. Then he started out of dreaming as he had started at +that other call an hour ago, and it seemed not strange to him, the +night, nor the storm, nor the face of the blue-eyed man that shone out +of the dark, but whether by the light of his lantern he could not tell. +He shook the snow from his shoulders. + +"I have expected you long," he said. + +"And now I have come," said the stranger and smiled. + +"Have you brought the luck again?" + +"Come and see," said the man. + +Then Jerry took his hand and leaned upon him, and together they went up +the trail between the drifts. + +"You bear me no ill-will for what I did?" said Jerry. + +And the stranger answered, "None." + +"I have wished it undone many times," said the old man. "I have tried +this night to repay it." + +"By what you have done this night I am repaid," said the stranger. + +"It was only a sheep." + +"It was one of God's creatures," said the man. + +So they went on up the trail, and it seemed sometimes to Jerry that he +wandered alone in the dark, that he was cold, and his lantern had gone +out; and again he would hear the stranger comfort and encourage him. At +last they came toward the cabin, and saw the light stream out of the +window and the fire leap in the stove. Then Jerry thought of the mine, +and that the stranger had brought back the luck again. It seemed that +the young man had promised him this, though he could not be sure of +that, nor very clear in his mind on any point except that he had come +home again. But as he drew near, it seemed a brightness came out of the +tunnel of the mine, a warmth and a great light. As he came into it +tremblingly, he saw that the light came from the walls, and from the +lode at the far end of it, and it was the brightness of pure gold. And +Jerry smiled and stretched out his arms to it, making sure that the luck +had come again. + +After the week of the Big Snow there were people in the town who +remembered Jerry, and wondered how he fared. So when the snow had a +crust over it, they came up by the windy cañon and sought him in his +house, where the door stood open and a charred wick flared feebly in the +lamp, and in his mine, where they found him at the far end of the +tunnel, and it seemed as if he slept and smiled. + +"It is a worthless lode," they said, "but he loved it." + +So they took powder and made a blast, and with it a great heap of +stones, shutting off the end of the tunnel from the outer air, and so +left him with his luck and the Golden Fortune. + + + + +THE WHITE-BARKED PINE + + +The white-barked pine grew on the slope of Kearsarge highest up of all +the pines, so high that nothing grew above it but brown tufts of grass +and the rosy Sierra primroses that shelter under the edges of broken +boulders. The white-barked pines are squat and short, trunks creeping +along the rocks, and foliage all matted in a close green thatch by the +winter's weight. Snow lies on the slope of Kearsarge eight months in the +year, deep and smooth over the pines and the jagged rocks; other months +there are great storms of rain, and always a strong wind roaring through +the Pass, so that, try as it might, no tree could stand erect on those +heights. The white-barked pine stretched its body along the ground, and +though it was four hundred years old, it was no thicker than a man's +leg, and its young branches of seventy-five or a hundred years were +still so supple that one could tie knots in them. It grew near the +trail, which here crossed through a gap in the crest of the range and +straggled on down the other side of the mountain. + +Along this trail went many strange things in their season. Early in the +year, before the snow had melted at all on the high places, went a great +lumbering bear that had a lair above Big Meadows, going down to the +calf-pens and pig-sties of the town at the foot of Kearsarge. He ranged +back and forth on these little excursions of fifteen or twenty miles in +the hungry season of the year, and sometimes there were hunters on his +trail with dogs and guns, but nothing ever came of it. When the trail +began to run a rivulet from the drip of melting snow banks, the forest +ranger went up the Pass, singing as he went and beating his arms to keep +himself warm. Afterwards when the snow water was all drained off, he +came back and mended the trail. All through the summer there would be +parties of miners and hunters with long strings of pack mules, going +over Kearsarge to camp in Big Meadows or on the fork of King's River. +Sometimes there were parties of Indians with women and children, making +very merry with berries, fish, and deer meat. Nearly always, whatever +went over the mountain came back again, and the white pine noticed that +the same people came again another season. In four hundred years one has +space for observation and reflection. Gradually the pine tree grew into +the conviction that the other side of the mountain must be much finer +than this. + +"Else why," said he, "should so many people go there every year?" + +It was very fine, you may be sure, on the white pine's side, but the +tree had known it all for so many years, it no longer pleased him. From +where he grew he looked down between the ridges on a great winding cañon +full of singing trees, with blue lakes like eyes winking between them. +He could watch in the open places the white feet of the water on its way +to the valley, and from the falls long rainbows of spray blown out as if +they were blowing kisses to the white-barked pine. Below all this lay +the valley, hollow like a cup, full of fawn-colored and violet mist, +and the farms and orchards lay like dregs at the bottom of the cup. +Beyond the valley rose other noble ranges with cloud shadows playing all +along their slopes. + +"It is very tiresome to look at the same things for four hundred years," +said the white-barked pine. "If I could only get to the top, now. Do +tell me, what is it like on the other side?" he said to the wind. + +"Oh!" said the wind, "it rains and snows. There are trees and bushes and +blue lakes. It is not at all different from this side." + +A deer said the same thing when it slept one night under the thatch of +the highest pine. "It is all meadows and hills, only sometimes the grass +is not so good there, and again sometimes it is better. It is very much +like this." + +"I do not believe them," said the pine to himself. "They are simply +trying to console me for not realizing my ambition. But I am not a +sapling any longer, let me tell you that." + +"At least," said a young tree that grew a little farther down, "you are +higher up than any of us." + +"Of what use is that if I do not get to the top?" said the unhappy pine. +"There is a bunch of blue flowers there, I can see it quite plainly just +where the trail dips over the ridge. Surely I am as capable of climbing +as any blue weed." + +"But," said the young pine, "weeds do not have to grow cones." + +"Oh, as for cones," cried the tree quite crossly, "the seasons are so +short I hardly ever ripen any, and if I do the squirrels get them. I do +believe I have not started a seedling these two hundred years. It is no +use to talk to me, I shall be happy only when I have seen the other side +of the mountain." + +It seems what one desires with all one's heart for a long time finally +comes to pass in some fashion or other. That very season the +white-barked pine went up over Kearsarge to the other side. Early in the +summer, when the rosy primroses had just begun to blow beside the drifts +that hugged the shade of the boulders, a party of miners went up the +trail with a long string of pack mules burdened with picks and shovels, +flour and potatoes, and other things that miners use. The last pull up +the Kearsarge trail is the hardest, over a steep waste of loose stones +that want very little encouragement to go roaring down as an avalanche +into the ravine below. The miners shouted, the mules scrambled and +panted on the steep, but just as they came by the last of the +white-barked pines, one slipped and went rolling over and over on the +jagged stones. As happens very frequently when a pack animal falls, the +mule was not very much hurt, but the pack saddle was quite ruined. + +"We must do the best we can," said one of the men, and he cut down the +white-barked pine. He chopped off the boughs, and split the trunk in +four pieces to mend the pack. It was a very small tree though it was so +old. + +"Ah! Ah!" said the tree, "it hurts, but one does not mind that when one +is realizing an ambition. Now I shall go to the top." So he went over +Kearsarge on mule-back quite like an old traveler. + +"Well, we are rid of his complaining," said the pine who stood next to +him, "and now _I_ am the highest up of all the pines. I wonder if it is +really so much finer on the other side." + +His old companion, in four pieces, was swinging down the other side of +the mountain, and as he went, he saw high peaks and soddy meadows, long +winding cañons with white glancing waters; and heard the chorus of the +falls. When it was night the miners lit a fire and loosened up the +packs, and after dark, when the wind began to move among the trees and +the fire burned low, one of the men threw a piece of the white-barked +pine on it. + +"Oh! Oh!" cried the pine as the flames caught hold of it, "and is this +really the end of all my travels?" + +"How that green wood sputters!" said the man; "it is not fit even for +firewood." + +The next day the wind took up the ash and carried it back over the pass, +and dropped it where the chopped boughs lay fainting on the ground. + +"Ah, is that you?" they said; "now you can tell us what it is like on +the other side." + +"How ignorant you are," said the ash of the white-barked pine, "one +would know you have never traveled. It is exactly like this side." But +he could not hear what they had to say to that, for the wind whirled him +away. + + + + +NA'[:Y]ANG-WIT'E, THE FIRST RABBIT DRIVE + + +The Basket Woman was walking over the mesa with the great carrier at her +back. Behind her straggled the children and the other women of the +campoodie, each with a cone-shaped basket slung between her shoulders. +Alan clapped his hands when he saw them coming, and ran out along the +path. + +"You come see rabbit drive," she said, twinkling her shrewd black eyes +under the border of her basket cap. Alan took hold of a fold of her +dress as he walked beside her, for he was still a little afraid of the +other Indians, but since the time of his going out to see the buzzards +making a merry-go-round, he knew he should never be afraid of the Basket +Woman again. The other women laughed a great deal as they looked at him, +showing their white teeth and putting back the black coarse hair out of +their eyes, and Alan felt that the things they said to each other were +about him, though they could hardly have been unpleasant with so much +smiling. Now he could see the men swarm out of the huts under the hill, +all afoot but a dozen of the old men, who rode small kicking ponies at a +tremendous pace, digging their heels into the horses' ribs. They passed +up the mesa in a blur of golden dust; westward they dwindled to a speck, +something ran between them from man to man, now thick like a cord, then +shaken out and vanishing in air. Then the riders dropped from their +horses and fumbled on the ground. Alan plucked at the Basket Woman's +dress. + +"Tell me what it is they do," he said. + +"It is the net which they set with forked stakes of willow," answered +the Basket Woman. Now the young men and the middle-aged began to form a +line across the mesa, standing three man's lengths apart in the sage. +Some of them were armed with guns and others had only clubs; all were +merry, laughing and calling to one another. They began to move forward +evenly with a marching movement, beating the brush as they went. +Presently up popped a rabbit from the sage and ran before them in long +flying leaps; far down the line another bounded from a stony wash, his +lean flanks turned broadside to the sun. + +Then the hunters broke into shouts of laughter and clapping, then one +began to sing and the song passed from man to man along the line; then +the men crouched a little as Indians do in singing, then their bodies +swayed and they stamped with each staccato note as they moved forward. +Rabbits sprang up in the scrub and went before them like the wind, and +as each one leaped into view and laid back his ears in flight, the cries +and laughter grew and the singing rose louder. The wind blew it back to +the women and children straggling far behind, who took it up, and the +burden of it was this,-- + + [Illustration: E - ya - ha hi, E - ya, E - ya - hi!] + +But every man sang it for himself, beginning when he liked and leaving +off, and when a rabbit started up under foot or one over-leaped himself +and went sprawling to the sand the refrain broke out again, but the +words, when there were any, seemed not to have anything to do with the +hunt, and sounded to Alan like a game. + +"_He-yah-hi, hi!_ he has it; he has it, he has the white, he has it!" + +"_Na'ÿang-wit'e!_" chuckled the Basket Woman. "_Na'ÿang-wit'e, +na'ÿang-wit'e!_ It is as it was of old time, look now and you shall +see." + +Alan looked at the hunters again, and whether it was because of the +blown dust of the mesa, or the quiver of heat that rose up from the +sand, or because the Basket Woman had laid her hand upon him, he saw +that they were not as they had been a moment since. Now they wore no +hats and were naked from the waist up, clothed below with deerskin +garments. Quivers of the skin of cougars with the tails hanging down +were slung between their shoulders, and the arrows in them were pointed +with tips of obsidian and winged with eagle feathers. Every man carried +his bow or his spear in his hand. Bright beads and bits of many-colored +shell hung and glittered in their hair. Rabbits went before them like +grasshoppers for number, and the song and the shouting were fierce and +wild. "But what is it all about?" asked Alan. + +"_Na'ÿang-wit'e, na'ÿang-wit'e_," laughed the Basket Woman. "Wait and I +will tell you the story of that song, for it is so that every song has +its story, without which no one may understand it. It is not well to go +too near the guns; sit you here and I will tell." + +So Alan bent down the sagebrush to make him a springy seat and the +Basket Woman sat upon the ground with her hands clasped about her knees. + +"Long and long ago," said the Basket Woman, "when men and beasts talked +together, there were none so friendly and none so much about the +wickiups as the rabbit people, and some of our fathers have told that +it was they who taught my people the game of _na'ÿang-wit'e_. I know +not if that be true, but there were none so cunning as they to play it. +And this is the manner of the game: there should be two sticks, or +better, two bits of bone of the fore leg of a deer, made smooth and +small to fit the palm. One of them is all white and the other has sinew +of deer stained black and wound about it. These the players pass from +hand to hand, and another will guess where is the place of the white, +and he who guesses best shall win all the other's goods. It is good +sport playing, and between man and man it comes even in the end, for +sometimes one has the goods and sometimes another, but when my people +played with the rabbit people it was not good, for the rabbits won every +time. Then my people drew together, all the Indians of every sort, and +made a great game against the rabbit people. There were two long rows +across the mesa, and between them were all the goods piled high, all the +beads and ornaments of shell, all the feather work and fine dressed +deerskin, all the worked moccasins, the quivers, the bows, all the +blankets, the baskets, and the woven mats. So they played at sunrise, so +at noon, so when it was night and the fires were lit. So on into the +night, and when it was morning the game was done, for the Indians had no +more goods. _Ay-aiy!_" said the Basket Woman, "long will the rabbit +people sorrow for that day, for it was then that the Indians first +contrived together how they might be rid of them. Then they gathered up +the milkweed," and she reached out and plucked a tall stem of it growing +beside her, white flowered and slender, with fine leaves like grass. +"Then they broke it so," and she laid it across a stone and beat it +lightly with a stick, "then they drew out the threads soft and white, +and so they rolled it into string." + +She stretched the fibre with one hand and rolled it on her knee with the +other, twisting and twining it. "Thus was the string made and afterward +woven into nets. The mesh of the net was just enough to let a rabbit's +head through, but not his body, and the net was a little wider than a +rabbit's jump when he goes fast and fleeing, and long enough to stretch +half across the world. So on a day the net was set and the drive was +begun as you have seen it, and as the Indians went they remembered their +anger and taunted the rabbit people. So the song of _Na'ÿang-wit'e_ was +made. Now let us go and see how it fares with the rabbit people, for as +it was of old so will it be to-day." + +All this time the line of men moved steadily across the mesa toward the +net. Now and then a rabbit turned, made bold by fright, and passed +between the men as they marched. Then the nearest turned to shoot him as +he ran, but it was left to the women to pick up the game. Already the +foremost rabbits were at the net, turned back by it, leaping toward the +hunters and fleeing again to the net. The old men closed in the ends of +the lane where the rabbits ran about distractedly with shrill squeals of +anguished fear. Some got their heads through the mesh but never their +bodies, and as it is not the nature of rabbits to go backward they +struggled and cried, getting themselves the more entangled; some blind +with their haste came against it in mid-leap, and were thrown back +stunned upon the sand. The men sang no more, for they had work to do, +serious work, for on the dried flesh of the rabbits and the blankets +made of their skins the campoodie must largely count for food and warmth +in the winter season. They closed in to the killing and made short work +of it with clubs and the butt ends of their guns. Then the women came up +with the children and heaped up the great carriers with the game while +the men wrung the sweat from their foreheads and counted up the kill. +Most of the rabbits were the kind Alan had learned to call jack rabbits, +but the Basket Woman picked up a fat little cotton-tail. + +"This is little Tavwots," said she, "and you shall have him for your +supper." Alan's mind still ran on the story of the first drive. "But is +it true?" he asked her, before he had given thanks for the gift. + +"Now this is the sign I shall give you that the tale is true," said the +Basket Woman. "Ever since that day if one of the rabbit people meets an +Indian in the trail he flees before him as you saw them flee to-day, and +that is because of _na'ÿang-wit'e_ and the first rabbit drive." Then she +laughed, but Alan took his share of the kill on his shoulder and went +back across the mesa slowly, wondering. + + + [Illustration: From photograph by A. A. Forbes + A "WICKIUP," OR INDIAN HUT] + + + + +MAHALA JOE + + +I + +In the campoodie of Three Pines, which you probably know better by its +Spanish name of Tres Pinos, there is an Indian, well thought of among +his own people, who goes about wearing a woman's dress, and is known as +Mahala Joe. He should be about fifty years old by this time, and has a +quiet, kindly face. Sometimes he tucks up the skirt of his woman's dress +over a pair of blue overalls when he has a man's work to do, but at +feasts and dances he wears a ribbon around his waist and a handkerchief +on his head as the other mahalas do. He is much looked to because of his +knowledge of white people and their ways, and if it were not for the +lines of deep sadness that fall in his face when at rest, one might +forget that the woman's gear is the badge of an all but intolerable +shame. At least it was so used by the Paiutes, but when you have read +this full and true account of how it was first put on, you may not think +it so. + +Fifty years ago the valley about Tres Pinos was all one sea of moving +grass and dusky, greenish sage, cropped over by deer and antelope, north +as far as Togobah, and south to the Bitter Lake. Beside every +considerable stream which flowed into It from the Sierras was a Paiute +campoodie, and all they knew of white people was by hearsay from the +tribes across the mountains. But soon enough cattlemen began to push +their herds through the Sierra passes to the Paiutes' feeding-ground. +The Indians saw them come, and though they were not very well pleased, +they held still by the counsel of their old men; night and day they made +medicine and prayed that the white men might go away. + +Among the first of the cattlemen in the valley about Tres Pinos was Joe +Baker, who brought a young wife, and built his house not far from the +campoodie. The Indian women watched her curiously from afar because of +a whisper that ran among the wattled huts. When the year was far gone, +and the sun-cured grasses curled whitish brown, a doctor came riding +hard from the fort at Edswick, forty miles to the south, and though they +watched, they did not see him ride away. It was the third day at evening +when Joe Baker came walking towards the campoodie, and his face was set +and sad. He carried something rolled in a blanket, and looked anxiously +at the women as he went between the huts. It was about the hour of the +evening meal, and the mahalas sat about the fires watching the +cooking-pots. He came at last opposite a young woman who sat nursing her +child. She had a bright, pleasant face, and her little one seemed about +six months old. Her husband stood near and watched them with great +pride. Joe Baker knelt down in front of the mahala, and opened the roll +of blankets. He showed her a day-old baby that wrinkled up its small +face and cried. + +"Its mother is dead," said the cattleman. The young Indian mother did +not know English, but she did not need speech to know what had happened. +She looked pitifully at the child, and at her husband timidly. Joe Baker +went and laid his rifle and cartridge belt at the Paiute's feet. The +Indian picked up the gun and fingered it; his wife smiled. She put down +her own child, and lifted the little white stranger to her breast. It +nozzled against her and hushed its crying; the young mother laughed. + +"See how greedy it is," she said; "it is truly white." She drew up the +blanket around the child and comforted it. + +The cattleman called to him one of the Indians who could speak a little +English. + +"Tell her," he said, "that I wish her to care for the child. His name is +Walter. Tell her that she is to come to my house for everything he +needs, and for every month that he keeps fat and well she shall have a +fat steer from my herd." So it was agreed. + +As soon as Walter was old enough he came to sleep at his father's house, +but the Indian woman, whom he called _Ebia_, came every day to tend +him. Her son was his brother, and Walter learned to speak Paiute before +he learned English. The two boys were always together, but as yet the +little Indian had no name. It is not the custom among Paiutes to give +names to those who have not done anything worth naming. + +"But I have a name," said Walter, "and so shall he. I will call him Joe. +That is my father's name, and it is a good name, too." + +When Mr. Baker was away with the cattle Walter slept at the campoodie, +and Joe's mother made him a buckskin shirt. At that time he was so brown +with the sun and the wind that only by his eyes could you tell that he +was white; he was also very happy. But as this is to be the story of how +Joe came to the wearing of a woman's dress, I cannot tell you all the +plays they had, how they went on their first hunting, nor what they +found in the creek of Tres Pinos. + +The beginning of the whole affair of Mahala Joe must be laid to the +arrow-maker. The arrow-maker had a stiff knee from a wound in a +long-gone battle, and for that reason he sat in the shade of his +wickiup, and chipped arrow points from flakes of obsidian that the young +men brought him from Togobah, fitting them to shafts of reeds from the +river marsh. He used to coax the boys to wade in the brown water and cut +the reeds, for the dampness made his knee ache. They drove bargains with +him for arrows for their own hunting, or for the sake of the stories he +could tell. For an armful of reeds he would make three arrows, and for a +double armful he would tell tales. These were mostly of great huntings +and old wars, but when it was winter, and no snakes in the long grass to +overhear, he would tell Wonder-stories. The boys would lie with their +toes in the warm ashes, and the arrow-maker would begin. + +"You can see," said the arrow-maker, "on the top of Waban the tall +boulder looking on the valleys east and west. That is the very boundary +between the Paiute country and Shoshone land. The boulder is a hundred +times taller than the tallest man, and thicker through than six horses +standing nose to tail; the shadow of it falls all down the slope. At +mornings it falls toward the Paiute peoples, and evenings it falls on +Shoshone land. Now on this side of the valley, beginning at the +campoodie, you will see a row of pine trees standing all upstream one +behind another. See, the long branches grow on the side toward the hill; +and some may tell you it is because of the way the wind blows, but I say +it is because they reach out in a hurry to get up the mountain. Now I +will tell you how these things came about. + +"Very long ago all the Paiutes of this valley were ruled by two +brothers, a chief and a medicine man, Winnedumah and Tinnemaha. They +were both very wise, and one of them never did anything without the +other. They taught the tribes not to war upon each other, but to stand +fast as brothers, and so they brought peace into the land. At that time +there were no white people heard of, and game was plenty. The young +honored the old, and nothing was as it is now." + +When the arrow-maker came to this point, the boys fidgeted with their +toes, and made believe to steal the old man's arrows to distract his +attention. They did not care to hear about the falling off of the +Paiutes; they wished to have the tale. Then the arrow-maker would hurry +on to the time when there arose a war between the Paiutes and the +Shoshones. Then Winnedumah put on his war bonnet, and Tinnemaha made +medicine. Word went around among the braves that if they stood together +man to man as brothers, then they should have this war. + +"And so they might," said the arrow-maker, "but at last their hearts +turned to water. The tribes came together on the top of Waban. Yes; +where the boulder now stands, for that is the boundary of our lands, for +no brave would fight off his own ground for fear of the other's +medicine. So they fought. The eagles heard the twang of the bowstring, +and swung down from White Mountain. The vul-tures smelled the smell of +battle, and came in from Shoshone land. Their wings were dark like a +cloud, and underneath the arrows flew like hail. The Paiutes were the +better bowmen, and they caught the Shoshone arrows where they struck in +the earth and shot them back again. Then the Shoshones were ashamed, and +about the time of the sun going down they called upon their medicine +men, and one let fly a magic arrow,--for none other would touch +him,--and it struck in the throat of Tinnemaha. + +"Now when that befell," went on the arrow-maker, "the braves forgot the +word that had gone before the battle, for they turned their backs to the +medicine man, all but Winnedumah, his brother, and fled this way from +Waban. Then stood Winnedumah by Tinnemaha, for that was the way of those +two; whatever happened, one would not leave the other. There was none +left to carry on the fight, and yet since he was so great a chief the +Shoshones were afraid to take him, and the sun went down. In the dusk +they saw a bulk, and they said, 'He is still standing;' but when it was +morning light they saw only a great rock, so you see it to this day. As +for the braves who ran away, they were changed to pine trees, but in +their hearts they are cowards yet, therefore they stretch out their arms +and strive toward the mountain. And that," said the arrow-maker, "is how +the tall stones came to be on the top of Waban. But it was not in my day +nor my father's." Then the boys would look up at Winnedumah, and were +half afraid, and as for the tale, they quite believed it. + +The arrow-maker was growing old. His knee hurt him in cold weather, and +he could not make arrow points fast enough to satisfy the boys, who lost +a great many in the winter season shooting at ducks in the tulares. +Walter's father promised him a rifle when he was fifteen, but that was +years away. There was a rock in the cañon behind Tres Pinos with a great +crack in the top. When the young men rode to the hunting, they shot each +an arrow at it, and if it stuck it was a promise of good luck. The boys +scaled the rock by means of a grapevine ladder, and pried out the old +points. This gave them an idea. + +"Upon Waban where the fighting was, there must be a great many arrow +points," said Walter. + +"So there must be," said Joe. + +"Let us go after them," said the white boy; but the other dared not, for +no Paiute would go within a bowshot of Winnedumah; nevertheless, they +talked the matter over. + +"How near would you go?" asked Walter. + +"As near as a strong man might shoot an arrow," said Joe. + +"If you will go so far," said Walter, "I will go the rest of the way." + +"It is a two days' journey," said the Paiute, but he did not make any +other objection. + +It was a warm day of spring when they set out. The cattleman was off to +the river meadow, and Joe's mother was out with the other mahalas +gathering taboose. + +"If I were fifteen, and had my rifle, I would not be afraid of +anything," said Walter. + +"But in that case we would not need to go after arrow points," said the +Indian boy. + +They climbed all day in a bewildering waste of boulders and scrubby +trees. They could see Winnedumah shining whitely on the ridge ahead, but +when they had gone down into the gully with great labor, and up the +other side, there it stood whitely just another ridge away. + +"It is like the false water in the desert," said Walter. "It goes +farther from you, and when you get to it there is no water there." + +"It is magic medicine," said Indian Joe. "No good comes of going against +medicine." + +"If you are afraid," said Walter, "why do you not say so? You may go +back if you like, and I will go on by myself." + +Joe would not make any answer to that. They were hot and tired, and awed +by the stillness of the hills. They kept on after that, angry and apart; +sometimes they lost sight of each other among the boulders and +underbrush. But it seemed that it must really have been as one or the +other of them had said, for when they came out on a high mesa presently, +there was no Winnedumah anywhere in sight. They would have stopped then +and taken counsel, but they were too angry for that, so they walked on +in silence, and the day failed rapidly, as it will do in high places. +They began to draw near together and to be afraid. At last the Indian +boy stopped and gathered the tops of bushes together, and began to weave +a shelter for the night, and when Walter saw that he made it large +enough for two, he spoke to him. + +"Are we lost?" he said. + +"We are lost for to-night," said Joe, "but in the morning we will find +ourselves." + +They ate dried venison and drank from the wicker bottle, and huddled +together because of the dark and the chill. + +"Why do we not see the stone any more?" asked Walter in a whisper. + +"I do not know," said Joe. "I think it has gone away." + +"Will he come after us?" + +"I do not know. I have on my elk's tooth," said Joe, and he clasped the +charm that hung about his neck. They started and shivered, hearing a +stone crash far away as it rolled down the mountain-side, and the wind +began to move among the pines. + +"Joe," said Walter, "I am sorry I said that you were afraid." + +"It is nothing," said the Paiute. "Besides, I am afraid." + +"So am I," whispered the other. "Joe," he said again after a long +silence, "if he comes after us, what shall we do?" + +"We will stay by each other." + +"Like the two brothers, whatever happens," said the white boy, "forever +and ever." + +"We are two brothers," said Joe. + +"Will you swear it?" + +"On my elk's tooth." + +Then they each took the elk's tooth in his hand and made a vow that +whether Winnedumah came down from his rock, or whether the Shoshones +found them, come what would, they would stand together. Then they were +comforted, and lay down, holding each other's hands. + +"I hear some one walking," said Walter. + +"It is the wind among the pines," said Joe. + +A twig snapped. "What is that?" said the one boy. + +"It is a fox or a coyote passing," said the other, but he knew better. +They lay still, scarcely breathing, and throbbed with fear. They felt a +sense of a presence approaching in the night, the whisper of a moccasin +on the gravelly soil, the swish of displaced bushes springing back to +place. They saw a bulk shape itself out of the dark; it came and stood +over them, and they saw that it was an Indian looking larger in the +gloom. He spoke to them, and whether he spoke in a strange tongue, or +they were too frightened to understand, they could not tell. + +"Do not kill us!" cried Walter, but the Indian boy made no sound. The +man took Walter by the shoulders and lifted him up. + +"White," said he. + +"We are brothers," said Joe; "we have sworn it." + +"So," said the man, and it seemed as if he smiled. + +"Until we die," said both the boys. The Indian gave a grunt. + +"A white man," he said, "is--white." It did not seem as if that was what +he meant to say. + +"Come, I will take you to your people. They search for you about the +foot of Waban. These three hours I have watched you and them." The boys +clutched at each other in the dark. They were sure now who spoke to +them, and between fear and fatigue and the cramp of cold they staggered +and stumbled as they walked. The Indian stopped and considered them. + +"I cannot carry both," he said. + +"I am the older," said Joe; "I can walk." Without any more words the man +picked up Walter, who trembled, and walked off down the slope. They went +a long way through the scrub and under the tamarack pines. The man was +naked to the waist, and had a quiver full of arrows on his shoulder. +The buckthorn branches whipped and scraped against his skin, but he did +not seem to mind. At last they came to a place where they could see a +dull red spark across an open flat. + +"That," said the Indian, "is the fire of your people. They missed you at +afternoon, and have been looking for you. From my station on the hill I +saw." Then he took the boy by the shoulders. + +"Look you," he said, "no good comes of mixing white and brown, but now +that the vow is made, see to the keeping of it." Then he stepped back +from them and seemed to melt into the dark. Ahead of them the boys saw +the light of the fire flare up with new fuel, and shadows, which they +knew for the figures of their friends, moved between them and the flame. +Swiftly as two scared rabbits they ran on toward the glow. + +When Walter and Joe had told them the story at the campoodie, the +Paiutes made a great deal of it, especially the arrow-maker. + +"Without a doubt," he said, "it was Winnedumah who came to you, and +not, as some think, a Shoshone who was spying on our land. It is a great +mystery. But since you have made a vow of brothers, you should keep it +after the ancient use." Then he took a knife of obsidian and cut their +arms, and rubbed a little of the blood of each upon the other. + +"Now," he said, "you are one fellowship and one blood, and that is as it +should be, for you were both nursed at one breast. See that you keep the +vow." + +"We will," said the boys solemnly, and they went out into the sunlight +very proud of the blood upon their bared arms, holding by each other's +hands. + + +II + +When Walter was fifteen his father gave him a rifle, as he had promised, +and a word of advice with it. + +"Learn to shoot quickly and well," he said, "and never ride out from +home without it. No one can tell what this trouble with the Indians may +come to in the end." + +Walter rode straight to the campoodie. He was never happy in any of his +gifts until he had showed them to Joe. There was a group of older men at +the camp, quartering a deer which they had brought in. One of them, +called Scar-Face, looked at Walter with a leering frown. + +"See," he said, "they are arming the very children with guns." + +"My father promised it to me many years ago," said Walter. "It is my +birthday gift." + +He could not explain why, and he grew angry at the man's accusing tone, +but after it he did not like showing his present to the Indians. + +He called Joe, and they went over to a cave in the black rock where they +had kept their boyish treasures and planned their plays since they were +children. Joe thought the rifle a beauty, and turned it over admiringly +in the shadow of the cave. They tried shooting at a mark, and then +decided to go up Oak Creek for a shot at the gray squirrels. There they +sighted a band of antelope that led them over a tongue of hills into +Little Round Valley, where they found themselves at noon twelve miles +from home and very hungry. They had no antelope, but four squirrels and +a grouse. The two boys made a fire for cooking in a quiet place by a +spring of sweet water. + +"You may have my rifle to use as often as you like," said Walter, "but +you must not lend it to any one in the campoodie, especially to +Scar-Face. My father says he is the one who is stirring up all this +trouble with the whites." + +"The white men do not need any one to help them get into trouble," said +Joe. "They can do that for themselves." + +"It is the fault of the Indians," said Walter. "If they did not shoot +the cattle, the white men would leave them alone." + +"But if the white men come first to our lands with noise and trampling +and scare away the game, what then will they shoot?" asked the Paiute. + +Walter did not make any answer to that. He had often gone hunting with +Joe and his father, and he knew what it meant to walk far, and fasting, +after game made shy by the rifles of cattlemen, and at last to return +empty to the campoodie where there were women and children with hungry +eyes. + +"Is it true," he said after a while, "that Scar-Face is stirring up all +the Indians in the valley?" + +"How should I know?" said Joe; "I am only a boy, and have not killed big +game. I am not admitted to the counsels of the old men. What does it +matter to us whether of old feuds or new? Are we not brothers sworn?" + +Then, as the dinner was done, they ate each of the other's kill, for it +was the custom of the Paiutes at that time that no youth should eat game +of his own killing until he was fully grown. As they walked homeward the +boys planned to get permission to go up on Waban for a week, after +mountain sheep, before the snows began. + +Mr. Baker looked grave when Walter spoke to him. + +"My boy," he said, "I wish you would not plan long trips like this +without first speaking to me. It is hardly safe in the present state of +feeling among the Indians to let you go with them in this fashion. A +whole week, too. But as you have already spoken of it, and it has +probably been talked over in the campoodie, for me to refuse now would +look as if I suspected something, and might bring about the thing I most +fear." + +"You should not be afraid for me with Joe, father, for we are brothers +sworn," said Walter, and he told his father how they had mixed the blood +of their arms in the arrow-maker's hut after they had come back from +their first journey on Waban. + +"Well," said Mr. Baker, who had not heard of this before, "I know that +they set great store by these superstitious customs, but I have not much +faith in the word of a Paiute when he is dealing with a white man. +However, you had better go on with this hunting trip. Take Hank with +you, and Joe's father, and do not be gone more than five days at the +outside." + +Hank was one of Mr. Baker's vaqueros, and very glad to get off for a +few days' hunting on the blunt top of Waban. On the Monday following +they left the Baker ranch for the mountain. As the two boys rode up the +boulder-strewn slope it set them talking of the first time they had gone +that way on their fruitless hunt for arrow points about the foot of +Winnedumah, and of all that happened to them at that time. The valley +lay below them full of purple mist, and away by the creek of Tres Pinos +the brown, wattled huts of the campoodie like great wasps' nests stuck +in the sage. Hank and Joe's father, with the pack horses, were ahead of +them far up the trail; Joe and Walter let their own ponies lag, and the +nose of one touched the flank of the other as they climbed slowly up the +steep, and the boys turned their faces to each other, as if they had +some vague warning that they would not ride so and talk familiarly +again, as if the boiling anger of the tribes in the valley had brewed a +sort of mist that rose up and gloomed the pleasant air on the slope of +Waban. + +"Joe," said Walter, "my father says if it came to a fight between the +white settlers and the Paiutes, that you would not hold by the word we +have passed." + +"That is the speech of a white man," said Joe. + +"But would you?" the other insisted. + +"I am a Paiute," said Joe; "I will hold by my people, also by my word; I +will not fight against you." + +"Nor I against you, but I would not like to have my father think you had +broken your word." + +"Have no care," said the Indian, "I will not break it." + +Mr. Baker looked anxiously after his son as he rode to the hunting on +Waban; he looked anxiously up that trail every hour until the boy came +again, and that, as it turned out, was at the end of three days. For the +trouble among the Indians had come to something at last,--the wasps were +all out of nest by the brown creeks, and with them a flight of stinging +arrows. The trouble began at Cottonwood, and the hunting party on Waban +the second day out saw a tall, pale column of smoke that rose up from +the notch of the hill behind the settlement, and fanned out slowly into +the pale blueness of the sky. + +It went on evenly, neither more nor less, thick smoke from a fire of +green wood steadily tended. Before noon another rose from the mouth of +Oak Creek, and a third from Tunawai. They waved and beckoned to one +another, calling to counsel. + +"Signal fires," said Hank; "that means mischief." + +And from that on he went with his rifle half cocked, and walked always +so that he might keep Joe's father in full view. By night that same day +there were seven smoke trees growing up in the long valley, and +spreading thin, pale branches to the sky. There was no zest left in the +hunt, and in the morning they owned it. Walter was worried by what he +knew his father's anxiety must be. Then the party began to ride down +again, and always Hank made the Indian go before. Away by the foot of +Oppapago rose a black volume of smoke, thick, and lighted underneath by +flames. It might be the reek of a burning ranch house. The boys were +excited and afraid. They talked softly and crowded their ponies together +on the trail. + +"Joe," said Walter whisperingly, "if there is battle, you will have to +go to it." + +"Yes," said Joe. + +"And you will fight; otherwise they will call you a coward, and if you +run away, they will kill you." + +"So I suppose," said Joe. + +"Or they will make you wear a woman's dress like To-go-na-tee, the man +who got up too late." This was a reminder from one of the arrow-maker's +tales. "But you have promised not to fight." + +"Look you," said the Indian boy; "if a white man came to kill me, I +would kill him. That is right. But I will not fight you nor your +father's house. That is my vow." + +The white boy put out his hand, and laid it on the flank of the foremost +pony. The Indian boy's fingers came behind him, and crept along the +pony's back until they reached the other hand. They rode forward without +talking. + +Toward noon they made out horsemen riding on the trail below them. As it +wound in and out around the blind gullies they saw and lost sight of +them a dozen times. At last, where the fringe of the tall trees began, +they came face to face. It was Mr. Baker and a party of five men; they +carried rifles and had set and anxious looks. + +"What will you have?" said Indian Joe's father as they drew up before +him under a tamarack pine. + +"My son," said the cattleman. + +"Is there war?" said the Indian. + +"There is war. Come, Walter." + +The boys were still and scared. Slowly Hank and Walter drew their horses +out of the path and joined the men. Indian Joe and his father passed +forward on the trail. + +"Do them no harm," said Joe Baker to those that were with him. + +"Good-by, Joe," said Walter half aloud. + +The other did not turn his head, but as he went they noticed that he had +bared his right arm from the hunting shirt, and an inch above the elbow +showed a thin, white scar. Walter had the twin of that mark under his +flannels. + +Mr. Baker did not mind fighting Indians; he thought it a good thing to +have their troubles settled all at once in this way, but he did not want +his son mixed up in it. The first thing he did when he got home was to +send him off secretly by night to the fort, and from there he passed +over the mountains with other of the settlers' families under strong +escort, and finally went to his mother's people in the East, and was put +to school. As it turned out he never came back to Tres Pinos, he does +not come into this story any more. + +When the first smoke rose up that showed where the fierce hate of the +Paiutes had broken into flame, the Indians took their women and children +away from the pleasant open slopes, and hid them in deep cañons in +secret places of the rocks. There they feathered arrows, and twisted +bowstrings of the sinew of deer. And because there were so many grave +things done, and it was not the custom for boys to question their +elders, Joe never heard how Walter had been sent away. He thought him +still at the ranch with his father, and it is because of this mistake +that there is any more story at all. + +You may be sure that, of those two boys, Joe's was the deeper loving, +for, besides having grown up together, Walter was white, therefore +thinking himself, and making the other believe it, the better of the +two. But for this Walter made no difference in his behavior; had Joe to +eat at his table, and would have him sleep in his bed, but Joe laughed, +and lay on the floor. All this was counted a kindness and a great honor +in the campoodie. Walter could find out things by looking in a book, +which was sheer magic, and had taught Joe to write a little, so that he +could send word by means of a piece of paper, which was cleverer than +the tricks Joe had taught him, of reading the signs of antelope and elk +and deer. The white boy was to the Indian a little of all the heroes +and bright ones of the arrow-maker's tales come alive again. Therefore +he quaked in his heart when he heard the rumors that ran about the camp. + +The war began about Cottonwood, and ran like wildfire that licked up all +the ranches in its course. Then the whites came strongly against the +Paiutes at the Stone Corral, and made an end of the best of their +fighting men. Then the Indians broke out in the north, and at last it +came to such a pass that the very boys must do fighting, and the women +make bowstrings. The cattlemen turned in to Baker's ranch as a centre, +and all the northern campoodies gathered together to attack them. They +had not much to hope for, only to do as much killing as possible before +the winter set in with the hunger and the deep snows. + +By this time Joe's father was dead, and his mother had brought the boy a +quiver full of arrows and a new bowstring, and sent him down to the +battle. + +And Joe went hotly enough to join the men of the other village, nursing +his bow with great care, remembering his father, but when he came to +counsel and found where the fight must be, his heart turned again, for +he remembered his friend. The braves camped by Little Round Valley, and +he thought of the talk he and Walter had there; the war party went over +the tongue of hills, and Joe saw Winnedumah shining whitely on Waban, +and remembered his boyish errand, the mystery of the tall, strange +warrior that came upon them in the night, their talk in the hut of the +arrow-maker, and the vow that came afterward. + +The Indians came down a ravine toward Tres Pinos, and there met a band +of horses which some of their party had run in from the ranches; among +them was a pinto pony which Walter had used to ride, and it came to +Joe's hand when he called. Then the boy wondered if Walter might be +dead, and leaned his head against the pony's mane; it turned its head +and nickered softly at his ear. + +The war party stayed in the ravine until it grew dark, and Joe watched +how Winnedumah swam in a mist above the hills long after the sun had +gone quite down, as if in his faithfulness he would outwatch the dark; +and then the boy's heart was lifted up to the great chief standing still +by Tinnemaha. "I will not forget," he said. "I, too, will be faithful." +Perhaps at this moment he expected a miracle to help him in his vow as +it had helped Winnedumah. + +In the dusk the mounted Indians rode down by the Creek of Tres Pinos. +When they came by the ruined hut where his father had lived, Joe's heart +grew hot again, and when he passed the arrow-maker's, he remembered his +vow. Suddenly he wheeled his pony in the trail, hardly knowing what he +would do. The man next to him laid an arrow across his bow and pointed +it at the boy's breast. + +"Coward," he whispered, but an older Indian laid his hand on the man's +arm. + +"Save your arrows," he said. Then the ponies swept forward in the +charge, but Joe knew in an instant how it would be with him. He would +be called false and a coward, killed for it, driven from the tribe, but +he would not fight against his sworn brother. He would keep his vow. + +A sudden rain of arrows flew from the advancing Paiutes; Joe fumbled his +and dropped it on the ground. He was wondering if one of the many aimed +would find his brother. Bullets answered the arrow flight. He saw the +braves pitch forward, and heard the scream of wounded ponies. + +He hoped he would be shot; he would not have minded that; it would be +better than being called a coward. And then it occurred to him, if +Walter and his father came out and found him when the fight was done, +they would think that he had broken his word. The Paiutes began to seek +cover, but Joe drove out wildly from them, and rode back in the friendly +dark, and past the ruined campoodie, to the black rocks. There he crept +into the cave which only he and Walter knew, and lay on his face and +cried, for though he was an Indian he was only a boy, and he had seen +his first fight. He was sick with the thought of his vow. He lay in the +black rocks all the night and the day, and watched the cattlemen and the +soldiers ranging all that county for the stragglers of his people, and +guessed that the Paiutes had made the last stand. Then in the second +night he began to work back by secret paths to the mountain camp. It +never occurred to him not to go. He had the courage to meet what waited +for him there, but he had not the heart to go to it in the full light of +day. He came in by his mother's place, and she spat upon him, for she +had heard how he had carried himself in the fight. + +"No son of mine," said she. + +He went by the women and children and heard their jeers. His heart was +very sick. He went apart and sat down and waited what the men would say. +There were few of them left about the dying fire. They had washed off +their war paint, and their bows were broken. When they spoke at last, it +was with mocking and sad scorn. + +"We have enough of killing," said the one called Scar-Face. "Let him +have a woman's dress and stay to mend the fire." + +So it was done in the presence of all the camp; and because he was a +boy, and because he was an Indian, he said nothing of his vow, nor +opened his mouth in his defense, though his heart quaked and his knees +shook. He had the courage to wear the badge of being afraid all his +life. They brought him a woman's dress, though they were all too sad for +much laughter, and in the morning he set to bringing the wood for the +fire. + +Afterward there was a treaty made between the Paiutes and the settlers, +and the remnant went back to the campoodie of Tres Pinos, and Joe +learned how Walter had been sent out of the valley in the beginning of +the war, but that did not make any difference about the woman's dress. +He and Walter never met again. He continued to go about in dresses, +though in time he was allowed to do a man's work, and his knowledge of +English helped to restore a friendly footing with the cattlemen. The +valley filled very rapidly with settlers after that, and under the +slack usage of the tribe, Mahala Joe, as he came to be known, might have +thrown aside his woman's gear without offense, but he had the courage to +wear it to his life's end. He kept his sentence as he kept his vow, and +yet it is certain that Walter never knew. + + + + + PRONOUNCING VOCABULARY Of + INDIAN NAMES AND WORDS + + + CAMPOODIE (k[)a]mp'[=o]-dy). A group of Indian huts, from the + Spanish campo, a field or prairie. In some localities written + "_campody_." + + HINONO (h[)i]-n[)o]-n[)o]). A legendary Indian hero. + + MAHALA (m[.a]-h[:a]'l[)a]). An Indian woman, perhaps a corruption + from the Spanish _mujer_, woman. + + MESA (m[=a]'sä). A table-land, or plateau with a steeply sloping + side or sides. + + MESQUITE (m[)e]s-k[=e]t'). A thorny desert shrub, bearing edible + pods, like the locust tree, which are ground into meal for food. + + NA'[:Y]ANG-WIT'E. An Indian gambling game. + + OPPAPAGO (op-p[)a]-p[=a]'g[=o]). A mountain peak near Mt. Whitney. + The name signifies "The Weeper," in reference to the streams that + run down from it continually like tears. + + PAHRUMP (p[.a]h-r[)u]mp'). From the Indian words _pah_, water, and + rump, corn, "corn-water," i. e. a place where there is water + enough to grow corn. + + PAIUTES (p[=i]'[=u]t). The name of a large tribe of Indians + inhabiting middle California and Nevada. The name is derived from + the Indian word _pah_, water, and is used to distinguish this + tribe from the related tribe of Utes, who lived in the desert away + from running water. + + PENSTEMON (p[)e]ni-st[=e]'m[)o]n). A wild flower common to the + lower slopes of the Sierra Nevada Mountains. + + PHARANAGAT (ph[)a]-r[)a]n-[)a]-g[)a]t'). An Indian name of a + place. The meaning is uncertain. + + PIÑON (p[.=e]-ny[=o]n'). The Spanish name for the one-leaved, nut + pine. + + PIPSISEWA (p[)i]p-s[)u]s'[=e]-w[.a]). A wild flower common to + the lower slopes of the Sierra Nevada Mountains. + + QUERN (kw[^u]rn). A primitive mill for grinding corn. It consists + of two circular stones, the upper being turned by hand. + + SHOSHONE (sh[.=o]-sh[=o]'n[.=e]). An Indian tribe split in two by + the Pintes, and living north and south of them. In this book the + southern division only is referred to. + + TABOOSE (t[.a]-b[)oo]s'). Small tubercles of the joint grass; + they appear on the joints of the roots early in spring, and are an + important item of food to the Indians. + + TAVWOTS (t[)a]v-w[)o]ts'). The rabbit. + + TINNEMAHA (tin-ny-m[.a]-hä'). A legendary Indian hero. + + TOGOBAH (t[=o]-g[=o]-bä'). } Indian names of places. The + TOGONATEE (t[=o]-g[=o]-n[)a]-t[=e]'). } meaning is uncertain. + + TULARE (t[=oo]-lä're). A marshy place overgrown with the bulrushes + known as _tule_. + + VAQUERO (vä-k[=a]'r[=o]). The Spanish word for cowboy (from + _vaca_, a cow). + + WABAN (w[)a]-b[)a]n'). An Indian name of a place. The meaning is + uncertain. + + WICKIUP (w[)i]k'[)i]-[)u]p). An Indian hut of brush, or reeds. It + is often pieced out with blankets and tin cans. + + WINNEDUMAH (win-ny-d[=u]'m[)a]h). A legendary Indian hero. + + + + + Books by Mary Austin + + + THE FLOCK. Fully illustrated by E. Boyd Smith. + Square crown 8vo. $2.00, _net_. Postage, 18 cents. + + ISIDRO. Illustrated by Eric Pape. 12mo, $1.50. + + THE LAND OF LITTLE RAIN. California Sketches. + With Illustrations by E. Boyd Smith. 8vo, $2.00, _net_. + Postage, 24 cents. + + THE BASKET WOMAN. Square 12mo, $1.50. + + + HOUGHTON MIFFLIN COMPANY + BOSTON AND NEW YORK + + + + + The Riverside Press + CAMBRIDGE. MASSACHUSETTS + U. S. A. + + + + + +End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of The Basket Woman, by Mary Austin + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE BASKET WOMAN *** + +***** This file should be named 35502-8.txt or 35502-8.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + http://www.gutenberg.org/3/5/5/0/35502/ + +Produced by Chris Curnow, Joseph Cooper and the Online +Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net + + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +http://gutenberg.org/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need, are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at +http://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at http://pglaf.org + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit http://pglaf.org + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. +To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + http://www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. diff --git a/35502-8.zip b/35502-8.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..e369fd2 --- /dev/null +++ b/35502-8.zip diff --git a/35502-h.zip b/35502-h.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..34984e1 --- /dev/null +++ b/35502-h.zip diff --git a/35502-h/35502-h.htm b/35502-h/35502-h.htm new file mode 100644 index 0000000..98fadfd --- /dev/null +++ b/35502-h/35502-h.htm @@ -0,0 +1,5938 @@ +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd"> + +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> + <head> + <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html;charset=iso-8859-1" /> + <title> + The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Basket Woman, by Mary Austin. + </title> + <style type="text/css"> + + p { margin-top: .75em; + text-align: justify; + margin-bottom: .75em; + } + h1,h2,h3,h4,h5,h6 { + text-align: center; /* all headings centered */ + clear: both; + } + hr { width: 33%; + margin-top: 2em; + margin-bottom: 2em; + margin-left: auto; + margin-right: auto; + clear: both; + } + + table {margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;} + + body{margin-left: 10%; + margin-right: 10%; + } + + .pagenum { /* uncomment the next line for invisible page numbers */ + /* visibility: hidden; */ + position: absolute; + left: 92%; + font-size: smaller; + text-align: right; + } /* page numbers */ + + .blockquot{margin-left: 5%; margin-right: 10%;} + .ft20 {font-size: 2em;} + + .lbrace {display: inline; position: absolute; margin-left: 2em;} + .bb {border-bottom: solid 2px;} + .bl {border-left: solid 2px;} + .bt {border-top: solid 2px;} + .br {border-right: solid 2px;} + .bbox {border: solid 2px;} + + .center {text-align: center;} + .smcap {font-variant: small-caps;} + .u {text-decoration: underline;} + + .caption {font-weight: bold;} + + .figcenter {margin: auto; text-align: center;} + + </style> + </head> +<body> + + +<pre> + +The Project Gutenberg EBook of The Basket Woman, by Mary Austin + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + +Title: The Basket Woman + A Book of Indian Tales for Children + +Author: Mary Austin + +Release Date: March 7, 2011 [EBook #35502] + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1 + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE BASKET WOMAN *** + + + + +Produced by Chris Curnow, Joseph Cooper and the Online +Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net + + + + + + +</pre> + + + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 645px;"> +<a name="Frontis" id="Frontis"></a> +<span class="caption">THE BASKET WOMAN</span> +<img src="images/i004.jpg" width="645" height="1024" alt="THE BASKET WOMAN" title="" /> +<p style='text-align:right'>From photograph by A. A. Forbes</p> +</div> +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> + + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_i" id="Page_i">[Pg i]</a></span></p> + + +<h1>THE BASKET WOMAN</h1> + +<h3>A BOOK OF INDIAN TALES +FOR CHILDREN</h3> + +<h4>BY</h4> + +<h2>MARY AUSTIN</h2> + +<h3><i>SCHOOL EDITION</i></h3> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 235px;"> +<img src="images/i005.jpg" width="235" height="305" alt="" title="" /> +</div> + + +<h4>BOSTON, NEW YORK, AND CHICAGO<br /> +<big>HOUGHTON MIFFLIN COMPANY</big><br /> +The Riverside Press, Cambridge</h4> + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_ii" id="Page_ii">[Pg ii]</a></span></p> +<h5>COPYRIGHT, 1904, BY MARY AUSTIN<br /> +COPYRIGHT, 1910, BY HOUGHTON MIFFLIN COMPANY<br /> +<br /> +ALL RIGHTS RESERVED</h5> + + + + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_iii" id="Page_iii">[Pg iii]</a></span></p> +<h2>PREFACE</h2> + + +<p>In preparing this volume of western myths for +school use the object has been not so much to +provide authentic Indian Folk-tales, as to present +certain aspects of nature as they appear +in the myth-making mood, that is to say, in +the form of strongest appeal to the child mind. +Indian myths as they exist among Indians are +too frequently sustained by coarse and cruel +incidents comparable to the belly-ripping joke +in <i>Jack the Giant Killer</i>, or the blinding of +Gloucester in <i>King Lear</i>, and when presented +in story form, too often fall under the misapprehension +of the myth as something invented +and added to the imaginative life. It is, in fact, +the root and branch of man's normal intimacy +with nature.</p> + +<p>So slowly does the mind awaken to the realization +of consciousness and personality as by-products +of animal life only, that few escape +carrying over into adult life some obsession<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_iv" id="Page_iv">[Pg iv]</a></span> +of its persistence in inanimate things, say of +malevolence in opals or luckiness in a rabbit's +foot, or the capacity of moral discrimination +against their victims residing in hurricanes +and earthquakes. The chief preoccupation of +the child in his earlier years is the business of +abstracting the items of his environment from +this pervading sense, and ascribing to them +their proper degrees of awareness. He arrives +in a general way at knowing that it hurts the +cat's tail to be stepped on because the cat +cries, and that it does not hurt the stick. But +if the stick were provided with a squeaking +apparatus he would be much longer in the +process, and if the stick becomes a steed or a +doll it is quite possible for him to weep with +sympathetic pain at the abuse of it.</p> + +<p>He sees the tree and it is alive and sentient +to him; you cut a stick horse from its boughs, +and that is separately alive; cut the stick again +into two horses, and they will prance whole and +satisfying. Later when the game is played +out, the stick may burn and furnish live flame +to dance, live smoke to ascend, live ash to be<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_v" id="Page_v">[Pg v]</a></span> +treated with contumely; all of which arises +not so much in the mere trick of invention as +in the natural difficulty in thinking of objects +freed from consciousness, almost as great as +the philosopher's in conceiving empty space. +There is a period in the life of every child +when almost the only road to the understanding +is the one blazed out by the myth-making +spirit, kept open to the larger significance +of things long after he is apprised that the +thunder did not originate in the smithy of the +gods nor the Walrus talk to the Carpenter. +Any attempt, however, to hasten the proper +distinctions of causes and powers by the suppression +of myth making is likely to prove as +disastrous as helping young puppies through +their nine days' blindness by forcibly opening +their eyes. You might get a few days' purchase +of vision for some of them, but you would +also have a good many cases of total blindness. +What can be done by way of turning +the myth-making period to advantage, this +little book is partly to show.</p> + +<p>Of the three sorts of myths included, about<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_vi" id="Page_vi">[Pg vi]</a></span> +a third are direct transcriptions from Indian +myths current in the campodies of the West, +but it must not be assumed that myths like +<i>The Crooked Fir</i> and <i>The White Barked +Pine</i> are in any sense "made up," or to be +laid to the author's credit. Since the myth +originates in an attitude of mind, it must be +understood that, to the primitive mind, nearly +the whole process of nature presents itself +in mythical terms. It is not that the Indian +imagines the tree having sentience—he simply +isn't able to imagine its not having it. All +his songs, his ceremonies, his daily speech, +are full of the aspect of nature in terms of +human endeavor. The story of <i>The Crooked +Fir</i> was suggested to me in the humorous +comment of my Indian guide on one of the +forks of Kings River, the first time my attention +was caught by the uniform curve of the +trunks, and he explained it to me. The myth +of <i>The Stream That Ran Away</i> might arise +as simply as in the question of a child who +has not lived long enough to understand the +seasonal recession of waters, wishing to know<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_vii" id="Page_vii">[Pg vii]</a></span> +why a stream that ran full some weeks ago is +now dry. And if his mother has had trouble +with his straying too far from the camp she +might say to him that it had run away and +the White people had caught it and set it to +work in an irrigating ditch, "and that is what +will happen to you if you don't watch out" ... or +she might draw a moral on the neglect +of duty if the occasion demanded it ... or if +she were gifted with fancy, tell him that that +was it which fell on us as rain in Big Meadow, +and it would return to its banks when it had +watered the high places. But whatever she +would tell him would have an acute observation +of nature behind it and would be stated +in personal terms. It is so that the child begins +to understand the continuity of natural +forces and their relativity to the life of man.</p> + +<p>There is a third sort of story included with +these, which aside from being of the stuff from +which hero myths are made,—<i>Mahala Joe</i> +is in point,—has a value which must be gone +into more particularly.</p> + +<p>What is important for the teacher to under<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_viii" id="Page_viii">[Pg viii]</a></span>stand +is that the myth, itself a living issue, +will not bear too much handling; in the process +of making it a part of the child's experience, +the meaning of it must not be pulled +up too often to learn if it has taken root. +Unless it elucidates itself in the course of +time,—and one must recall how long a period +elapsed between the first reading of the <i>Ugly +Duckling</i>, say, and its final revelation of itself,—unless +its content is broadly human and personal, +it has practically no educative value. It +is not absolutely indispensable that the whole +unfolding of it should be within the limited +period of school life that affords it; some of +the noblest human myths reveal as it were successive +layers of insight and purport, taking +change and color from the passing experience; +but it remains true that the best time to insinuate +the myth in the child's mind is when +he is normally at the myth-making period.</p> + +<p>To make it, then, part of the child's possession +it should be read to or by him at convenient +intervals, until he can give back a +fairly succinct version of it. Along with this<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_ix" id="Page_ix">[Pg ix]</a></span> +must go the business of deepening and extending +the background; and whether this is +to be done at the time of the reading or intermediately, +must depend largely on the local +background. Children in schools on the Pacific +slope should find themselves already tolerably +furnished; any hill region in fact should yield +suggestive material, without overlaying the +content of the myth with trifling exactitudes +of natural history.</p> + +<p>It is very difficult to say in a word all that +is implied in the extension of the background. +One has only to consider the amount of time +spent in teaching the so-called Classic Myths, +tremendous in their power of vitalizing and +coloring their own and related times, and reflect +on their failure to effect anything beyond +their mere story interest in modern life, to +realize that the value of a myth is directly in +proportion as its background is common and +accessible. What would happen in a locality +calculated to suggest and with a teacher properly +equipped to interpret the background of +Greek and Roman mythology, is not proven,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_x" id="Page_x">[Pg x]</a></span> +but in practical school work the author has +found it best to defer the teaching of it until +by general reading a point of contact is established, +which enables the child to read +<i>backward</i> into its meaning, and for the actively +myth-making period to use forms sprung +naturally from the child's own environment. +The better he can visualize and locate the +objects mythically treated, the better they +serve their purpose of rendering personal the +influences of nature and sustaining him in +that happy sense of the community of life and +interest in the Wild.</p> + +<p>It is for this purpose of extending the background +that the introductory sketches and +some others are included in this collection. +<i>The Golden Fortune</i> could be read with <i>The +White Barked Pine</i>, and <i>The Christmas Tree</i> +with <i>The Crooked Fir</i>. Any hill country or +wooded district should furnish additional color, +but let it be cautioned here, that though all +the nature references in these tales are entirely +dependable, the child is not to be made unhappy +thereby. Whatever branch of school work it<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_xi" id="Page_xi">[Pg xi]</a></span> +is found necessary to correlate with the myths, +it should be in general recreative rather than +instructive; for what is comprehended in the +term Nature is after all not a miscellany of +objects, but a state of mind set up by their +happiest coincidences. The least that can be +said to achieve a proper notion of a tree or a +glacier is so much better than the most; a +casual application to a known and neighboring +circumstance goes further than any amount +of explanation.</p> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_xii" id="Page_xii">[Pg xii]</a></span></p> + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_xiii" id="Page_xiii">[Pg xiii]</a></span></p> +<h2>CONTENTS</h2> + + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'> </td><td align='right'><small>PAGE</small></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'><span class="smcap">The Basket Woman—First Story</span></td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_1">1</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'><span class="smcap">The Basket Woman—Second Story</span></td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_17">17</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'><span class="smcap">The Stream That Ran Away</span></td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_31">31</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'><span class="smcap">The Coyote-Spirit and the Weaving Woman</span></td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_43">43</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'><span class="smcap">The Cheerful Glacier</span></td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_59">59</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'><span class="smcap">The Merry-go-Round</span></td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_71">71</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'><span class="smcap">The Christmas Tree</span></td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_87">87</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'><span class="smcap">The Fire Bringer</span></td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_107">107</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'><span class="smcap">The Crooked Fir</span></td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_119">119</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'><span class="smcap">The Sugar Pine</span></td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_129">129</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'><span class="smcap">The Golden Fortune</span></td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_141">141</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'><span class="smcap">The White-Barked Pine</span></td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_161">161</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'><span class="smcap">Ná Ÿang-Wit'e, The First Rabbit Drive</span></td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_171">171</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'><span class="smcap">Mahala Joe</span></td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_183">183</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'><span class="smcap">Pronouncing Vocabulary</span></td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_221">221</a></td></tr> +</table></div> + + +<h2>ILLUSTRATIONS</h2> + + +<div class='center'> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align='left'><span class="smcap">The Basket Woman</span></td><td align='right'><a href="#Frontis"><i>Frontispiece</i></a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'><span class="smcap">A "Campoodie," or Indian Village</span></td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_30">30</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'><span class="smcap">An Old Mine</span></td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_142">142</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='left'><span class="smcap">A "Wickiup," or Indian Hut</span></td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_184">184</a></td></tr> +</table></div> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_xiv" id="Page_xiv">[Pg xiv]</a></span></p> + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_1" id="Page_1">[Pg 1]</a></span></p> + +<h2>THE BASKET WOMAN</h2> + +<h3>FIRST STORY</h3> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_2" id="Page_2">[Pg 2]</a></span></p> + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_3" id="Page_3">[Pg 3]</a></span></p> +<h3>THE BASKET WOMAN</h3> + + +<p>The homesteader's cabin stood in a moon-shaped +hollow between the hills and the high +mesa; and the land before it stretched away +golden and dusky green, and was lost in a +blue haze about where the river settlements +began. The hills had a flowing outline and +melted softly into each other and higher hills +behind, until the range broke in a ragged +crest of thin peaks white with snow. A clean, +wide sky bent over that country, and the air +that moved in it was warm and sweet.</p> + +<p>The homesteader's son had run out on the +trail that led toward the spring, with half a +mind to go to it, but ran back again when +he saw the Basket Woman coming. He was +afraid of her, and ashamed because he was +afraid, so he did not tell his mother that he +had changed his mind.</p> + +<p>"There is the mahala coming for the wash,"<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_4" id="Page_4">[Pg 4]</a></span> +said his mother; "now you will have company +at the spring." But Alan only held +tighter to a fold of her dress. This was the +third time the Indian woman had come to +wash for the homesteader's wife; and, though +she was slow and quiet and had a pleasant +smile, Alan was still afraid of her. All that +he had heard of Indians before coming to this +country was very frightful, and he did not +understand yet that it was not so. Beyond a +certain point of hills on clear days he could +see smoke rising from the campoodie, and +though he knew nothing but his dreams of +what went on there, he would not so much as +play in that direction.</p> + +<p>The Basket Woman was the only Indian +that he had seen. She would come walking +across the mesa with a great cone-shaped +carrier basket heaped with brushwood on her +shoulders, stooping under it and easing the +weight by a buckskin band about her forehead. +Sometimes it would be a smaller basket +carried in the same fashion, and she would +be filling it with bulbs of wild hyacinth or<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_5" id="Page_5">[Pg 5]</a></span> +taboose; often she carried a bottle-necked water +basket to and from the spring, and always +wore a bowl-shaped basket on her head for a +hat. Her long hair hung down from under +it, and her black eyes glittered beadily below +the rim. Alan had a fancy that any moment +she might pick him up with a quick toss as if +he had been a bit of brushwood, and drop him +over her shoulder into the great carrier, and +walk away across the mesa with him. So when +he saw her that morning coming down the +trail from the spring, he hung close by his +mother's skirts.</p> + +<p>"You must not be afraid of her, Alan," +said his mother; "she is very kind, and no +doubt has had a boy of her own."</p> + +<p>The Basket Woman showed them her +white, even teeth in a smile. "This one very +pretty boy," she said; but Alan had made up +his mind not to trust her. He was thinking +of what the teamster had said when he had +driven them up from the railroad station +with their belongings the day they came to +their new home and found the Basket Wo<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_6" id="Page_6">[Pg 6]</a></span>man +spying curiously in at the cabin windows.</p> + +<p>"You wanter watch out how you behaves +yourself, sonny," said the teamster, wagging +a solemn jaw, "she's likely to pack you away +in that basket o' her'n one of these days." +And Alan had watched out very carefully +indeed.</p> + +<p>It was not a great while after they came to +the foothill claim that the homesteader went +over to the campoodie to get an Indian to +help at fence building, and Alan went with +him, holding fast by his father's hand. They +found the Indians living in low, foul huts; +their clothes were also dirty, and they sat +about on the ground, fat and good-natured. +The dogs and children lay sleeping in the +sun. It was all very disappointing.</p> + +<p>"Will they not hurt us, father?" Alan +had said at starting.</p> + +<p>"Oh, no, my boy; you must not get any +such notion as that," said the homesteader; +"Indians are not at all now what they were +once."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_7" id="Page_7">[Pg 7]</a></span></p> + +<p>Alan thought of this as he looked at the +campoodie, and pulled at his father's hand.</p> + +<p>"I do not like Indians the way they are +now," he said; and immediately saw that he +had made a mistake, for he was standing +directly in front of the Basket Woman's hut, +and as she suddenly put her head out of the +door he thought by the look of her mysterious, +bright eyes that she had understood. He +did not venture to say anything more, and all +the way home kept looking back toward the +campoodie to see if anything came of it.</p> + +<p>"Why do you not eat your supper?" said +his mother. "I am afraid the long walk in the +hot sun was too much for you." Alan dared +not say anything to her of what troubled him, +though perhaps it would have been better if +he had, for that night the Basket Woman +came for him.</p> + +<p>She did not pick him up and toss him over +her shoulder as he expected; but let down the +basket, and he stepped into it of his own accord. +Alan was surprised to find that he was +not so much afraid of her after all.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_8" id="Page_8">[Pg 8]</a></span></p> + +<p>"What will you do with me?" he said.</p> + +<p>"I will show you Indians as they used to +be," said she.</p> + +<p>Alan could feel the play of her strong +shoulders as they went out across the lower +mesa and began to climb the hills.</p> + +<p>"Where do you go?" said the boy.</p> + +<p>"To Pahrump, the valley of Corn Water. +It was there my people were happiest in old +days."</p> + +<p>They went on between the oaks, and smelled +the musky sweet smell of the wild grapevines +along the water borders. The sagebrush began +to fail from the slopes, and buckthorn to +grow up tall and thicker; the wind brought +them a long sigh from the lowest pines. They +came up with the silver firs and passed them, +passed the drooping spruces, the wet meadows, +and the wood of thimble-cone pines. The air +under them had an earthy smell. Presently +they came out upon a cleared space very high +up where the rocks were sharp and steep.</p> + +<p>"Why are there no trees here?" asked +Alan.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_9" id="Page_9">[Pg 9]</a></span></p> + +<p>"I will tell you about that," said the Basket +Woman. "In the old flood time, and that +is longer ago than is worth counting, the water +came up and covered the land, all but the +high tops of mountains. Here then the Indians +fled and lived, and with them the animals +that escaped from the flood. There +were trees growing then over all the high +places, but because the waters were long on +the earth the Indians were obliged to cut them +down for firewood. Also they killed all the +large animals for food, but the small ones hid +in the rocks. After that the waters went +down; trees and grass began to grow over +all the earth, but never any more on the tops +of high mountains. They had all been burned +off. You can see that it is so."</p> + +<p>From the top of the mountain Alan could +see all the hills on the other side shouldering +and peering down toward the happy valley of +Corn Water.</p> + +<p>"Here," said the Basket Woman, "my +people came of old time in the growing season +of the year; they planted corn, and the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_10" id="Page_10">[Pg 10]</a></span> +streams came down from the hills and watered +it. Now we, too, will go down."</p> + +<p>They went by a winding trail, steep and +stony. The pines stood up around and locked +them closely in.</p> + +<p>"I see smoke arising," said Alan, "blue +smoke above the pines."</p> + +<p>"It is the smoke of their hearth fires," said +the Basket Woman, and they went down and +down.</p> + +<p>"I hear a sound of singing," said the +boy.</p> + +<p>"It is the women singing and grinding +at the quern," she said, and her feet went +faster.</p> + +<p>"I hear laughter," he said again, "it mixes +with the running of the water."</p> + +<p>"It is the maidens washing their knee-long +hair. They kneel by the water and stoop +down, they dip in the running water and +shake out bright drops in the sun."</p> + +<p>"There is a pleasant smell," said Alan.</p> + +<p>"It is pine nuts roasting in the cones," said +the Basket Woman; "so it was of old time."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_11" id="Page_11">[Pg 11]</a></span></p> + +<p>They came out of the cleft of the hills in +a pleasant place by singing water. "There +you will see the rows of wickiups," said the +Basket Woman, "with the doors all opening +eastward to the sun. Let us sit here and see +what we shall see."</p> + +<p>The women sat by the wickiups weaving +baskets of willow and stems of fern. They +made patterns of bright feathers and strung +wampum about the rims. Some sewed with +sinew and needles of cactus thorn on deerskin +white and fine; others winnowed the +corn. They stood up tossing it in baskets like +grains of gold, and the wind carried away the +chaff. All this time the young girls were +laughing as they dried their hair in the sun. +They bound it with flowers and gay strings +of beads, and made their cheeks bright with +red earth. The children romped and shouted +about the camp, and ran bare-legged in the +stream.</p> + +<p>"Do they do nothing but play?" said +Alan.</p> + +<p>"You shall see," said the Basket Woman.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_12" id="Page_12">[Pg 12]</a></span></p> + +<p>Away up the mountain sounded a faint +halloo. In a moment all the camp was bustle +and delight. The children clapped their +hands; they left off playing and began to +drag up brushwood for the fires. The women +put away their weaving and brought out the +cooking pots; they heard the men returning +from the hunt. The young men brought deer +upon their shoulders; one had grouse and one +held up a great basket of trout. The women +made the meat ready for cooking. Some of +them took meal and made cakes for baking +in the ashes. The men rested in the glow +of the fires, feathering arrows and restringing +their bows.</p> + +<p>"That is well," said the Basket Woman, +"to make ready for to-morrow's meat before +to-day's is eaten."</p> + +<p>"How happy they are!" said the boy.</p> + +<p>"They will be happier when they have +eaten," said she.</p> + +<p>After supper the Indians gathered together +for singing and dancing. The old men told +tales one after the other, and the children<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_13" id="Page_13">[Pg 13]</a></span> +thought each one was the best. Between the +tales the Indians all sang together, or one +sang a new song that he had made. There +was one of them who did better than all. He +had streaked his body with colored earth and +had a band of eagle feathers in his hair. In +his hand was a rattle of wild sheep's horn and +small stones; he kept time with it as he leapt +and sang in the light of the fire. He sang of +old wars, sang of the deer that was killed, +sang of the dove and the young grass that +grew on the mountain; and the people were +well pleased, for when the heart is in the +singing it does not matter much what the +song is about. The men beat their hands together +to keep time to his dancing, and the +earth under his feet was stamped to a fine +dust.</p> + +<p>"He is one that has found the wolf's song," +said the Basket Woman.</p> + +<p>"What is that?" asked Alan.</p> + +<p>"It is an old tale of my people," said she. +"Once there was a man who could not make +any songs, so he got no praise from the tribe,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_14" id="Page_14">[Pg 14]</a></span> +and it troubled him much. Then, as he was +gathering taboose by the river, a wolf went +by, and the wolf said to him, 'What will +you have me to give you for your taboose?' +Then said the man, 'I will have you to give +me a song.'</p> + +<p>"'That will I gladly,' said the wolf. So +the wolf taught him, and that night he sang +the wolf's song in the presence of all the +people, and it made their hearts to burn +within them. Then the man fell down as if +he were dead, for the pure joy of singing, and +when deep sleep was upon him the wolf came +in the night and stole his song away. Neither +the man nor any one who had heard it remembered +it any more. So we say when a man +sings as no other sang before him, 'He has +the wolf's song.' It is a good saying. Now we +must go, for the children are all asleep by +their mothers, and the day comes soon," said +the Basket Woman.</p> + +<p>"Shall we come again?" said Alan. "And +will it all be as it is now?"</p> + +<p>"My people come often to the valley of<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_15" id="Page_15">[Pg 15]</a></span> +Corn Water," said she, "but it is never as it +is now except in dreams. Now we must go +quickly." Far up the trail they saw a grayness +in the eastern sky where the day was +about to come in.</p> + +<p>"Hark," said the Basket Woman, "they +will sing together the coyote song. It is so +that they sing it when the coyote goes home +from his hunting, and the morning is near.</p> + +<div class="blockquot"><p> +"The coyote cries ...<br /> +He cries at daybreak ...<br /> +He cries ...<br /> +The coyote cries" ...<br /> +</p></div> + +<p>sang the Basket Woman, but all the spaces +in between the words were filled with long +howls,—weird, wicked noises that seemed to +hunt and double in a half-human throat. It +made the hair on Alan's neck stand up, and +cold shivers creep along his back. He began +to shake, for the wild howls drew near and +louder, and he felt the bed under him tremble +with his trembling.</p> + +<p>"Mother, mother," he cried, "what is +that?"<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_16" id="Page_16">[Pg 16]</a></span></p> + +<p>"It is only the coyotes," said she; "they +always howl about this time of night. It is +nothing; go to sleep again."</p> + +<p>"But I am afraid."</p> + +<p>"They cannot hurt you," said his mother; +"it is only the little gray beasts that you see +trotting about the mesa of afternoons; hear +them now."</p> + +<p>"I am afraid," said Alan.</p> + +<p>"Then you must come in my bed," said +she; and in a few minutes he was fast asleep +again.</p> + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_17" id="Page_17">[Pg 17]</a></span></p> +<h2>THE BASKET WOMAN</h2> + +<h3>SECOND STORY</h3> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_18" id="Page_18">[Pg 18]</a></span></p> + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_19" id="Page_19">[Pg 19]</a></span></p> +<h3>THE BASKET WOMAN</h3> + + +<p>The next time Alan saw the Basket Woman +he was not nearly so much afraid of her, +though he did not venture to speak of their +journey to Pahrump. He said to his mother, +"Do you not wish the Indians could have +stayed the way they were?" and his mother +laughed.</p> + +<p>"Why, no, child," she said, "I do not +think that I do. I think they are much better +off as they are now." Alan, however, was not +to be convinced. The next time he saw the +Basket Woman he was even troubled about +it.</p> + +<p>The homesteader had taken his family to +the town for a day, and the first thing Alan +saw when he got down from the wagon was +the Basket Woman. She was sitting in a corner +of the sidewalk with a group of other +mahalas, with her blanket drawn over her<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_20" id="Page_20">[Pg 20]</a></span> +shoulders, looking out upon the town, and +her eyes were dull and strange.</p> + +<p>A stream of people went by them in the +street, and minded them no more than the +dogs they stepped over, sprawling at the doors +of the stores. Some of the Indian women had +children with them, but they neither shouted +nor ran as they had done in the camp of Corn +Water; they sat quietly by their mothers, and +Alan noticed how worn and poor were the +clothes of all of them, and how wishful all the +eyes. He could not get his mind off them because +he could not get them out of his sight +for very long at a time. It was a very small +town, and as he went with his mother in and +about the stores he would be coming face to +face with the mahalas every little while, and +the Basket Woman's eyes were always sad.</p> + +<p>His mother, when she had finished her +shopping, gave him a silver dime and told +him that he might spend it as he wished. As +soon as Alan had turned the corner on that +errand there was the Basket Woman with her +chin upon her knees and her blanket drawn<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_21" id="Page_21">[Pg 21]</a></span> +over her shoulders. Alan stopped a moment +in front of her; he would have liked to say +something comforting, but found himself still +afraid.</p> + +<p>Her eyes looked on beyond him, blurred +and dim; he supposed she must be thinking +of the happy valley, and grew so very sorry +for her that, as he could not get the courage +to speak, he threw his dime into her lap and +ran as fast as he could away. It seemed to +him as he ran that she called to him, but he +could not be sure.</p> + +<p>That night, almost as soon as he had touched +the pillow, she came and stood beside him without +motion or sound, and let down the basket +from her back.</p> + +<p>"Do we go to Corn Water?" asked Alan +as he stepped into it.</p> + +<p>"To my people of old time," said the Basket +Woman, "so that you need not be so +much sorry."</p> + +<p>Then they went out by the mesa trail, where +the sage showed duskily under a thin rim of +moon. It seemed to Alan that they went<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_22" id="Page_22">[Pg 22]</a></span> +slowly, almost heavily. When they came to +the parting of the ways, she let down the basket +to rest. A rabbit popped, startled, out of +the brush, and scurried into the dark; its white +tail, like a signal, showed the way it went.</p> + +<p>"What was that?" asked Alan.</p> + +<p>"Only little Tavwots, whom we scared out +of his nest. Lean forward," she said, "and +I will tell you a tale about him." So the boy +leaned his head against the Basket Woman's +long black hair, and heard the story of Little +Tavwots and How He Caught the Sun in a +Snare.</p> + +<p>"It was long ago," said the Basket Woman. +"Tavwots was the largest of all four-footed +things, and a mighty hunter. He would get +up as soon as it was day and go to his hunting, +but always before him was the track of a +great foot on the trail; and this troubled him, +for his pride was as big as his body and +greater than his fame.</p> + +<p>"'Who is this?' cried Tavwots, 'that goes +with so great a stride before me to the hunting? +Does he think to put me to shame?'<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_23" id="Page_23">[Pg 23]</a></span></p> + +<p>"'T'-sst!' said his mother, 'there is none +greater than thee.'</p> + +<p>"'Nevertheless,' said Tavwots, 'there are the +footprints in the trail.' The next morning he +got up earlier, but there were always the great +footprints and the long stride before him.</p> + +<p>"'Now I will set me a trap for this impudent +fellow,' said Tavwots, for he was very +cunning. So he made a snare of his bowstring +and set it in the trail overnight, and +in the morning when he went to look, behold, +he had caught the sun in his snare. All that +quarter of the earth was beginning to smoke +with the heat of it.</p> + +<p>"'Is it you?' cried Tavwots, 'who made +the tracks in my trail?'</p> + +<p>"'It is I,' said the sun. 'Come now and set +me free before the whole earth is afire.' Then +Tavwots saw what he had to do, so he drew +his knife and ran to cut the bowstring. But +the heat was so great that he ran back before +he had done it, and was melted down to one +half his size. Then the smoke of the burning +earth began to curl up against the sky.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_24" id="Page_24">[Pg 24]</a></span></p> + +<p>"'Come again, Tavwots,' cried the sun. So +he ran again and ran back, and the third time +he ran he cut the bowstring, and the sun was +set free from the snare. But by that time +Tavwots was melted down to as small as he is +now, and so he remains. Still you may see by +the print of his feet as he leaps in the trail +how great his stride was when he caught the +sun in his snare.</p> + +<p>"So it is always," said the Basket Woman, +"that which is large grows less, and my people, +which were great, have dwindled away."</p> + +<p>After that she became quiet, and they went +on over the mountain. Because he was beginning +to be acquainted with it, the way seemed +shorter to Alan than before. They passed over +the high barren ridges, and he began to look +for the camp at Corn Water.</p> + +<p>"I see no smoke," said Alan.</p> + +<p>"It would bring down their enemies like +buzzards on carrion," said the Basket Woman.</p> + +<p>"There is no sound of singing nor of laughter," +said the boy.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_25" id="Page_25">[Pg 25]</a></span></p> + +<p>"Who laughs in the time of war?" said she.</p> + +<p>"Is there war?" asked Alan.</p> + +<p>"Long and bitter," said the Basket Woman. +"Let us go softly and come upon them unawares."</p> + +<p>So they went, light of foot, among the pines +until they saw the wickiups opening eastward +to the sun, but many of them stood ruined +and awry. There were only the very old and +the children in the camp, and these did not +run and play. They stole about like mice in +the meadow sod, and if so much as a twig +snapped in the forest, they huddled motionless +as young quail. The women worked in +the growing corn; they dug roots on the hill +slope and caught grasshoppers for food. One +made a noose of her long black hair plucked +out, and snared the bright lizards that ran +among the rocks. It seemed to Alan that the +Indians looked wishful and thinner than they +should; but such food as they found was all +put by.</p> + +<p>"Why do they do this?" asked the boy.</p> + +<p>"That the men who go to war may not go<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_26" id="Page_26">[Pg 26]</a></span> +fasting," said the Basket Woman. "Look, +now we shall have news of them."</p> + +<p>A young man came noiselessly out of the +wood, and it was he who had sung the new +song on the night of feasting and dancing. +He had eagle feathers in his hair, but they +were draggled; there was beadwork on his +leggings, but it was torn with thorns; there +was paint on his face and his body, but it was +smeared over red, and as he came into the +camp he broke his bow across his knee.</p> + +<p>"It is a token of defeat," said the Basket +Woman; "the others will come soon." But +some came feebly because of wounds, and it +seemed the women looked for some who might +never come. They cast up their arms and +cried with a terrible wailing sound that rose +and shuddered among the pines.</p> + +<p>"Be still," said the young man; "would +you bring our enemies down upon us with +your screeching?" Then the women threw +themselves quietly in the dust, and rocked to +and fro with sobbing; their stillness was more +bitter than their crying.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_27" id="Page_27">[Pg 27]</a></span></p> + +<p>Suddenly out of the wood came a storm of +arrows, a rush of strange, painted braves, and +the din of fighting.</p> + +<p>"Shut your eyes," said the Basket Woman, +"it is not good for you to see." Alan hid his +face in the Basket Woman's dress, and heard +the noise of fighting rage and die away. When +he ventured to look again on the ruined huts +and the trampled harvest, there were few +left in the camp of Corn Water, and they +had enough to do to find food for their poor +bodies. They winnowed the creek with basket-work +weirs for every finger-long troutling that +came down in it, and tore the bark off the +pine trees to get at the grubs underneath.</p> + +<p>"Why do they not go out and kill deer as +before?" asked Alan.</p> + +<p>"Their enemies lurk in the wood and drive +away the game," said the Basket Woman.</p> + +<p>"Why do they not go to another place?"</p> + +<p>"Where shall they go, when their foes watch +every pass?" said she.</p> + +<p>It seemed to Alan that many days and +nights passed while they watched by the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_28" id="Page_28">[Pg 28]</a></span> +camp; and the days were all sorrowful, and +always, as before, the best meat was set aside +for the strongest.</p> + +<p>"Why is this so?" asked the boy.</p> + +<p>"Because," said the Basket Woman, "those +who are strong must stay so to care for the +rest. It is the way of my people. You see that +the others do not complain." And it was so +that the feeble ones tottered silently about +the camp or sat still a long time in one place +with their heads upon their knees.</p> + +<p>"How will it end?" asked Alan.</p> + +<p>"They must go away at last," said she, +"though the cords of their hearts are fastened +here. But there is no seed corn, and the winter +is close at hand."</p> + +<p>Then there began to be a tang of frost +in the air, and the people gathered up their +household goods, and, though there was not +much of them, they staggered and bent under +the burden as they went up out of the once +happy valley to another home. The women +let down their long hair and smeared ashes +upon it; they threw up their lean arms and<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_29" id="Page_29">[Pg 29]</a></span> +wailed long and mournfully as they passed +among the pines. Alan began to tremble with +crying, and felt the Basket Woman patting +him on the shoulder. Her voice sounded to +him like the voice of his mother telling him +to go to sleep again, for there was nothing +for him to be troubled about. After he grew +quieter, the Indian woman lifted him up. +"We must be going," she said, "it is not +good for us to be here."</p> + +<p>Alan wished as they went up over the +mountain that she would help him with talk +toward forgetting what he had seen, but the +long hair fell over her face and she would not +talk. He shivered in the basket, and the night +felt colder and full of fearsome noises.</p> + +<p>"What is that?" he whispered, as a falling +star trailed all across the dark.</p> + +<p>"It is the coyote people that brought the +fire to my people," said the Basket Woman. +Alan hoped she would tell him a tale about it, +but she would not. They went on down the +mountain until they came to the borders of +the long-leaved pines. Alan heard the sough<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_30" id="Page_30">[Pg 30]</a></span> +of the wind in the needles, and it seemed as +if it called.</p> + +<p>"What is that?" he whispered.</p> + +<p>"It is Hí-no-no, the wind, mourning for his +brother, the pine tree," but she would not tell +him that tale, either. She went faster and +faster, and Alan felt the stir of her shoulders +under him. He listened to the wind, and it +grew fierce and louder until he heard the +house beams creak, for he was awake in his +own bed. A strong wind drove gustily across +the mesa and laid hold of the corners of the +roof.</p> + +<p>The next morning the homesteader said +that he must go to the campoodie and Alan +might go with him. Alan was quite pleased, +and said to his mother while she was getting +him ready, "Do you know, I think Indians +are a great deal better off as they are now."</p> + +<p>"Why, yes," said his mother, smiling, "I +think so, too."</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 1024px;"> +<span class="caption">A “CAMPOODIE,” OR INDIAN VILLAGE</span> +<img src="images/i049.jpg" width="1024" height="677" alt="A CAMPOODIE, OR INDIAN VILLAGE" title="" /> +<p style='text-align:right'>From photograph by A. A. Forbes</p> +</div> + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_31" id="Page_31">[Pg 31]</a></span></p> +<h2>THE STREAM THAT RAN AWAY</h2> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_32" id="Page_32">[Pg 32]</a></span></p> + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_33" id="Page_33">[Pg 33]</a></span></p> +<h3>THE STREAM THAT RAN AWAY</h3> + + +<p>In a short and shallow cañon on the front of +Oppapago running eastward toward the sun, +one may find a clear brown stream called the +creek of Piñon Pines. That is not because it +is unusual to find piñon trees on Oppapago, +but because there are so few of them in the +cañon of the stream. There are all sorts higher +up on the slopes,—long-leaved yellow pines, +thimble cones, tamarack, silver fir and Douglas +spruce; but here there is only a group of the +low-heading, gray nut pines which the earliest +inhabitants of that country called piñons.</p> + +<p>The cañon of Piñon Pines has a pleasant +outlook and lies open to the sun, but there is +not much other cause for the forest rangers +to remember it. At the upper end there is +no more room by the stream border than +will serve for a cattle trail; willows grow in +it, choking the path of the water; there are<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_34" id="Page_34">[Pg 34]</a></span> +brown birches here and ropes of white clematis +tangled over thickets of brier rose. Low +down the ravine broadens out to inclose a +meadow the width of a lark's flight, blossomy +and wet and good. Here the stream ran once +in a maze of soddy banks and watered all the +ground, and afterward ran out at the cañon's +mouth across the mesa in a wash of bone-white +boulders as far as it could. That was not +very far, for it was a slender stream. It had +its source really on the high crests and hollows +of Oppapago, in the snow banks that melted +and seeped downward through the rocks; but +the stream did not know any more of that than +you know of what happened to you before +you were born, and could give no account of +itself except that it crept out from under a +great heap of rubble far up in the cañon of +the Piñon Pines. And because it had no pools +in it deep enough for trout, and no trees on +its borders but gray nut pines; because, try as +it might, it could never get across the mesa +to the town, the stream had fully made up its +mind to run away.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_35" id="Page_35">[Pg 35]</a></span></p> + +<p>"Pray what good will that do you?" said +the pines. "If you get to the town, they will +turn you into an irrigating ditch and set you +to watering crops."</p> + +<p>"As to that," said the stream, "if I once +get started I will not stop at the town." +Then it would fret between its banks until the +spangled frills of the mimulus were all tattered +with its spray. Often at the end of the +summer it was worn quite thin and small with +running, and not able to do more than reach +the meadow.</p> + +<p>"But some day," it whispered to the stones, +"I shall run quite away."</p> + +<p>If the stream had been inclined for it, there +was no lack of good company on its own +borders. Birds nested in the willows, rabbits +came to drink; one summer a bobcat made +its lair up the bank opposite the brown birches, +and often deer fed in the meadow. Then +there was a promise of better things. In the +spring of one year two old men came up into +the canon of Piñon Pines. They had been +miners and partners together for many years,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_36" id="Page_36">[Pg 36]</a></span> +they had grown rich and grown poor, and had +seen many hard places and strange times. It +was a day when the creek ran clear and the +south wind smelled of the earth. Wild bees +began to whine among the willows, and the +meadow bloomed over with poppy-breasted +larks. Then said one of the old men, "Here +is good meadow and water enough; let us +build a house and grow trees. We are too +old to dig in the mines."</p> + +<p>"Let us set about it," said the other; for +that is the way with two who have been a long +time together: what one thinks of, the other is +for doing. So they brought their possessions +and made a beginning that day, for they felt +the spring come on warmly in their blood; +they wished to dig in the earth and handle +it.</p> + +<p>These two men who, in the mining camps +where they were known, were called "Shorty" +and "Long Tom," and had almost forgotten +that they had other names, built a house by +the water border and planted trees. Shorty +was all for an orchard, but Long Tom pre<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_37" id="Page_37">[Pg 37]</a></span>ferred +vegetables. So they did each what he +liked, and were never so happy as when walking +in the garden in the cool of the day, touching +the growing things as they walked and +praising each other's work.</p> + +<p>"This will make a good home for our old +age," said Long Tom, "and when we die we +can be buried here."</p> + +<p>"Under the piñon pines," said Shorty. "I +have marked out a place."</p> + +<p>So they were very happy for three years. By +this time the stream had become so interested +it had almost forgotten about running away. +But every year it noted that a larger bit of +the meadow was turned under and planted, +and more and more the men made dams and +ditches to govern its running.</p> + +<p>"In fact," said the stream, "I am being +made into an irrigating ditch before I have +had my fling in the world. I really must make +a start."</p> + +<p>That very winter by the help of a great +storm it went roaring down the meadow over +the mesa, and so clean away, with only a track<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_38" id="Page_38">[Pg 38]</a></span> +of muddy sand to show the way it had gone. +All the winter, however, Shorty and Long +Tom brought water for drinking from a spring, +and looked for the stream to come back. In +the spring they hoped still, for that was the +season they looked for the orchard to bear. +But no fruit set on the trees, and the seeds +Long Tom planted shriveled in the earth. So +by the end of summer, when they understood +that the water would not come back at all, +they went sadly away.</p> + +<p>Now what happened to the creek of Piñon +Pines is not very well known to any one, for +the stream is not very clear on that point, except +that it did not have a happy time. It +went out in the world on the wings of the +storm and was very much tossed about and +mixed up with other waters, lost and bewildered. +Everywhere it saw water at work, +turning mills, watering fields, carrying trade, +falling as hail, rain, and snow, and at the last, +after many journeys, found itself creeping out +from under the rocks of Oppapago in the +canon of Piñon Pines. Immediately the little<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_39" id="Page_39">[Pg 39]</a></span> +stream knew itself and recalled clearly all that +had happened to it before.</p> + +<p>"After all, home is best," said the stream, +and ran about in its choked channels looking +for old friends. The willows were there, +but grown shabby and dying at the top; +the birches were quite dead, but stood still +in their places; and there was only rubbish +where the white clematis had been. Even the +rabbits had gone away. The little stream +ran whimpering in the meadow, fumbling at +the ruined ditches to comfort the fruit-trees +which were not quite dead. It was very dull +in those days living in the canon of Piñon +Pines.</p> + +<p>"But it is really my own fault," said the +stream. So it went on repairing the borders +with the best heart it could contrive.</p> + +<p>About the time the white clematis had come +back to hide the ruin of the brown birches, a +young man came and camped with his wife +and child in the meadow. They were looking +for a place to make a home. They looked long +at the meadow, for Shorty and Long Tom had<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_40" id="Page_40">[Pg 40]</a></span> +taken away their house and it did not appear +to belong to any one.</p> + +<p>"What a charming place!" said the young +wife, "just the right distance from town, and +a stream all to ourselves. And look, there are +fruit-trees already planted. Do let us decide +to stay."</p> + +<p>Then she took off the child's shoes and +stockings to let it play in the stream. The +water curled all about the bare feet and gurgled +delightedly.</p> + +<p>"Ah, do stay," begged the happy water, +"I can be such a help to you, for I know +how a garden should be irrigated in the best +manner."</p> + +<p>The child laughed and stamped the water +up to his bare knees. The young wife watched +anxiously while her husband walked up and +down the stream border and examined the +fruit-trees.</p> + +<p>"It is a delightful place," he said, "and +the soil is rich, but I am afraid the water +cannot be depended upon. There are signs of +a great drought within the last two or three<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_41" id="Page_41">[Pg 41]</a></span> +years. Look, there is a clump of birches in the +very path of the stream, but all dead; and +the largest limbs of the fruit-trees have died. +In this country one must be able to make sure +of the water supply. I suppose the people who +planted them must have abandoned the place +when the stream went dry. We must go on +farther." So they took their goods and the +child and went on farther.</p> + +<p>"Ah, well," said the stream, "that is what +is to be expected when one has a reputation +for neglecting one's duty. But I wish they +had stayed. That baby and I understood each +other."</p> + +<p>He had quite made up his mind not to run +away again, though he could not be expected +to be quite cheerful after all that had happened; +in fact, if you go yourself to the +cañon of the Piñon Pines you will notice +that the stream, where it goes brokenly about +the meadow, has quite a mournful sound.</p> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_42" id="Page_42">[Pg 42]</a></span></p> + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_43" id="Page_43">[Pg 43]</a></span></p> +<h2>THE COYOTE-SPIRIT AND THE<br /> +WEAVING WOMAN</h2> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_44" id="Page_44">[Pg 44]</a></span></p> + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_45" id="Page_45">[Pg 45]</a></span></p> +<h3>THE COYOTE-SPIRIT AND THE WEAVING +WOMAN</h3> + + +<p>The Weaving Woman lived under the bank +of the stony wash that cut through the country +of the mesquite dunes. The Coyote-Spirit, +which, you understand, is an Indian whose +form has been changed to fit with his evil behavior, +ranged from the Black Rock where +the wash began to the white sands beyond +Pahranagat; and the Goat-Girl kept her flock +among the mesquites, or along the windy +stretch of sage below the campoodie; but as +the Coyote-Spirit never came near the wickiups +by day, and the Goat-Girl went home the +moment the sun dropped behind Pahranagat, +they never met. These three are all that have +to do with the story.</p> + +<p>The Weaving Woman, whose work was the +making of fine baskets of split willow and +roots of yucca and brown grass, lived alone,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_46" id="Page_46">[Pg 46]</a></span> +because there was nobody found who wished +to live with her, and because it was whispered +among the wickiups that she was different +from other people. It was reported that she +had an infirmity of the eyes which caused her +to see everything with rainbow fringes, bigger +and brighter and better than it was. All +her days were fruitful, a handful of pine nuts +as much to make merry over as a feast; every +lad who went by a-hunting with his bow at +his back looked to be a painted brave, and +every old woman digging roots as fine as a +medicine man in all his feathers. All the +faces at the campoodie, dark as the mingled +sand and lava of the Black Rock country, +deep lined with work and weather, shone for +this singular old woman with the glory of the +late evening light on Pahranagat. The door +of her wickiup opened toward the campoodie +with the smoke going up from cheerful +hearths, and from the shadow of the bank +where she sat to make baskets she looked +down the stony wash where all the trails converged +that led every way among the dunes,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_47" id="Page_47">[Pg 47]</a></span> +and saw an enchanted mesa covered with +misty bloom and gentle creatures moving on +trails that seemed to lead to the places where +one had always wished to be.</p> + +<p>Since all this was so, it was not surprising +that her baskets turned out to be such wonderful +affairs, and the tribesmen, though they +winked and wagged their heads, were very +glad to buy them for a haunch of venison +or a bagful of mesquite meal. Sometimes, as +they stroked the perfect curves of the bowls +or traced out the patterns, they were heard to +sigh, thinking how fine life would be if it +were so rich and bright as she made it seem, +instead of the dull occasion they had found +it. There were some who even said it was a +pity, since she was so clever at the craft, that +the weaver was not more like other people, +and no one thought to suggest that in that +case her weaving would be no better than +theirs. For all this the basket-maker did not +care, sitting always happily at her weaving or +wandering far into the desert in search of +withes and barks and dyes, where the wild<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_48" id="Page_48">[Pg 48]</a></span> +things showed her many a wonder hid from +those who have not rainbow fringes to their +eyes; and because she was not afraid of anything, +she went farther and farther into the +silent places until in the course of time she +met the Coyote-Spirit.</p> + +<p>Now a Coyote-Spirit, from having been a +man, is continually thinking about men and +wishing to be with them, and, being a coyote +and of the wolf's breed, no sooner does he +have his wish than he thinks of devouring. +So as soon as this one had met the Weaving +Woman he desired to eat her up, or to work +her some evil according to the evil of his nature. +He did not see any opportunity to begin +at the first meeting, for on account of the +infirmity of her eyes the woman did not see +him as a coyote, but as a man, and let down +her wicker water bottle for him to drink, so +kindly that he was quite abashed. She did +not seem in the least afraid of him, which is +disconcerting even to a real coyote; though +if he had been, she need not have been afraid +of him in any case. Whatever pestiferous<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_49" id="Page_49">[Pg 49]</a></span> +beast the Indian may think the dog of the +wilderness, he has no reason to fear him except +when by certain signs, as having a larger +and leaner body, a sharper muzzle, and more +evilly pointed ears, he knows him the soul of +a bad-hearted man going about in that guise. +There are enough of these coyote-spirits ranging +in Mesquite Valley and over towards Funeral +Mountains and about Pahranagat to give +certain learned folk surmise as to whether +there may not be a strange breed of wolves in +that region; but the Indians know better.</p> + +<p>When the coyote-spirit who had met the +basket woman thought about it afterward, he +said to himself that she deserved all the mischance +that might come upon her for that +meeting. "She knows," he said, "that this +is my range, and whoever walks in a coyote-spirit's +range must expect to take the consequences. +She is not at all like the Goat-Girl."</p> + +<p>The Coyote-Spirit had often watched the +Goat-Girl from the top of Pahranagat, but +because she was always in the open where no +lurking-places were, and never far from the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_50" id="Page_50">[Pg 50]</a></span> +corn lands where the old men might be working, +he had made himself believe he would not +like that kind of a girl. Every morning he saw +her come out of her leafy hut, loose the goats +from the corral, which was all of cactus stems +and broad leaves of prickly-pear, and lead them +out among the wind-blown hillocks of sand +under which the trunks of the mesquite flourished +for a hundred years, and out of the tops +of which the green twigs bore leaves and fruit; +or along the mesa to browse on bitterbrush +and the tops of scrubby sage. Sometimes she +plaited willows for the coarser kinds of basket-work, +or, in hot noonings while the flock dozed, +worked herself collars and necklaces of white +and red and turquoise-colored beads, and other +times sat dreaming on the sand. But whatever +she did, she kept far enough from the place of +the Coyote-Spirit, who, now that he had met +the Weaving Woman, could not keep his mind +off her. Her hut was far enough from the +campoodie so that every morning he went +around by the Black Rock to see if she was +still there, and there she sat weaving patterns<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_51" id="Page_51">[Pg 51]</a></span> +in her baskets of all that she saw or thought. +Now it would be the winding wash and the +wattled huts beside it, now the mottled skin +of the rattlesnake or the curled plumes of the +quail.</p> + +<p>At last the Coyote-Spirit grew so bold that +when there was no one passing on the trail he +would go and walk up and down in front of the +wickiup. Then the Weaving Woman would +look up from her work and give him the news +of the season and the tribesmen in so friendly +a fashion that he grew less and less troubled +in his mind about working her mischief. He +said in his evil heart that since the ways of +such as he were known to the Indians,—as indeed +they were, with many a charm and spell +to keep them safe,—it could be no fault of +his if they came to harm through too much +familiarity. As for the Weaving Woman, he +said, "She sees me as I am, and ought to +know better," for he had not heard about the +infirmity of her eyes.</p> + +<p>Finally he made up his mind to ask her to +go with him to dig for roots around the foot<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_52" id="Page_52">[Pg 52]</a></span> +of Pahranagat, and if she consented,—and of +course she did, for she was a friendly soul,—he +knew in his heart what he would do. They +went out by the mesa trail, and it was a soft +and blossomy day of spring. Long wands of the +creosote with shining fretted foliage were hung +with creamy bells of bloom, and doves called +softly from the Dripping Spring. They passed +rows of owlets sitting by their burrows and saw +young rabbits playing in their shallow forms. +The Weaving Woman talked gayly as they +went, as Indian women talk, with soft mellow +voices and laughter breaking in between the +words like smooth water flowing over stones. +She talked of how the deer had shifted their +feeding grounds and of whether the quail had +mated early that year as a sign of a good season, +matters of which the Coyote-Spirit knew +more than she, only he was not thinking of +those things just then. Whenever her back +was turned he licked his cruel jaws and whetted +his appetite. They passed the level mesa, +passed the tumbled fragments of the Black +Rock and came to the sharp wall-sided cañons<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_53" id="Page_53">[Pg 53]</a></span> +that showed the stars at noon from their deep +wells of sombre shade, where no wild creature +made its home and no birds ever sang. Then +the Weaving Woman grew still at last because +of the great stillness, and the Coyote-Spirit said +in a hungry, whining voice,—</p> + +<p>"Do you know why I brought you here?"</p> + +<p>"To show me how still and beautiful the +world is here," said the Weaving Woman, and +even then she did not seem afraid.</p> + +<p>"To eat you up," said the Coyote. With +that he looked to see her fall quaking at his +feet, and he had it in mind to tell her it was no +fault but her own for coming so far astray with +one of his kind, but the woman only looked +at him and laughed. The sound of her laughter +was like water in a bubbling spring.</p> + +<p>"Why do you laugh?" said the Coyote, +and he was so astonished that his jaws remained +open when he had done speaking.</p> + +<p>"How could you eat me?" said she. "Only +wild beasts could do that."</p> + +<p>"What am I, then?"</p> + +<p>"Oh, you are only a man."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_54" id="Page_54">[Pg 54]</a></span></p> + +<p>"I am a coyote," said he.</p> + +<p>"Do you think I have no eyes?" said the +woman. "Come!" For she did not understand +that her eyes were different from other people's, +what she really thought was that other people's +were different from hers, which is quite another +matter, so she pulled the Coyote-Spirit +over to a rain-fed pool. In that country the +rains collect in basins of the solid rock that +grow polished with a thousand years of storm +and give back from their shining side a reflection +like a mirror. One such lay in the bottom +of the black cañon, and the Weaving Woman +stood beside it.</p> + +<p>Now it is true of coyote-spirits that they +are so only because of their behavior; not +only have they power to turn themselves to +men if they wish—but they do not wish, or +they would not have become coyotes in the +first place—but other people in their company, +according as they think man-thoughts or beast-thoughts, +can throw over them such a change +that they have only to choose which they will +be. So the basket-weaver contrived to throw<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_55" id="Page_55">[Pg 55]</a></span> +the veil of her mind over the Coyote-Spirit, so +that when he looked at himself in the pool +he could not tell for the life of him whether +he was most coyote or most man, which so +frightened him that he ran away and left the +Weaving Woman to hunt for roots alone. He +ran for three days and nights, being afraid of +himself, which is the worst possible fear, and +then ran back to see if the basket-maker had +not changed her mind. He put his head in at +the door of her wickiup.</p> + +<p>"Tell me, now, am I a coyote or a +man?"</p> + +<p>"Oh, a man," said she, and he went off to +Pahranagat to think it over. In a day or two +he came back.</p> + +<p>"And what now?" he said.</p> + +<p>"Oh, a man, and I think you grow handsomer +every day."</p> + +<p>That was really true, for what with her insisting +upon it and his thinking about it, the +beast began to go out of him and the man to +come back. That night he went down to the +campoodie to try and steal a kid from the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_56" id="Page_56">[Pg 56]</a></span> +corral, but it occurred to him just in time that +a man would not do that, so he went back to +Pahranagat and ate roots and berries instead, +which was a true sign that he had grown into +a man again. Then there came a day when +the Weaving Woman asked him to stop at her +hearth and eat. There was a savory smell +going up from the cooking-pots, cakes of +mesquite meal baking in the ashes, and sugary +white buds of the yucca palm roasting on the +coals. The man who had been a coyote lay +on a blanket of rabbit skin and heard the +cheerful snapping of the fire. It was all so +comfortable and bright that somehow it made +him think of the Goat-Girl.</p> + +<p>"That is the right sort of a girl," he said +to himself. "She has always stayed in the +safe open places and gone home early. She +should be able to tell me what I am," for he +was not quite sure, and since he had begun +to walk with men a little, he had heard about +the Weaving Woman's eyes.</p> + +<p>Next day he went out where the flock fed, +not far from the corn lands, and the Goat-Girl<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_57" id="Page_57">[Pg 57]</a></span> +did not seem in the least afraid of him. So he +went again, and the third day he said,—</p> + +<p>"Tell me what I seem to you."</p> + +<p>"A very handsome man," said she.</p> + +<p>"Then will you marry me?" said he; and +when the Goat-Girl had taken time to think +about it she said yes, she thought she would.</p> + +<p>Now, when the man who had been a coyote +lay on the blanket of the Weaving Woman's +wickiup, he had taken notice how it was made +of willows driven into the ground around a +pit dug in the earth, and the poles drawn +together at the top, and thatched with brush, +and he had tried at the foot of Pahranagat +until he had built another like it; so when he +had married the Goat-Girl, after the fashion +of her tribe, he took her there to live. He +was not now afraid of anything except that +his wife might get to know that he had once +been a coyote. It was during the first month +of their marriage that he said to her, "Do +you know the basket-maker who lives under +the bank of the stony wash? They call her +the Weaving Woman."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_58" id="Page_58">[Pg 58]</a></span></p> + +<p>"I have heard something of her and I have +bought her baskets. Why do you ask?"</p> + +<p>"It is nothing," said the man, "but I hear +strange stories of her, that she associates with +coyote-spirits and such creatures," for he +wanted to see what his wife would say to +that.</p> + +<p>"If that is the case," said she, "the less we +see of her the better. One cannot be too careful +in such matters."</p> + +<p>After that, when the man who had been +a coyote and his wife visited the campoodie, +they turned out of the stony wash before they +reached the wickiup, and came in to the camp +by another trail. But I have not heard +whether the Weaving Woman noticed it.</p> + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_59" id="Page_59">[Pg 59]</a></span></p> +<h2>THE CHEERFUL GLACIER</h2> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_60" id="Page_60">[Pg 60]</a></span></p> + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_61" id="Page_61">[Pg 61]</a></span></p> +<h3>THE CHEERFUL GLACIER</h3> + + +<p>Very many years ago, at the foot of a nameless +peak between Mount Ritter and Togobah, +after three successive years of deep snow +there was a glacier born. It crept out fanwise +from a furrow on the mountain-side, +very high up, above the limit of the white-barked +pines, and its upper end was lost under +the drift of loose snow that trailed down the +slope. For three successive winters the gray +veil of storms hung month-long about the +crest of the Sierras, while the snow came falling, +falling, and the wind kept heaping, heaping, +until the drifts sagged and slipped of +their own weight down the long groove of the +mountain; and since it lay on the sunless +northern slope, and as it happened the summers +that came between fell cool and rainy, +there, when the spring thaw had cleared the +loose snow, spread out on a little stony flat lay +the rim of the glacier. Yet it was a very little<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_62" id="Page_62">[Pg 62]</a></span> +one, a rod or two of clear shining ice that ran +into deep blue and gray sludge under a drift +of coarse, whitish granules, and very high up, +fine dry particles of snow like powdered glass. +So it lay at the time of year when the mountain +sheep began to come back to their summer +feeding-grounds.</p> + +<p>When the thaw had cleared the heather +and warmed the lichened rocks, they loosed +their hold of the ice, and the great weight of +it began to crawl down the mountain. At the +first slow thrill of motion the little glacier +creaked with delight.</p> + +<p>"Ah," it said, "it is evident that I am not +a mere snow bank, for in that case I should +remain in one place. Now I know myself +truly a glacier." For up to that time it had +been in some doubt.</p> + +<p>By the end of the summer it had advanced +more than a span in the shadow of the peak. +Then the snows began, deep and heavy, but +the glacier did not complain; it hugged the +floor of the rift where it lay, and thought of +the time when it should start on its travels<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_63" id="Page_63">[Pg 63]</a></span> +again. So, because of thinking about it so +much, or because the snows were deeper and +the summers not so warm, the glacier increased +and went forward until it had quite +crossed the stony flat, and began to believe it +might make its mark in the world. There +were any number of reasons for thinking so. +To begin with, all that neighborhood was +deeply scarred and scoured by the trail of old +glaciers, and the high peaks glittered with the +keen polish of ice floes. All down the slope +shone glassy bosses of clear granite succeeding +to beds of cassiope and blue heather, polished +slips of granite, pentstemon and more +heather, smooth granite that the feet could +take no hold upon, then saxifrage and meadowsweet, +and so down to the stream border, +where the water quarreled with the stones. +And by the time the little glacier had settled +that it would leave such a mark on the mountain-side, +shining and softened by small blossomy +things, it had come quite to the farthest +border of the flat, and looked over the edge +of a sharp descent. It was much too far to<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_64" id="Page_64">[Pg 64]</a></span> +bend over, for though the glacier was all of +brittle ice, it could bend a little.</p> + +<p>"But it is really nothing," said the glacier. +"I have only to grind down the cliff until it +is the proper height;" and it took a firmer +hold on the sharp fragments of stones it had +gathered on its way down the ravine. The +pressure of the sodden snow above kept on, +however, and before the glacier had fairly +begun its grinding the ice rim was pushed out +beyond the bluff, broke off, and lay at the foot +in a shining heap.</p> + +<p>"So much the better," said the cheerful +glacier. "What with grinding above and filling +with broken ice below, the work will be +accomplished in half the time."</p> + +<p>But that never really happened, for this +was the last season the ice reached to the far +edge of the flat. The next year there was +less snow and more sun. The long slope of +bare rocks gathered up the heat and held it +so that the ice began to melt underneath, and +a stream ran from it and fell over the cliff in +a fine silvery veil.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_65" id="Page_65">[Pg 65]</a></span></p> + +<p>"How very fortunate," said the glacier, +"to become the head of a river so early in my +career. Besides, this is a much easier way of +getting over the falls."</p> + +<p>Then the water began to purr in sheer content +where it went among the stones; it increased +and went down the cañon toward the +white torrent of the creek that flowed from +Togobah, and the next summer a water ousel +found it. She came whirling up the course +of the stream like a thrown pebble, plump +and slaty blue, scattering a spray of sound +as clear and round as the trickle of ice water +that went over the falls. The ousel sat on +the edge of the ice rim to finish her song, and +it timed with the running of the stream.</p> + +<p>"You should understand," said the glacier, +"that I started in life with the intention of +cutting my way down the mountain. But +now I am become a river I am quite as well +pleased."</p> + +<p>"Everything is the best," said the ousel; +"that has been the motto of my family for a +long time, and I am sure I have proved it."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_66" id="Page_66">[Pg 66]</a></span> +And if one listened close as she flew in and +out of the falls and sought in the white torrent +for her food, one understood that it was +the burden of her song. "Everything is the +best," she sang, and kept on singing it when +the glacier had grown so small by running +that it was quite hollowed out under the roof +of granulated snow, and the light came +through it softly and wonderfully blue. Then +the ousel would go far up into this ice cave +until the sound of her singing came out wild +and sweet, mixed with the water and the +tinkle of the ice. As for the words of her +song, the glacier never disagreed with her, +though by now it had retreated clear across +its stony flat. But the wind brought in the +seeds of dwarf willow that sprouted and took +root, and bright little buttercups began to +come up and shiver in the flood of ice water.</p> + +<p>"It seems I am to have a meadow of my +own," said the glacier, by the time there was +stone-crop and purple pentstemon blowing in +the damp crevices about its border. "I do +not believe there is a prettier ice garden on<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_67" id="Page_67">[Pg 67]</a></span> +this side of the mountain. And to think that +all I once wished was to leave a track of bare +and shining stones! The ousel is right, everything +is for the best."</p> + +<p>The ousel always went downstream at the +beginning of the winter, when the running +waters were shut under snow bridges and the +pools were puddles of gray sludge, down and +down to the foothill borders, and at the turn +of the year followed up again in the wake of +the thaw. So it was not often that the ousel +and the glacier saw each other between October +and June.</p> + +<p>"But of course," said the glacier, "the +longer you are away, the more we have to say +to each other when you come."</p> + +<p>"And anyway it cannot be helped," said +the ousel. For though she did not mind the +storms and cold weather, one cannot really +exist without eating.</p> + +<p>After one of these winter trips, the ousel +noticed that the stream that came over the +fall had quite failed, ran only a slender trickle +that dripped among the shivering fern and<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_68" id="Page_68">[Pg 68]</a></span> +was lost in the rock crevices, and though she +was such a cheerful little body, she did not +like to be the first to speak of it. It seemed +as if the glacier could not last much longer +at that rate. So she flitted about in the lace-work +caverns of the ice, and sang airily and +sweet, and the words of her song were what +they had always been.</p> + +<p>"That is quite true," said the glacier. "You +see how it is with me; once I was very proud +to run over the fall with a splashing sound, +but now I find it better to keep all the water +for my meadow."</p> + +<p>In fact, there was quite a border of sod all +about where the ice had been, and a great mat +of white-belled cassiope in the middle. It grew +greener and more blossomy every year. The +ousel grew so used to finding it there, and so +pleased with the society of the glacier, which +was quite after her own heart, that it was a +great grief to her as she came whirling up the +stream in the flood tide of the year to find +that they had both, the meadow and the ice, +wholly disappeared.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_69" id="Page_69">[Pg 69]</a></span></p> + +<p>That had been a winter of long, thunderous +storms, and a great splinter of granite had +fallen away from the mountain peaks and slid +down in a heap of rubble over the place where +the glacier had been. There was now no trace +of it under sharp, broken stones.</p> + +<p>But because they had been friends, the ousel +could not keep quite away from the place, but +came again and again and flew chirruping +around the foot of the hill. One of those days +when the sun was strong and the heather +white on the wild headlands, she saw a slender +rill of water creeping out at the bottom +of the rubbish heap, and knew at once by the +cheerful sound of it that it must be her friend +the glacier, or what was left of it.</p> + +<p>"Yes, indeed," bubbled the spring, "it is +really surprising what good luck I have. As +a glacier, I suppose I should have quite melted +away in a few summers; but with all this protection +of loose stones, I shouldn't wonder if +I became a perennial spring."</p> + +<p>And in fact that is exactly what occurred, +for with the snow that sifted down between<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_70" id="Page_70">[Pg 70]</a></span> +the broken boulders, and the snow water that +collected in the hollow where the meadow had +been, the spring has never gone quite dry. +Every summer, when the heather and pentstemon +and saxifrage on the glacier slip are at +their best, the cheerful water comes out of +the foot of the nameless peak and the ousel +comes up from the white torrent and sits upon +the stones. Then they sing together, and their +voices blend perfectly; but if you listen carefully, +you will observe that the words of their +song are always the same.</p> + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_71" id="Page_71">[Pg 71]</a></span></p> +<h2>THE MERRY-GO-ROUND</h2> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_72" id="Page_72">[Pg 72]</a></span></p> + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_73" id="Page_73">[Pg 73]</a></span></p> +<h3>THE MERRY-GO-ROUND</h3> + + +<p>The Basket Woman was washing for the +homesteader's wife at the spring, and Alan, +by this time very good friends with her, was +pulling up sagebrush for the fire, when the +coyote came by. It was a clear, wide morning, +warm and sweet, with gusty flaws of +cooler air moving down from Pine Mountain. +There was a lake of purple lupins in the swale, +and the last faint flush of wild almonds burning +on the slope. The grapevines at the spring +were full of bloom and tender leaf. Eastward, +above the high tilted mesa under the open +sky, the buzzards were making a merry-go-round. +That was the way Alan always thought +of their performance when he saw them circling +slantwise under the sun. Round and +round they went, now so low that he could +see how the shabby wing feathers frayed out +at the edges, now so high that they became +mere specks against the sky.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_74" id="Page_74">[Pg 74]</a></span></p> + +<p>"What makes them go round and round?" +asked Alan of the mahala.</p> + +<p>"They go about to wait for their dinner, +but the table is not yet spread," said she. The +Basket Woman did not use quite such good +English; but though Alan understood her +broken talk, you probably would not. The +little boy could not imagine, though he tried, +what a buzzard's dinner might be like. The +high mesa, with the water of mirage rolling +over it, was a kind of enchanted land to him +where almost anything might happen. He +would lie contentedly for hours with his head +pillowed on the hillocks of blown sand about +the roots of the sage, and look up at the +merry-go-round. He noticed that, although +others joined them from the invisible upper +sky, none ever seemed to go away, but hung +and circled and faded into the thin blue deeps +of air. Often he saw them settle flockwise +below the rim of the mesa and beyond his +sight, wondering greatly what they might be +about.</p> + +<p>The morning at the spring he watched them<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_75" id="Page_75">[Pg 75]</a></span> +in the intervals of tending the sagebrush fire, +and then it was that the coyote came by, going +in that direction. His head was cocked to +one side, and he seemed to watch the merry-go-round +out of the corner of his eye as he +went.</p> + +<p>Alan thought the little gray beast had not +seen them at the spring, but in that he was +mistaken. A quarter of an hour before, as he +came up out of the gully that hid his lair, the +coyote had sighted the boy and the Basket +Woman and made sure in his own mind that +they had no gun. So, as it lay in his way, he +came quite close to them; opposite the spring +he paused a moment with one foot lifted, and +eyed them with a wise and secret look. He +went on toward the mesa, stopped again, +looked back and then up at the whirling buzzards, +and went on again.</p> + +<p>"Where does that one go?" asked Alan.</p> + +<p>"Eh," said the Basket Woman, "he goes +also to the dinner. It is good eating they have +out there on the mesa together."</p> + +<p>Alan looked after him, and the coyote paused<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_76" id="Page_76">[Pg 76]</a></span> +and looked back over his shoulder as one who +expects to be followed, and quite suddenly it +came into the boy's mind to go up on the mesa +and see what it was all about. The Basket +Woman was bent above her tubs and did not +see him go; when she missed him she supposed +he had gone back to the house. Alan trotted +on after the coyote until he lost him in a +sunken place full of boulders and black sage; +but he had been headed still toward that spot +above which the black wings beat dizzily, and +that way Alan went, climbing by the help +of stout shrubs to the mesa, which here fell +off steeply to the valley, and then on until he +saw his coyote or another one, going steadily +toward the merry-go-round.</p> + +<p>The mesa was very warm, and swam in misty +blueness although the day was clear. Dim +shapes of mountains stood up on the far edge, +and near by a procession of lonely, low hills +rounded like the backs of dolphins appearing +out of the sea. Stubby shrubs as tall as Alan's +shoulder covered the mesa sparingly, and in +wide spaces there were beds of yellow-flowered<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_77" id="Page_77">[Pg 77]</a></span> +prickly-pear; singly and far stood up tall stems +of white-belled yucca, called in that country +Candles of Our Lord. Alan could not follow +the coyote close among the scrub, but dropped +presently into a cattle trail that ran toward the +place where he supposed the coyote's dinner +must be, and so trudged on in it while the sun +wheeled high in the heavens and the whole air +of the mesa quivered with the heat.</p> + +<p>It is certain that in his wanderings Alan +must have traveled that day and the next as +much as twenty miles from the spring, though +he might easily have been lost in less time, for +his head hardly came above the tops of the +scrub, and there were no landmarks to guide +by, other than the low hills which seemed to +alter nothing whichever way one looked at +them. As for the buzzards, they rose higher +and higher into the dim, quivering air. Alan +began to be thirsty, next tired, and then hungry. +He tried to turn toward home, but got +no nearer, and finally understood that he might +be lost, so he ran about wildly for a time, which +made matters no better. He began to cry and<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_78" id="Page_78">[Pg 78]</a></span> +to run eagerly at the same time until, blind +and breathless, he would fall and lie sobbing, +and wish that he might see his mother or the +Basket Woman come walking across the mesa +with her basket on her back. By this time it +was hot and close and he had come where the +scant-leaved shrubs were far between, and +with heat and running the tears were dried out +of him. He sobbed in his breath and his lips +were cracked and dry. It fell cooler as night +drew on, but he grew sick with hunger, and +shuddered with the fear of darkness. Far off +across the mesa the coyotes began to howl.</p> + +<p>Down in the homesteader's cabin nobody +slept that night. When they first missed Alan, +which was at noon, no one had the least idea +where he was. His mother had supposed him +at the spring, and the Basket Woman thought +he had gone to his mother. It was all open +ground about the cabin from the mesa and the +foot of the hills, and below it toward the valley +bare stretches of moon-white sands.</p> + +<p>The homesteader thought that the boy +might have gone to the campoodie; but there<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_79" id="Page_79">[Pg 79]</a></span> +they found he had not been, and none of the +Indians had seen him; but by three of the clock +they were all out beating about the spring to +pick up the light trail of his feet, and there +they were when the quick dark came on and +stopped them.</p> + +<p>By the earliest light of the next morning +the Basket Woman, who was really very fond +of him, had come out of her hut to ask for +news, but when she had looked up to the sky +for a token of what the day was to be, she +saw the buzzards come slantwise out of space +and begin the merry-go-round. All at once +she remembered Alan's question of the day +before, and though she could not reasonably +expect any one to take any notice of it, an idea +came into her head and a gleam into her beady +eyes. She caught her pony from the corral, +riding him astride as Indian women ride, with +the wicker water bottle slung across her +shoulder and a parcel of food hid in her bosom. +She went up the mesa rim toward the spot +where the buzzards swung circling in the sky.</p> + +<p>When Alan awoke that morning under the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_80" id="Page_80">[Pg 80]</a></span> +creosote bush, he thought he must have come +nearly to the place he had meant to find the +day before. There was the coyote skulking +out in the cactus scrub, and the buzzards +wheeling low and large. It was a hot, smoky +morning, the soil was all of coarse gravel, loose +and white. Over to the right of him lay a still +blue pool, and a broad river flowed into it in +soft billows without sound. The coyote went +toward it, looking back over his shoulder, and +Allan followed, for his tongue was swollen in +his mouth with thirst. The little boy was quite +clear in his mind; he knew that he was lost, +that he was very hungry, and that it was +necessary to find his father and mother very +soon. As he had come toward the mountains +the day before, he thought that he should start +directly away from them. He thought he could +not be far from the campoodie, for it came +to him dimly that he had heard the Indians +singing the coyote song in the night, but he +meant to have a drink in the soft still billows +of the stream. A little ahead of him the coyote +seemed to have gone into it, his head just<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_81" id="Page_81">[Pg 81]</a></span> +cleared the surface, and the water heaved to +the movements of his shoulders. But somehow +Alan got no nearer to it. The stream seemed +to loop and curve away from him, and presently +he saw the lake behind him and could +not think how that could be, for he did not understand +that it was a lake and river of mirage. +He saw the trees stand up on its borders, and +fancied that the air which came from it was +moist and cool. Always the coyote went before +and showed him the way, and at last he +lifted up his long thin muzzle and made a +doleful cry. Mostly it seemed to Alan that the +coyotes howled like dogs, but a little crazily; +now it appeared that this one spoke in words +that he could understand. When he told his +mother of it afterwards, she said it was only +the fever of his thirst and fatigue, but the +Basket Woman believed him.</p> + +<p>"Ho, ho!" cried the coyote, "come, come, +my brothers, to the hunting! Come!"</p> + +<p>A great black shadow of wings fell over +them and a voice cried huskily, "What of the +quarry?"<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_82" id="Page_82">[Pg 82]</a></span></p> + +<p>"The quarry is close at hand," said the +coyote, and Alan wondered dizzily what they +might be talking about. He could not look up, +for his eyes were nearly blinded by the light +that beat up from the sand, but he saw wing +shadows thickening on the ground.</p> + +<p>"Where do you go now?" cried the voice +in the upper air.</p> + +<p>"Round and about to the false water until +he is very weary," said the coyote; and it +seemed to Alan that he must follow where the +gray dog went in a maze of moving shadows. +He trembled and fell from weakness a great +many times and lay with his face in the shelter +of the prickle bushes, but always he got +up and went on again.</p> + +<p>"Have a care," cried the voice in the air, +"here comes one of his own kind."</p> + +<p>"What and where?" said the coyote.</p> + +<p>"It is a brown one riding on a horse; she +comes up from the gully of big rocks."</p> + +<p>"Does she follow a trail?" panted the +coyote.</p> + +<p>"She follows no trail, but rides fast in this<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_83" id="Page_83">[Pg 83]</a></span> +direction," croaked the voice, but Alan took +no interest in it. He did not know that it was +the Basket Woman coming to rescue him. He +thought of the merry-go-round, for he saw that +he had come back to the creosote bush where +he had spent the night, and he thought the +earth had come round with him, for it rocked +and reeled as he went. His tongue hung out +of his mouth and his lips cracked and bled, +his feet were blistered and aching from the +sharp rocks, the hot sands, and cactus thorns. +Round and round with him went scrub and +sand, on one side the shadow of black wings, +and on the other the smooth flow of mirage +water which he might never reach. Through +it all he could hear the soft <i>biff, biff</i> of the +broad wings and the long, hungry, whining +howl that seemed to detach itself from any +throat and come upon him from all quarters of +the quivering air. Dizzily went the merry-go-round, +and now it seemed that the false water +swung nearer, that it went around with him, +that it bore him up, for he no longer felt the +earth under him, that it buoyed and floated<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_84" id="Page_84">[Pg 84]</a></span> +him far out from the place where he had been, +that it grew deliciously cool at last, that it +laved his face and flowed in his parched throat; +and at last he opened his eyes and found the +Basket Woman trickling water in his mouth +from her wicker water bottle. It was noon of +his second day from home when she found +him on Cactus Flat, by going straight to the +point where she saw the black wings hanging +in the air. She laid him on the horse before +her and dripped water in his mouth and +coaxed and called to him, but never left off +riding nor halted until she came up with others +of the search party who had followed up by +the place where Alan had climbed to the mesa, +and followed slowly by a faint trail. But to +Alan it was all as if he had dreamed that the +Basket Woman had brought him as before +from the valley of Corn Water. The first that +he realized was that his father had him, and +that his mother was crying and kissing the +Basket Woman. It was several days before he +was able to be about again, and then only +under promise that he would go no farther<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_85" id="Page_85">[Pg 85]</a></span> +than the spring. The first thing he saw when +he looked up was the buzzards high up over +the mesa making a merry-go-round in the +clear blue, and it was then he remembered +that he had not yet found out what it was all +about.</p> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_86" id="Page_86">[Pg 86]</a></span></p> + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_87" id="Page_87">[Pg 87]</a></span></p> +<h2>THE CHRISTMAS TREE</h2> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_88" id="Page_88">[Pg 88]</a></span></p> + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_89" id="Page_89">[Pg 89]</a></span></p> +<h3>THE CHRISTMAS TREE</h3> + + +<p>Eastward from the Sierras rises a strong red +hill known as Pine Mountain, though the Indians +call it The Hill of Summer Snow. At +its foot stands a town of a hundred board +houses, given over wholly to the business of +mining. The noise of it goes on by day and +night,—the creak of the windlasses, the growl +of the stamps in the mill, the clank of the cars +running down to the dump, and from the open +doors of the drinking saloons, great gusts of +laughter and the sound of singing. Billows +of smoke roll up from the tall stacks and by +night are lit ruddily by the smelter fires all +going at a roaring blast.</p> + +<p>Whenever the charcoal-burner's son looked +down on the red smoke, the glare, and the hot +breath of the furnaces, it seemed to him like +an exhalation from the wickedness that went +on continually in the town; though all he knew<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_90" id="Page_90">[Pg 90]</a></span> +of wickedness was the word, a rumor from +passers-by, and a kind of childish fear. The +charcoal-burner's cabin stood on a spur of Pine +Mountain two thousand feet above the town, +and sometimes the boy went down to it on +the back of the laden burros when his father +carried charcoal to the furnaces. All else that +he knew were the wild creatures of the mountain, +the trees, the storms, the small flowering +things, and away at the back of his heart a +pale memory of his mother like the faint forest +odor that clung to the black embers of the +pine. They had lived in the town when the +mother was alive and the father worked in +the mines. There were not many women or +children in the town at that time, but mining +men jostling with rude quick ways; and the +young mother was not happy.</p> + +<p>"Never let my boy grow up in such a place," +she said as she lay dying; and when they had +buried her in the coarse shallow soil, her husband +looked for comfort up toward The Hill +of Summer Snow shining purely, clear white +and quiet in the sun. It swam in the upper<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_91" id="Page_91">[Pg 91]</a></span> +air above the sooty reek of the town and +seemed as if it called. Then he took the young +child up to the mountain, built a cabin under +the tamarack pines, and a pit for burning +charcoal for the furnace fires.</p> + +<p>No one could wish for a better place for +a boy to grow up in than the slope of Pine +Mountain. There was the drip of pine balm +and a wind like wine, white water in the springs, +and as much room for roaming as one desired. +The charcoal-burner's son chose to go far, +coming back with sheaves of strange bloom +from the edge of snow banks on the high +ridges, bright spar or peacock-painted ores, +hatfuls of berries, or strings of shining trout. +He played away whole mornings in glacier +meadows where he heard the eagle scream; +walking sometimes in a mist of cloud he came +upon deer feeding, or waked them from their +lair in the deep fern. On snow-shoes in winter +he went over the deep drifts and spied among +the pine tops on the sparrows, the grouse, and +the chilly robins wintering under the green +tents. The deep snow lifted him up and held<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_92" id="Page_92">[Pg 92]</a></span> +him among the second stories of the trees. +But that was not until he was a great lad, +straight and springy as a young fir. As a +little fellow he spent his days at the end of +a long rope staked to a pine just out of reach +of the choppers and the charcoal-pits. When +he was able to go about alone, his father made +him give three promises: never to follow a +bear's trail nor meddle with the cubs, never to +try to climb the eagle rocks after the young +eagles, never to lie down nor to sleep on the +sunny, south slope where the rattlesnakes frequented. +After that he was free of the whole +wood.</p> + +<p>When Mathew, for so the boy was called, +was ten years old, he began to be of use about +the charcoal-pits, to mark the trees for cutting, +to sack the coals, to keep the house, and cook +his father's meals. He had no companions of +his own age nor wanted any, for at this time +he loved the silver firs. A group of them grew +in a swale below the cabin, tall and fine; the +earth under them was slippery and brown with +needles. Where they stood close together with<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_93" id="Page_93">[Pg 93]</a></span> +overlapping boughs the light among the tops +was golden green, but between the naked +boles it was a vapor thin and blue. These were +the old trees that had wagged their tops together +for three hundred years. Around them +stood a ring of saplings and seedlings scattered +there by the parent firs, and a little apart +from these was the one that Mathew loved. +It was slender of trunk and silvery white, the +branches spread out fanwise to the outline of +a perfect spire. In the spring, when the young +growth covered it as with a gossamer web, it +gave out a pleasant odor, and it was to him like +the memory of what his mother had been. +Then he garlanded it with flowers and hung +streamers of white clematis all heavy with +bloom upon its boughs. He brought it berries +in cups of bark and sweet water from the +spring; always as long as he knew it, it seemed +to him that the fir tree had a soul.</p> + +<p>The first trip he had ever made on snow-shoes +was to see how it fared among the drifts. +That was always a great day when he could find +the slender cross of its topmost bough above the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_94" id="Page_94">[Pg 94]</a></span> +snow. The fir was not very tall in those days, +but the snows as far down on the slope as the +charcoal-burner's cabin lay shallowly. There +was a time when Mathew expected to be as +tall as the fir, but after a while the boy did not +grow so fast and the fir kept on adding its +whorl of young branches every year.</p> + +<p>Mathew told it all his thoughts. When at +times there was a heaviness in his breast which +was really a longing for his mother, though he +did not understand it, he would part the low +spreading branches and creep up to the slender +trunk of the fir. Then he would put his +arms around it and be quiet for a long beautiful +time. The tree had its own way of comforting +him; the branches swept the ground +and shut him in dark and close. He made a +little cairn of stones under it and kept his treasures +there.</p> + +<p>Often as he sat snuggled up to the heart of +the tree, the boy would slip his hand over the +smooth intervals between the whorls of boughs, +and wonder how they knew the way to grow. +All the fir trees are alike in this, that they<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_95" id="Page_95">[Pg 95]</a></span> +throw out their branches from the main stem +like the rays of a star, one added to another +with the season's growth. They stand out +stiffly from the trunk, and the shape of each +new bough in the beginning and the shape of +the last growing twig when they have spread +out broadly with many branchlets, bending +with the weight of their own needles, is the +shape of a cross; and the topmost sprig that +rises above all the star-built whorls is a long +and slender cross, until by the springing of +new branches it becomes a star. So the two +forms go on running into and repeating each +other, and each star is like all the stars, and +every bough is another's twin. It is this trim +and certain growth that sets out the fir from +all the mountain trees, and gives to the young +saplings a secret look as they stand straight +and stiffly among the wild brambles on the +hill. For the wood delights to grow abroad at +all points, and one might search a summer +long without finding two leaves of the oak +alike, or any two trumpets of the spangled +mimulus. So, as at that time he had nothing<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_96" id="Page_96">[Pg 96]</a></span> +better worth studying about, Mathew noticed +and pondered the secret of the silver fir, and +grew up with it until he was twelve years old +and tall and strong for his age. By this time +the charcoal-burner began to be troubled about +the boy's schooling.</p> + +<p>Meantime there was rioting and noise and +coming and going of strangers in the town at +the foot of Pine Mountain, and the furnace +blast went on ruddily and smokily. Because +of the things he heard Mathew was afraid, +and on rare occasions when he went down to +it he sat quietly among the charcoal sacks, and +would not go far away from them except when +he held his father by the hand. After a time +it seemed life went more quietly there, flowers +began to grow in the yards of the houses, and +they met children walking in the streets with +books upon their arms.</p> + +<p>"Where are they going, father?" said the +boy.</p> + +<p>"To school," said the charcoal-burner.</p> + +<p>"And may I go?" asked Mathew.</p> + +<p>"Not yet, my son."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_97" id="Page_97">[Pg 97]</a></span></p> + +<p>But one day his father pointed out the +foundations of a new building going up in the +town.</p> + +<p>"It is a church," he said, "and when that +is finished it will be a sign that there will be +women here like your mother, and then you +may go to school."</p> + +<p>Mathew ran and told the fir tree all about it.</p> + +<p>"But I will never forget you, never," he +cried, and he kissed the trunk. Day by day, +from the spur of the mountain, he watched +the church building, and it was wonderful +how much he could see in that clear, thin atmosphere; +no other building in town interested +him so much. He saw the walls go up +and the roof, and the spire rise skyward with +something that glittered twinkling on its top. +Then they painted the church white and hung +a bell in the tower. Mathew fancied he could +hear it of Sundays as he saw the people moving +along like specks in the streets.</p> + +<p>"Next week," said the father, "the school +begins, and it is time for you to go as I promised. +I will come to see you once a month,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_98" id="Page_98">[Pg 98]</a></span> +and when the term is over you shall come +back to the mountain." Mathew said good-by +to the fir tree, and there were tears in his +eyes though he was happy. "I shall think of +you very often," he said, "and wonder how you +are getting along. When I come back I will +tell you everything that happens. I will go to +church, and I am sure I shall like that. It has +a cross on top like yours, only it is yellow and +shines. Perhaps when I am gone I shall learn +why you carry a cross, also." Then he went +a little timidly, holding fast by his father's +hand.</p> + +<p>There were so many people in the town +that it was quite as strange and fearful to him +as it would be to you who have grown up in +town to be left alone in the wood. At night, +when he saw the charcoal-burner's fires glowing +up in the air where the bulk of the mountain +melted into the dark, he would cry a little +under the blankets, but after he began to +learn, there was no more occasion for crying. +It was to the child as though there had been +a candle lighted in a dark room. On Sunday<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_99" id="Page_99">[Pg 99]</a></span> +he went to the church and then it was both +light and music, for he heard the minister +read about God in the great book and believed +it all, for everything that happens in +the woods is true, and people who grow up in +it are best at believing. Mathew thought it +was all as the minister said, that there is nothing +better than pleasing God. Then when he +lay awake at night he would try to think how +it would have been with him if he had never +come to this place. In his heart he began to +be afraid of the time when he would have to +go back to the mountain, where there was no +one to tell him about this most important +thing in the world, for his father never talked +to him of these things. It preyed upon his +mind, but if any one noticed it, they thought +that he pined for his father and wished himself +at home.</p> + +<p>It drew toward midwinter, and the white +cap on The Hill of Summer Snow, which +never quite melted even in the warmest +weather, began to spread downward until it +reached the charcoal-burner's home. There<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_100" id="Page_100">[Pg 100]</a></span> +was a great stir and excitement among the +children, for it had been decided to have a +Christmas tree in the church. Every Sunday +now the Christ-child story was told over and +grew near and brighter like the Christmas +star. Mathew had not known about it before, +except that on a certain day in the year his +father had bought him toys. He had supposed +that it was because it was stormy and +he had to be indoors. Now he was wrapped +up in the story of love and sacrifice, and felt +his heart grow larger as he breathed it in, +looking upon clear windless nights to see if +he might discern the Star of Bethlehem rising +over Pine Mountain and the Christ-child come +walking on the snow. It was not that he +really expected it, but that the story was so +alive in him. It is easy for those who have +lived long in the high mountains to believe +in beautiful things. Mathew wished in his +heart that he might never go away from this +place. He sat in his seat in church, and all +that the minister said sank deeply into his +mind.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_101" id="Page_101">[Pg 101]</a></span></p> + +<p>When it came time to decide about the +tree, because Mathew's father was a charcoal-burner +and knew where the best trees grew, +it was quite natural to ask him to furnish the +tree for his part. Mathew fairly glowed with +delight, and his father was pleased, too, for +he liked to have his son noticed. The Saturday +before Christmas, which fell on Tuesday +that year, was the time set for going for the +tree, and by that time Mathew had quite +settled in his mind that it should be his silver +fir. He did not know how otherwise he could +bring the tree to share in his new delight, nor +what else he had worth giving, for he quite +believed what he had been told, that it is +only through giving the best beloved that +one comes to the heart's desire. With all his +heart Mathew wished never to live in any +place where he might not hear about God. +So when his father was ready with the ropes +and the sharpened axe, the boy led the way +to the silver firs.</p> + +<p>"Why, that is a little beauty," said the +charcoal-burner, "and just the right size."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_102" id="Page_102">[Pg 102]</a></span></p> + +<p>They were obliged to shovel away the +snow to get at it for cutting, and Mathew +turned away his face when the chips began to +fly. The tree fell upon its side with a shuddering +sigh; little beads of clear resin stood +out about the scar of the axe. It seemed as +if the tree wept. But how graceful and trim it +looked when it stood in the church waiting +for gifts! Mathew hoped that it would understand.</p> + +<p>The charcoal-burner came to church on +Christmas eve, the first time in many years. +It makes a difference about these things when +you have a son to take part in them. The +church and the tree were alight with candles; +to the boy it seemed like what he supposed +the place of dreams might be. One large candle +burned on the top of the tree and threw +out pointed rays like a star; it made the charcoal-burner's +son think of Bethlehem. Then +he heard the minister talking, and it was all +of a cross and a star; but Mathew could only +look at the tree, for he saw that it trembled, +and he felt that he had betrayed it. Then the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_103" id="Page_103">[Pg 103]</a></span> +choir began to sing, and the candle on top of +the tree burned down quite low, and Mathew +saw the slender cross of the topmost bough +stand up dark before it. Suddenly he remembered +his old puzzle about it, how the smallest +twigs were divided off in each in the shape +of a cross, how the boughs repeated the star +form every year, and what was true of his +fir was true of them all. Then it must have +been that there were tears in his eyes, for he +could not see plainly: the pillars of the church +spread upward like the shafts of the trees, and +the organ playing was like the sound of the +wind in their branches, and the stately star-built +firs rose up like spires, taller than the +church tower, each with a cross on top. The +sapling which was still before him trembled +more, moving its boughs as if it spoke; and the +boy heard it in his heart and believed, for it +spoke to him of God. Then all the fear went +out of his heart and he had no more dread of +going back to the mountain to spend his days, +for now he knew that he need never be away +from the green reminder of hope and sacrifice<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_104" id="Page_104">[Pg 104]</a></span> +in the star and the cross of the silver fir; and +the thought broadened in his mind that he +might find more in the forest than he had ever +thought to find, now that he knew what to look +for, since everything speaks of God in its own +way and it is only a matter of understanding +how.</p> + +<p>It was very gay in the little church that +Christmas night, with laughter and bonbons +flying about, and every child had a package of +candy and an armful of gifts. The charcoal-burner +had his pockets bulging full of toys, +and Mathew's eyes glowed like the banked fires +of the charcoal-pits as they walked home in +the keen, windless night.</p> + +<p>"Well, my boy," said the charcoal-burner, +"I am afraid you will not be wanting to +go back to the mountain with me after +this."</p> + +<p>"Oh, yes, I will," said Mathew happily, "for +I think the mountains know quite as much +of the important things as they know here in +the town."</p> + +<p>"Right you are," said the charcoal-burner,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_105" id="Page_105">[Pg 105]</a></span> +as he clapped his boy's hand between both his +own, "and I am pleased to think you have +turned out such a sensible little fellow." But +he really did not know all that was in his son's +heart.</p> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_106" id="Page_106">[Pg 106]</a></span></p> + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_107" id="Page_107">[Pg 107]</a></span></p> +<h2>THE FIRE BRINGER</h2> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_108" id="Page_108">[Pg 108]</a></span></p> + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_109" id="Page_109">[Pg 109]</a></span></p> +<h3>THE FIRE BRINGER</h3> + + +<p>This is one of the stories that Alan had from +the Basket Woman after she came to understand +that the boy really loved her tales and +believed them. She would sit by the spring +with her hands clasped across her knees while +the clothes boiled and Alan fed the fire with +broken brush, and tell him wonder stories as +long as the time allowed, which was never so +long as the boy liked to hear them. The story +of the Fire Bringer gave him the greatest delight, +and he made a game of it to play with +little Indian boys from the campoodie who +sometimes strayed in the direction of the homesteader's +cabin. It was the story that came +oftenest to his mind when he lay in his bed at +night, and saw the stars in the windy sky shine +through the cabin window.</p> + +<p>He heard of it so often and thought of it so +much that at last it seemed to him that he had<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_110" id="Page_110">[Pg 110]</a></span> +been part of the story himself, but his mother +said he must have dreamed it. The experience +came to him in this way: He had gone with +his father to the mountains for a load of wood, +a two days' journey from home, and they had +taken their blankets to sleep upon the ground, +which was the first time of Alan's doing so. +It was the time of year when white gilias, +which the children call "evening snow," were +in bloom, and their musky scent was mingled +with the warm air in the soft dark all about +him.</p> + +<p>He heard the camp-fire snap and whisper, +and saw the flicker of it brighten and die on +the lower branches of the pines. He looked +up and saw the stars in the deep velvet void, +and now and then one fell from it, trailing +all across the sky. Small winds moved in the +tops of the sage and trod lightly in the dark, +blossomy grass. Near by them ran a flooding +creek, the sound of it among the stones +like low-toned, cheerful talk. Familiar voices +seemed to rise through it and approach distinctness. +The boy lay in his blanket hark<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_111" id="Page_111">[Pg 111]</a></span>ing +to one recurring note, until quite suddenly +it separated itself from the babble and called +to him in the Basket Woman's voice. He was +sure it was she who spoke his name, though +he could not see her; and got up on his feet +at once. He knew, too, that he was Alan, and +yet it seemed, without seeming strange, that +he was the boy of the story who was afterward +to be called the Fire Bringer. The skin of his +body was dark and shining, with straight, +black locks cropped at his shoulders, and he +wore no clothing but a scrap of deerskin belted +with a wisp of bark. He ran free on the mesa +and mountain where he would, and carried +in his hand a cleft stick that had a longish +rounded stone caught in the cleft and held by +strips of skin. By this he knew he had waked +up into the time of which the Basket Woman +had told him, before fire was brought to the +tribes, when men and beasts talked together +with understanding, and the Coyote was the +Friend and Counselor of man. They ranged +together by wood and open swale, the boy who +was to be called Fire Bringer and the keen,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_112" id="Page_112">[Pg 112]</a></span> +gray dog of the wilderness, and saw the tribesmen +catching fish in the creeks with their +hands and the women digging roots with sharp +stones. This they did in summer and fared +well, but when winter came they ran nakedly +in the snow or huddled in caves of the rocks +and were very miserable. When the boy saw +this he was very unhappy, and brooded over +it until the Coyote noticed it.</p> + +<p>"It is because my people suffer and have no +way to escape the cold," said the boy.</p> + +<p>"I do not feel it," said the Coyote.</p> + +<p>"That is because of your coat of good fur, +which my people have not, except they take it +in the chase, and it is hard to come by."</p> + +<p>"Let them run about, then," said the Counselor, +"and keep warm."</p> + +<p>"They run till they are weary," said the +boy, "and there are the young children and +the very old. Is there no way for them?"</p> + +<p>"Come," said the Coyote, "let us go to the +hunt."</p> + +<p>"I will hunt no more," the boy answered +him, "until I have found a way to save my<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_113" id="Page_113">[Pg 113]</a></span> +people from the cold. Help me, O Counselor!"</p> + +<p>But the Coyote had run away. After a time +he came back and found the boy still troubled +in his mind.</p> + +<p>"There is a way, O Man Friend," said the +Coyote, "and you and I must take it together, +but it is very hard."</p> + +<p>"I will not fail of my part," said the boy.</p> + +<p>"We will need a hundred men and women, +strong and swift runners."</p> + +<p>"I will find them," the boy insisted, "only +tell me."</p> + +<p>"We must go," said the Coyote, "to the +Burning Mountain by the Big Water and bring +fire to your people."</p> + +<p>Said the boy, "What is fire?"</p> + +<p>Then the Coyote considered a long time how +he should tell the boy what fire is. "It is," +said he, "red like a flower, yet it is no flower; +neither is it a beast, though it runs in the grass +and rages in the wood and devours all. It is +very fierce and hurtful and stays not for asking, +yet if it is kept among stones and fed with<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_114" id="Page_114">[Pg 114]</a></span> +small sticks, it will serve the people well and +keep them warm."</p> + +<p>"How is it to be come at?"</p> + +<p>"It has its lair in the Burning Mountain, +and the Fire Spirits guard it night and day. +It is a hundred days' journey from this place, +and because of the jealousy of the Fire Spirits +no man dare go near it. But I, because +all beasts are known to fear it much, may +approach it without hurt and, it may be, bring +you a brand from the burning. Then you +must have strong runners for every one of the +hundred days to bring it safely home."</p> + +<p>"I will go and get them," said the boy; but +it was not so easily done as said. Many there +were who were slothful and many were afraid, +but the most disbelieved it wholly, for, they +said, "How should this boy tell us of a thing +of which we have never heard!" But at the +last the boy and their own misery persuaded +them.</p> + +<p>The Coyote advised them how the march +should begin. The boy and the Counselor +went foremost, next to them the swiftest run<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_115" id="Page_115">[Pg 115]</a></span>ners, +with the others following in the order of +their strength and speed. They left the place +of their home and went over the high mountains +where great jagged peaks stand up above +the snow, and down the way the streams led +through a long stretch of giant wood where +the sombre shade and the sound of the wind in +the branches made them afraid. At nightfall +where they rested one stayed in that place, and +the next night another dropped behind, and so +it was at the end of each day's journey. They +crossed a great plain where waters of mirage +rolled over a cracked and parching earth and +the rim of the world was hidden in a bluish +mist; so they came at last to another range of +hills, not so high but tumbled thickly together, +and beyond these, at the end of the hundred +days, to the Big Water quaking along the sand +at the foot of the Burning Mountain.</p> + +<p>It stood up in a high and peaked cone, and +the smoke of its burning rolled out and broke +along the sky. By night the glare of it reddened +the waves far out on the Big Water +when the Fire Spirits began their dance.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_116" id="Page_116">[Pg 116]</a></span></p> + +<p>Then said the Counselor to the boy who +was soon to be called the Fire Bringer, "Do +you stay here until I bring you a brand from +the burning; be ready and right for running, +and lose no time, for I shall be far spent +when I come again, and the Fire Spirits will +pursue me." Then he went up the mountain, +and the Fire Spirits when they saw him come +were laughing and very merry, for his appearance +was much against him. Lean he was, +and his coat much the worse for the long +way he had come. Slinking he looked, inconsiderable, +scurvy, and mean, as he has always +looked, and it served him as well then as it +serves him now. So the Fire Spirits only +laughed, and paid him no farther heed. Along +in the night, when they came out to begin their +dance about the mountain, the Coyote stole +the fire and began to run away with it down +the slope of the Burning Mountain. When +the Fire Spirits saw what he had done, they +streamed out after him red and angry in pursuit, +with a sound like a swarm of bees.</p> + +<p>The boy saw them come, and stood up in<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_117" id="Page_117">[Pg 117]</a></span> +his place clean limbed and taut for running. +He saw the sparks of the brand stream +back along the Coyote's flanks as he carried +it in his mouth and stretched forward +on the trail, bright against the dark bulk of +the mountain like a falling star. He heard +the singing sound of the Fire Spirits behind +and the labored breath of the Counselor +nearing through the dark. Then the good +beast panted down beside him, and the brand +dropped from his jaws. The boy caught it +up, standing bent for the running as a bow +to speeding the arrow; out he shot on the +homeward path, and the Fire Spirits snapped +and sung behind him. Fast as they pursued +he fled faster, until he saw the next runner +stand up in his place to receive the brand. +So it passed from hand to hand, and the Fire +Spirits tore after it through the scrub until +they came to the mountains of the snows. +These they could not pass, and the dark, +sleek runners with the backward-streaming +brand bore it forward, shining star-like in +the night, glowing red through sultry noons,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_118" id="Page_118">[Pg 118]</a></span> +violet pale in twilight glooms, until they came +in safety to their own land. Here they kept +it among stones, and fed it with small sticks, +as the Coyote had advised, until it warmed +them and cooked their food. As for the boy +by whom fire came to the tribes, he was +called the Fire Bringer while he lived, and +after that, since there was no other with so +good a right to the name, it fell to the +Coyote; and this is the sign that the tale is +true, for all along his lean flanks the fur is +singed and yellow as it was by the flames +that blew backward from the brand when he +brought it down from the Burning Mountain. +As for the fire, that went on broadening and +brightening and giving out a cheery sound +until it broadened into the light of day, and +Alan sat up to hear it crackling under the +coffee-pot, where his father was cooking their +breakfast.</p> + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_119" id="Page_119">[Pg 119]</a></span></p> + +<h2>THE CROOKED FIR</h2> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_120" id="Page_120">[Pg 120]</a></span></p> + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_121" id="Page_121">[Pg 121]</a></span></p> +<h3>THE CROOKED FIR</h3> + + +<p>The pipsissawa, which is sometimes called +prince's pine, is half as tall as the woodchuck +that lives under the brown boulder; +and the seedling fir in his first season was as +tall as the prince's pine, so for the time they +made the most of each other's company. The +woodchuck and the pipsissawa were never to +be any taller, but the silver fir was to keep +on growing as long as he stood in the earth +and drew sap. In his second season, which +happened to be a good growing year, the fir +was as tall as the woodchuck and began to +look about him.</p> + +<p>The forest of silver firs grew on a hill-slope +up from a water-course as far as the +borders of the long-leaved pines. Where the +trees stood close together the earth was brown +with the litter of a thousand years, and little +gray hawks hunted in their green, windy<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_122" id="Page_122">[Pg 122]</a></span> +glooms. In the open spaces there were thickets +of meadowsweet, fireweed, monkshood, +and columbine, with saplings and seedlings +in between. When the fir which was as tall +as the woodchuck had grown a year or two +longer, he made a discovery. All the firs on +the hill-slope were crooked! Their trunks +bulged out at the base toward the downward +pitch of the hill; and it is the proper destiny +of fir trees to be straight.</p> + +<p>"They should be straight," said the seedling +fir. "I feel it in my fibres that a fir tree +should be straight." He looked up at the fir +mother very far above him on her way to the +sky, with the sun and the wind in her star-built +boughs.</p> + +<p>"I shall be straight," said the seedling fir.</p> + +<p>"Ah, do not be too sure of it," said the fir +mother. But for all that the seedling fir was +very sure, and when the snow tucked him in +for the winter he took a long time to think +about it. The snows are wonderfully deep in +the cañon of the silver firs. From where they +gather in the upper air the fir mother shakes<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_123" id="Page_123">[Pg 123]</a></span> +them lightly down, packing so softly and so +warm that the seedlings and the pipsissawas do +not mind.</p> + +<p>About the time the fir had grown tall +enough to be called a sapling he made another +discovery. The fir mother had also a crooked +trunk. The sapling was greatly shocked; he +hardly liked to speak of it to the fir mother. +He remembered his old friend the pipsissawa, +but he had so outgrown her that there was +really no comfort in trying to make himself +understood, so he spoke to the woodchuck. +The woodchuck was no taller than he used to +be, but when he climbed up on the brown boulder +above his house he was on a level with the +sapling fir, and though he was not much of a +talker he was a great thinker and had opinions.</p> + +<p>"Really," said the fir, "I hardly like to +speak of it, but you are such an old friend; +do you see what a crook the fir mother has in +her trunk? We firs you know were intended +to be straight."</p> + +<p>"That," said the woodchuck, "is on account +of the snow."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_124" id="Page_124">[Pg 124]</a></span></p> + +<p>"But, oh, my friend," said the sapling, +"you must be mistaken. The snow is soft +and comfortable and braces one up. I ought +to know, for I spend whole winters in it."</p> + +<p>"<i>Gru-r-ru-</i>," said the woodchuck crossly; +"well for you that you do, or I should have +eaten you off by now."</p> + +<p>After this the little fir kept his thoughts to +himself; he was very much afraid of the woodchuck, +and there is nothing a young fir fears so +much as being eaten off before it has a chance +to bear cones. But in fact the woodchuck +spent the winter under the snow himself. He +went into his house and shut the door when +the first feel of snow was in the air, and did +not come out until green things began to +grow in the cleared spaces.</p> + +<p>Not many winters after that the fir was +sufficiently tall to hold the green cross, that +all firs bear on their topmost bough, above +the snow most of the winter through. Now +he began to learn a great many things. The +first of these was about the woodchuck.</p> + +<p>"Really that fellow is a great braggart,"<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_125" id="Page_125">[Pg 125]</a></span> +said the fir; "I cannot think how I came to +be afraid of him."</p> + +<p>In those days the sapling saw the deer +getting down in the flurry of the first snows +to the feeding grounds on the lower hills, saw +the mountain sheep nodding their great horns +serenely in the lee of a tall cliff through the +wildest storms. In the spring he saw the +brown bears shambling up the trails, ripping +the bark off of dead trees to get at the +worms and grubs that harbored there; lastly +he saw the woodchuck come out of his hole +as if nothing had ever happened.</p> + +<p>And now as the winters came on, the fir +began to feel the weight of the snow. When +it was wet and heavy and clung to its +branches, the little fir shivered and moaned.</p> + +<p>"Droop your boughs," creaked the fir +mother; "droop them as I do, and the snow +will fall."</p> + +<p>So the sapling drooped his fan-spread +branches until they lay close to the trunk; +and the snow wreaths slipped away and piled +thickly about his trunk. But when the snow<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_126" id="Page_126">[Pg 126]</a></span> +lay deep over all the slope, it packed and slid +down toward the ravine and pressed strongly +against the sapling fir.</p> + +<p>"Oh, I shall be torn from my roots," he +cried; "I shall be broken off."</p> + +<p>"Bend," said the fir mother, "bend, and +you will not break." So the young fir bent +before the snow until he was curved like a +bow, but when the spring came and the sap +ran in his veins, he straightened his trunk +anew and spread his branches in a star-shaped +whorl.</p> + +<p>"After all," said the sapling, "it is not +such a great matter to keep straight; it only +requires an effort."</p> + +<p>So he went on drooping and bending to the +winter snows, growing strong and straight +with the spring, and rejoicing. About this +time the fir began to feel a tingling in his +upper branches.</p> + +<p>"Something is going to happen," he said; +something agreeable in fact, for the tree was +fifty years old, and it was time to grow cones. +For fifty years a silver fir has nothing to do<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_127" id="Page_127">[Pg 127]</a></span> +but to grow branches, thrown out in annual +circles, every one in the shape of a cross. +Then it grows cones on the topmost whorl, +royal purple and burnished gold, erect on the +ends of the branches like Christmas candles. +The sapling fir had only three in his first +season of bearing, but he was very proud of +them, for now he was no longer a sapling, but +a tree.</p> + +<p>When one has to devote the whole of a +long season to growing cones, one has not +much occasion to think of other things. By +the time there were five rows of cone-bearing +branches spread out broadly from the silver +fir, the woodchuck made a remark to the +pipsissawa which is sometimes called prince's +pine. It was not the same pipsissawa, nor the +same woodchuck, but one of his descendants, +and his parents had told him the whole story.</p> + +<p>"It seems to me," said he, "that the fir +tree is not going to be straight after all. He +never seems quite to recover from the winter +snow."</p> + +<p>"Ah," said the pipsissawa, "I have always<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_128" id="Page_128">[Pg 128]</a></span> +thought it better to have your seeds ripe +and put away under ground before the snow +comes. Then you do not mind it at all."</p> + +<p>The woodchuck was right about the fir; +his trunk was beginning to curve toward the +downward slope of the hill with the weight +of the drifts. And that went on until the +curve was quite fixed in the ripened wood, +and the fir tree could not have straightened +up if he had wished. But to tell the truth, +the fir tree did not wish. By the end of +another fifty years, when he wagged his high +top above the forest gloom, he grew to be +quite proud of it.</p> + +<p>"There is nothing," he said to the sapling +firs, "like being able to endure hard times +with a good countenance. I have seen a +great deal of life. There are no such snows +now as there used to be. You can see by the +curve of my trunk what a weight I have +borne."</p> + +<p>But the young firs did not pay any attention +to him. They had made up their minds +to grow up straight.</p> + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_129" id="Page_129">[Pg 129]</a></span></p> + +<h2>THE SUGAR PINE</h2> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_130" id="Page_130">[Pg 130]</a></span></p> + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_131" id="Page_131">[Pg 131]</a></span></p> +<h3>THE SUGAR PINE</h3> + + +<p>Before the sugar pine came up in the meadow +of Bright Water it had swung a summer long +in the burnished cone of the parent tree, until +the wind lifted it softly to the earth where it +swelled with the snow water and the sun, and +began to grow into a tree. But it knew nothing +whatever of itself except that it was alive and +growing; and in its first season was hardly +so tall as the Little Grass of Parnassus that +crowded the sod at the Bright Water. In fact, +it was a number of years before it began to +overtop the meadowsweet, the fireweed, the +tall lilies, the monkshood, and columbine, and +under these circumstances it could not be expected +to have much of an opinion of itself.</p> + +<p>During those years the young pine suffered +a secret mortification because it had no flowers. +It stood stiff and trimly in its plain dark +green, every needle like every other one, and<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_132" id="Page_132">[Pg 132]</a></span> +no honey-gatherer visited it. When all the +meadow ran over with rosy and purple bloom, +the pine tree trembled and beads of clear resin +oozed out upon its bark like tears; and the +trouble really seemed worse than it was because +everybody made so much of it. Even the hummingbirds +as they came hurtling through the +air would draw back conspicuously when they +came to the pine, and though they said politely, +"I beg your pardon, I took you for a flower," +the seedling felt it would have been better had +they said nothing at all.</p> + +<p>"Well, why don't you grow flowers?" said +the meadowsweet; "it is easy enough. Just do +as I do," and she spread her drift of blossoms +like a fragrant snow. But the sugar pine found +it impossible to be anything but stiff and +plainly green, though every year in the stir and +tingle of new sap he felt a promise of better +things.</p> + +<p>"I suppose," he said one day, "I must be +in some way different from the rest of you."</p> + +<p>"Ah, that is the way with you solemn +people," said the fireweed, "always ima<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_133" id="Page_133">[Pg 133]</a></span>gining +yourself better than those about you +to excuse your disagreeableness. Any one +can see by the way you hold yourself that +you have too much of an opinion of yourself."</p> + +<p>The little pine tree sighed; he had not +said "better," only "different," and he began +to realize year by year that this was so.</p> + +<p>"You should try to be natural," said the +meadowsweet; "do not be so stiff, and then +every one will love you though you are so +plain."</p> + +<p>Then the sugar pine reached out and tried +to mingle with the flowers, but the sharp +needles tore their frills and the stiff branches +did not suit with their graceful swaying, so +he was obliged to give it up. It seemed, in +fact, the more he tried to be like the others +the worse he grew.</p> + +<p>"If only you were not so odd," said all the +flowers. None of the young growing things +in the meadow understood that it is natural +for a pine tree to be stiff.</p> + +<p>The sugar pine was not always unhappy.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_134" id="Page_134">[Pg 134]</a></span> +There were days when he caught golden glints +of the stream that ran smoothly about the +meadow, in a bed of leopard-colored stones, +and, reflecting all the light that fell into the +hollow of the hills, gave the place its name; +days when the air was warm and the sky was +purely blue, and the resinous smell of the +pines on the meadow border came to the +seedling like a sweet savor in a dream, for as +yet he did not understand what he was to be. +He was pleased just to be looking at the summer +riot of the flowering things, and loved +the cool softness of the snow when he was +tucked into comfortable darkness to dream of +the spring odor of the pines. Then, when it +seemed that the meadow had forgotten him, +the little tree would fall to thinking the +thoughts proper to his kind, and found the +time pass pleasantly.</p> + +<p>"I suppose," he thought, "it is not good +for me to flower as the other plants. If I +began like them I should probably end like +them, and I feel that I could not be satisfied +with that. After all, one should not try to be<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_135" id="Page_135">[Pg 135]</a></span> +so much like others, but to be the very best +of one's own sort."</p> + +<p>Very early the young tree had noticed that +he was the only one of all that company that +kept green and growing the winter through. +He would have been secretly very proud of +it, but the flowers took good care to let +him know their opinion of such airs.</p> + +<p>"It is simply that you wish to be considered +peculiar," said the columbine; "one +sees that you like nothing so much as to be +in other people's mouths, but let me tell you, +you will not get yourself any better liked +by such behavior." After that the little tree +wished nothing so much as that he might be +the commonest summer-flowering weed.</p> + +<p>"But I am not," he said; "no, I am not, +and I would do very well as I am if they +would let me be happy in my own way."</p> + +<p>That summer the seedling grew as tall as +the meadowsweet, and could look across the +open space to the parent pine poised on her +noble shaft, her spreading crown gathering +sunshine from the draughts of upper air. She<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_136" id="Page_136">[Pg 136]</a></span> +seemed to rock a little as if she dozed upon +her feet, and the great sweep of limbs with +pendulous golden cones made a gentle sighing. +Then the despised little seedling felt a +thrill go through him, and felt a shaking in all +his slender twigs. He bowed himself among +the lilies, and was both glad and ashamed, for +though he could not well believe it, he knew +himself akin to the great sugar pines. After +that he gave up trying to be one of the +flowers. Once he even ventured to speak of it +to the meadowsweet.</p> + +<p>"Well, if it is any satisfaction to you to +think so; but do not let any one else hear +you say that. You are likely to get yourself +misunderstood. I tell you this because I am +your friend," said the meadowsweet, but really +she had misunderstood him herself.</p> + +<p>Then a rumor arose in the neighborhood +that the sombre, stubborn shrub conceited +himself to be a pine, and the rumor ran with +laughter and nodding the length of the meadow +until it reached the old alder on the edge of +Bright Water. The alder had stood with his<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_137" id="Page_137">[Pg 137]</a></span> +feet in the stream for longer than the meadowsweet +could remember, and saw everything +that went on by reflection.</p> + +<p>"Do not laugh too soon," said the alder +tree, "I have seen stranger things than that +happen in this meadow," for he was indeed +very old.</p> + +<p>"We have known him a good many seasons," +said the fireweed, "and he has not done +anything worth mentioning yet."</p> + +<p>All this was very hard for the young pine +to bear, but there was better coming. That +summer the forest ranger came riding in +Bright Water and a learned man rode with +him, praising the flowers and counting the +numbers and varieties of bloom. How they +prinked and flaunted in their pride!</p> + +<p>"That is all very pretty, as you say," +answered the ranger as they came by the +place of the pine, "and I suppose they perform +a sort of service in keeping the soil covered, +but the trees are the real strength of the +mountain. Ah, here is a seedling of the right +sort! I must give that fellow a chance," and<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_138" id="Page_138">[Pg 138]</a></span> +he began pulling up great handfuls of the +blossoming things around the tree.</p> + +<p>"What is it?" asked his companion.</p> + +<p>"A sugar pine," he said; "probably a seedling +of that splendid specimen yonder," and +he went on clearing the ground to let in sun +and air.</p> + +<p>"But you must admit," said his friend, +"that a seedling pine cuts rather a poor +figure among all this flare of bloom."</p> + +<p>"Oh, you wait fifty or sixty years," said +the ranger, "and then you will see what sort +of a figure it makes. It really takes a pine of +this sort a couple of hundred years to reach +its prime," and they rode talking up the trail.</p> + +<p>Word of what had happened was carried +all about the meadow and made a great stir. +When it came to the alder tree he wagged +his old head. "Ah, well," he said, "I told +you so."</p> + +<p>"I will not believe it until I see it," said +the fireweed.</p> + +<p>"They might have known it before," sighed +the young pine, "and they ought to be proud<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_139" id="Page_139">[Pg 139]</a></span> +to think I grew up in the same meadow with +them."</p> + +<p>But they were not; they went on flaunting +their blossoms as if nothing had occurred, +and the young tree grew up as he was meant +to be, and the pines on the meadow border +sent him greeting on the wind. He still kept +his trim spire-shaped habit, but he could very +well put up with that for the time being. He +felt within himself the promise of what he was +to be. After fifty or sixty years, as the ranger +had said, he began to put out strong cone-bearing +boughs that shaped themselves by +the storms and the wind in sweeping, graceful +lines, and spread out to shelter the horde +of flowering things below. Squirrels ran up +the trunk and whistled cheerily in his windy +top.</p> + +<p>"He grew here in our neighborhood," said +the tall lilies; "we knew him when he was a +seedling sprig, and now he is the tallest of the +pines."</p> + +<p>"Suppose he is," said the fireweed. "What +is the good of a pine tree anyway?"<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_140" id="Page_140">[Pg 140]</a></span></p> + +<p>But the sugar pine did not hear. He had +grown far above the small folk of the meadow, +and went on growing for a hundred years. He +gathered the sun in his high branches and +rocked upon his shaft. He talked gently in +his own fashion with his own kind.</p> + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_141" id="Page_141">[Pg 141]</a></span></p> +<h2>THE GOLDEN FORTUNE</h2> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_142" id="Page_142">[Pg 142]</a></span></p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 643px;"> +<span class="caption">AN OLD MINE</span> +<img src="images/i163.jpg" width="643" height="1024" alt="AN OLD MINE" title="" /> +<p style='text-align:right'>From photograph by A. A. Forbes</p> +</div> + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_143" id="Page_143">[Pg 143]</a></span></p> +<h3>THE GOLDEN FORTUNE</h3> + + +<p>A little way up from the trail that goes +toward Rex Monte, not far from the limit of +deep snows, there is what looks to be a round +dark hole in the side of the mountain. It +is really the ruined tunnel of an old mine. +Formerly a house stood on the ore dump at +one side of the tunnel, a little unpainted cabin +of pine; but a great avalanche of snow and +stones carried them, both the house and the +dump, away. The cabin was built and owned +by a solitary miner called Jerry, and whether +he ever had any other name no one in the +town below Kearsarge now remembers.</p> + +<p>Jerry was old and lean, and his hair, which +had been dark when he was young, was now +bleached to the color of the iron-rusted rocks +about his mine. For thirty years he had prospected +and mined through that country from +Kearsarge to the Coso Hills, but always in<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_144" id="Page_144">[Pg 144]</a></span> +the pay of other men, and at last he had hit +upon this ledge on Rex Monte. To all who +looked, it showed a very slender vein between +the walls of country rock, and the ore of so +poor a quality that with all his labor he could +do no more than keep alive; but to all who +listened, Jerry could tell a remarkable story +of what it had been, and what he expected it +to be. Very many years ago he had discovered +it at the end of a long prospect, when he +was tired and quite discouraged for that time. +There was not much passing then on the Rex +Monte, and Jerry drew out of the trail here +in the middle of the afternoon to rest in the +shadow of a great rock. So while he lay +there very weary, between sleeping and waking, +he gazed out along the ground, which was +all strewn with rubble between the stiff, scant +grass. As he looked it seemed that certain +bits of broken stone picked themselves out of +the heap, and grew larger, in some way more +conspicuous, until, Jerry averred, they winked +at him. Then he reached out to draw them +in with his hand, and saw that they were all<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_145" id="Page_145">[Pg 145]</a></span> +besprinkled with threads and specks of gold. +You may guess that Jerry was glad, then +that he sprang up and began to search for +more stones, and so found a trail of them, and +followed it through the grass stems and the +heather until he came to the ledge cropping +out by a dike of weathered rocks. And in +those days the ledge was ah, so rich! Now it +seemed that Jerry was to have a mine of his +own. So he named it the Golden Fortune, and +told no man what he had found, but went +down to the town which lies in a swale at the +foot of Kearsarge, and brought back as much +as was needful for working the mine in a simple +way.</p> + +<p>It was nearing the end of the summer, +when the hills expect the long thunder and +drumming rain, and, not many weeks after +that, the quiet storms that bring the snow. +Jerry had enough to do to make all safe and +comfortable at the Golden Fortune before +winter set in. It was too steep here on the +hill-slope for the deep snows to trouble him +much, so he built his cabin against the rock,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_146" id="Page_146">[Pg 146]</a></span> +with a covered way from it to the tunnel of +the mine, that he might work on all winter at +no unease because of storms.</p> + +<p>It was perhaps a month later, with Jerry +as busy as any of the wild folk thereabout, +and the nights turning off bitter cold with +frost. Of mornings he could hear the thin +tinkle of the streams along fringes of delicate +ice. It was the afternoon of a day that fell +warm and dry with a promise of snow in the +air. Jerry was roofing in his cabin, so intent +that a voice hailed him before he was aware +that there was a man on the trail. Jerry knew +at once by his dress and his speech that he +was a stranger in those parts, and he saw that +he was not very well prepared for the mountain +passes and the night. He knew this, +I say, with the back of his mind, but took +no note of it, for he was so occupied with +his house and his mine. He suffered a fear to +have any man know of his good fortune lest +it should somehow slip away from him. So +when the stranger asked him some questions +of the trail, it seemed that what Jerry most<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_147" id="Page_147">[Pg 147]</a></span> +wished was to get rid of him as quickly as +possible. He was a young man, ruddy and +blue-eyed, and a foreigner, what was called in +careless miners' talk, "some kind of a Dutchman," +and could not make himself well understood. +Jerry gathered that he desired to know +if he were headed right for the trail that +went over to the Bighorn Mine, where he had +the promise of work. So they nodded and +shrugged, and Jerry made assurance with his +hands, as much as to say, it is no great +way; and when the young man had looked +wistfully at the cabin and the boding sky, +he moved slowly up the trail. When he came +to the turn where it goes toward Rex Monte, +he lingered on the ridge to wave good-by, so +Jerry waved again, and the man dropped out +of sight. At that moment the sun failed +behind a long gray film that deepened and +spread over all that quarter of the sky.</p> + +<p>Jerry had cause to remember the stranger +in the night and fret for him, for the wind +came up and began to seek in the cañon, +and the snow fell slanting down. It fell three<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_148" id="Page_148">[Pg 148]</a></span> +days and nights. All that while the gray veil +hung about Jerry's house; now and then the +wind would scoop a great lane in it to show +how the drifts lay on the heather, then shut +in tight and dim with a soft, weary sound, +and Jerry, though he worked on the Golden +Fortune, could not get the young stranger +out of his mind.</p> + +<p>When the sun and the frost had made a +crust over the snow able to bear up a man, +he went over the Pass to Bighorn to inquire if +the stranger had come in, though he did not +tell at that time, nor until long after, how late +it was when the man passed his cabin, how +wistfully he turned away, nor what promise +was in the air. The snow lay all about the +Pass, lightly on the pines, deeply in the hollows, +so deeply that a man might lie under it +and no one be the wiser. And there it seemed +the stranger must be, for at the Bighorn they +had not heard of him, but if he were under +the snow, there he must lie until the spring +thaw. Of whatever happened to him, Jerry +saw that he must bear the blame, for, by his<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_149" id="Page_149">[Pg 149]</a></span> +own account, from that day the luck vanished +from the Golden Fortune; not that the ore +dwindled or grew less, but there were no +more of the golden specks. With all he could +do after that, Jerry could not maintain himself +in the cabin on the slope of Rex Monte. So +it came about that the door was often shut, +and the picks rusted in the tunnel of the +Golden Fortune for months together, while +Jerry was off earning wages in more prosperous +mines.</p> + +<p>All his days Jerry could not quite get his +mind away from the earlier promise of the +mine, and as often as he thought of that he +thought of the stranger whom he had sent +over the trail on the evening of the storm. +Gradually it came into his mind in a confused +way that the two things were mysteriously +connected, that he had sent away his luck +with the stranger into the deep snow. For certainly +Jerry held himself accountable, and in +that country between Kearsarge and the Coso +Hills to be inhospitable is the worst offense.</p> + +<p>Every year or so he came back to the mine<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_150" id="Page_150">[Pg 150]</a></span> +to work a little, and sometimes it seemed to +promise better and sometimes not. Finally, +Jerry argued that the luck would not come +back to it until he had made good to some +other man the damage he had done to one. +This set him looking for an opportunity. +Jerry mentioned his belief so often that he +came at last, as is the way of miners, to +accept it as a thing prophesied of old time. +Afterward, when he grew old himself, and +came to live out his life at the Golden Fortune, +he would be always looking along the +trail at evening time for passers-by, and never +one was allowed to go on who could by any +possibility be persuaded to stay the night in +Jerry's cabin. Often when there was a wind, +and the snow came slanting down, Jerry fancied +he heard one shouting in the drift; then +he would light a lantern and sally forth into +the storm, peering and crying.</p> + +<p>About that time, when he went down into +the town below Kearsarge once in a month or +so for supplies, the people smiled and wagged +their heads, but Jerry conceived that they<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_151" id="Page_151">[Pg 151]</a></span> +whispered together about the unkindness he +had done to the stranger so many years gone, +and he grew shyer and went less often among +men. So he companioned more with the wild +things, and burrowed deeper into the hill. +His cabin weathered to a semblance of the +stones, rabbits ran in and out at the door, +and deer drank at his spring.</p> + +<p>From the slope where the cabin stood, the +trail, which led up from the town, winding +with the winding of the cañon, went over the +Pass, and so into a region of high meadows +and high, keen peaks, the feeding-ground of +deer and mountain sheep. The ravine of Rex +Monte was the easiest going from the high +valleys to the foothills, where all winter the +feed kept green. Every year Jerry marked the +trooping of the wild kindred to the foothill +pastures when the snow lay heavily on all the +higher land, and saw their returning when +the spring pressed hard upon the borders of +the melting drifts. So, as he grew older and +stayed closer by his mine, Jerry learned to +look to the furred and feathered folk for news<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_152" id="Page_152">[Pg 152]</a></span> +of how the seasons fared, and what was doing +on the high ridges. When the grouse and +quail went down, it was a sign that the snow +had covered the grass and small seed-bearing +herbs; the passing of deer—shapely bulks in +a mist of cloud—was a portent of deep drifts +over the buckthorn and the heather. Lastly, +if he saw the light fleeting of the mountain +sheep, he looked for wild and bitter work on +the crest of Kearsarge and Rex Monte. It was +mostly at such times that Jerry heard voices +in the storm, and he would go stumbling +about with his lantern into the swirl of falling +snow, until the wind that played up and +down the great cañon, like the draughts in a +chimney, made his very bones a-cold. Then +he would creep back to drowse by the warmth +of his fire and dream that the blue-eyed stranger +had come back and brought the luck of +the Golden Fortune. So he passed the years +until the winter of the Big Snow. It was so +called many winters after, for no other like it +ever fell on the east slope of Kearsarge.</p> + +<p>It came early in the season, following a<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_153" id="Page_153">[Pg 153]</a></span> +week of warm weather, when the sky was full +of a dry mist that showed ghostly gray against +the sun and the moon; great bodies of temperate +air moved about the pines with a sound +of moaning and distress. The deer, warned +by their wild sense, went down before ever a +flake fell, and Jerry, watching, shivered in +sympathy, recalling that so they had run together, +and such a spell of warm weather had +gone before a certain snow, years ago before +the luck departed from the Golden Fortune. +As the fume of the storm closed in about the +cabin, and flakes began to form lightly in the +middle air, the old man's wits began to fumble +among remembrances of the stranger on the +trail, and he would hearken for voices. The +snow began, then increased, and fell steadily, +wet and blinding.</p> + +<p>The third night of its falling Jerry waked +out of a doze to hear his name shouted, muffled +and feebly, through the drift. So it +seemed to him, and he made haste to answer +it. There was no wind; on the very steep +slope where the cabin stood was a knee-deep<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_154" id="Page_154">[Pg 154]</a></span> +level, soft and clogging; in the hollows it +piled halfway up the pines. Jerry's lantern +threw a faint and stifled gleam. There was no +further cry, but something struggled on the +trail below him; dim, unhuman shapes wrestled +in the smother of the snow. Jerry sent +them a hail of assurance cut off short by the +white wall of the storm.</p> + +<p>There was a little sag in the hill-front where +the trail turned off to the cabin, and here +the moist snow fell in a lake, into which the +trail ran like a spit, and was lost. Down +this trail at the last fierce end of the storm +came the great wild sheep, the bighorn, the +heaviest-headed, lightest-footed, winter-proof +sheep of the mountains that God shepherds +on the high battlements of the hills. Down +they came when there was no meadow, nor +thicket, nor any smallest twig of heather left +uncovered on the highlands, and took the lake +of soggy snow by Jerry's cabin in the dark. +They had come far under the weight of the +great curved horns through the clogging +drifts. Here where the trail failed in the white<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_155" id="Page_155">[Pg 155]</a></span> +smudge they found no footing, floundered +at large, sinking belly-deep where they stood, +and not daring to stand lest they sink deeper. +If any cry of theirs, hoarse and broken, had +reached old Jerry's dreaming, they spent no +further breath on it. By something the same +sense that made him aware of their need, +Jerry understood rather than saw them strain +through the falling veil of snow. It was a +sharp struggle without sound as they won out +of the wet drift to the firmer ground. They +went on like shadows pursued by the ghost +of a light that wavered with the old man's +wavering feet. It was no night for a man to +be abroad in, but Jerry plowed on in the +drift till he found the work that was cut out +for him. There where the snow was deepest, +yielding like wool, he found the oldest wether +of the flock, sunk to the shoulders, too feeble +for the struggle, and still too noble for complaining. +How many years had Jerry waited +to do a good turn on the trail where he had +done his worst: and in all these years he had +lost the sense of distinction which should be<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_156" id="Page_156">[Pg 156]</a></span> +between man and beast. He put his shoulder +under the fore shoulder of the sheep, where he +could feel the heart pound with certain fear.</p> + +<p>Jerry knew the trail, as he knew the floor +of his mine, by the feel of the ground under +him, so as he heaved and guided with his +shoulder, the great ram grew quieter and lent +himself to the effort till they came clear of the +swale, and the sweat ran down from Jerry's +forehead. But the bighorn could do no more. +In the soft fleece of the snow he stood cowed +and trembling. The snow came on faster, and +wiped out the trail of the flock; he made +no motion to go after. Such a death comes to +the wild sheep of the mountains often enough: +to fail from old age in some sudden storm, to +sink in the loose snow and await the quest of +the wolf, or the colder mercy of the drift. He +turned his back to the storm which began to +slant a little with the rising wind, and looked +not once at Jerry nor at the hills where he had +been bred. But Jerry cast his eye upon the +sheep, which was full heavier then than he, and +then up at the steep where his cabin stood,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_157" id="Page_157">[Pg 157]</a></span> +remembering that he had nothing there that +might serve a sheep for food. Then he bent +down again, and by dint of pulling and pushing, +and by a dim sense that began to filter +through the man's brain to the beast, they +made some progress on the trail. They went +over broken boulders and floundered in the +drifts, where Jerry half carried the sheep and +was half borne up and supported by the spread +of the great horns. They crossed Pine Creek, +which ran dumbly under the snow, housed +over by the stream tangle. The flakes hissed +softly on Jerry's lantern and struck blindingly +on his eyes, but ever as they went the sheep +was eased of his labor, grew assured, and +carried himself courageously. Finally they +came where the storm thinned out, and whole +hill-slopes covered with buckthorn and cherry +warded off the snow by springy arches, and +Jerry drew up to rest under a long-leaved pine +while the sheep went on alone, nodding his +great horns under the branches of the scrub. +He neither lingered nor looked back, and met +the new chance of life with as much quietness<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_158" id="Page_158">[Pg 158]</a></span> +as the chance of death. Jerry was worn and +weary, and there was a singing in his brain. +The pine trees broke the wind and shed off +the snow in curling wreaths. It seemed to the +old man most good to rest, and he drowsed +upon his feet.</p> + +<p>"If I sleep I shall freeze," he said; and it +seemed on the whole a pleasant thing to do. +So it went on for a little space; then there +came a shape out of the dark, a hand shook +him by the shoulder, and a voice called him +by name. Then he started out of dreaming +as he had started at that other call an hour ago, +and it seemed not strange to him, the night, +nor the storm, nor the face of the blue-eyed +man that shone out of the dark, but whether +by the light of his lantern he could not tell. +He shook the snow from his shoulders.</p> + +<p>"I have expected you long," he said.</p> + +<p>"And now I have come," said the stranger +and smiled.</p> + +<p>"Have you brought the luck again?"</p> + +<p>"Come and see," said the man.</p> + +<p>Then Jerry took his hand and leaned upon<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_159" id="Page_159">[Pg 159]</a></span> +him, and together they went up the trail between +the drifts.</p> + +<p>"You bear me no ill-will for what I did?" +said Jerry.</p> + +<p>And the stranger answered, "None."</p> + +<p>"I have wished it undone many times," +said the old man. "I have tried this night to +repay it."</p> + +<p>"By what you have done this night I am +repaid," said the stranger.</p> + +<p>"It was only a sheep."</p> + +<p>"It was one of God's creatures," said the +man.</p> + +<p>So they went on up the trail, and it seemed +sometimes to Jerry that he wandered alone in +the dark, that he was cold, and his lantern had +gone out; and again he would hear the stranger +comfort and encourage him. At last they came +toward the cabin, and saw the light stream out +of the window and the fire leap in the stove. +Then Jerry thought of the mine, and that the +stranger had brought back the luck again. It +seemed that the young man had promised him +this, though he could not be sure of that, nor<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_160" id="Page_160">[Pg 160]</a></span> +very clear in his mind on any point except that +he had come home again. But as he drew near, +it seemed a brightness came out of the tunnel +of the mine, a warmth and a great light. As he +came into it tremblingly, he saw that the light +came from the walls, and from the lode at the far +end of it, and it was the brightness of pure gold. +And Jerry smiled and stretched out his arms to +it, making sure that the luck had come again.</p> + +<p>After the week of the Big Snow there were +people in the town who remembered Jerry, and +wondered how he fared. So when the snow +had a crust over it, they came up by the windy +cañon and sought him in his house, where the +door stood open and a charred wick flared feebly +in the lamp, and in his mine, where they +found him at the far end of the tunnel, and it +seemed as if he slept and smiled.</p> + +<p>"It is a worthless lode," they said, "but he +loved it."</p> + +<p>So they took powder and made a blast, and +with it a great heap of stones, shutting off the +end of the tunnel from the outer air, and so left +him with his luck and the Golden Fortune.</p> + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_161" id="Page_161">[Pg 161]</a></span></p> + +<h2>THE WHITE-BARKED PINE</h2> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_162" id="Page_162">[Pg 162]</a></span></p> + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_163" id="Page_163">[Pg 163]</a></span></p> +<h3>THE WHITE-BARKED PINE</h3> + + +<p>The white-barked pine grew on the slope of +Kearsarge highest up of all the pines, so high +that nothing grew above it but brown tufts of +grass and the rosy Sierra primroses that shelter +under the edges of broken boulders. The +white-barked pines are squat and short, trunks +creeping along the rocks, and foliage all matted +in a close green thatch by the winter's weight. +Snow lies on the slope of Kearsarge eight +months in the year, deep and smooth over the +pines and the jagged rocks; other months +there are great storms of rain, and always a +strong wind roaring through the Pass, so that, +try as it might, no tree could stand erect on +those heights. The white-barked pine stretched +its body along the ground, and though it was +four hundred years old, it was no thicker than +a man's leg, and its young branches of seventy-five +or a hundred years were still so supple<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_164" id="Page_164">[Pg 164]</a></span> +that one could tie knots in them. It grew +near the trail, which here crossed through +a gap in the crest of the range and straggled +on down the other side of the mountain.</p> + +<p>Along this trail went many strange things +in their season. Early in the year, before the +snow had melted at all on the high places, +went a great lumbering bear that had a lair +above Big Meadows, going down to the calf-pens +and pig-sties of the town at the foot of +Kearsarge. He ranged back and forth on these +little excursions of fifteen or twenty miles in +the hungry season of the year, and sometimes +there were hunters on his trail with dogs and +guns, but nothing ever came of it. When the +trail began to run a rivulet from the drip of +melting snow banks, the forest ranger went up +the Pass, singing as he went and beating his +arms to keep himself warm. Afterwards when +the snow water was all drained off, he came +back and mended the trail. All through the +summer there would be parties of miners and +hunters with long strings of pack mules, going +over Kearsarge to camp in Big Meadows<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_165" id="Page_165">[Pg 165]</a></span> +or on the fork of King's River. Sometimes +there were parties of Indians with women +and children, making very merry with berries, +fish, and deer meat. Nearly always, whatever +went over the mountain came back again, and +the white pine noticed that the same people +came again another season. In four hundred +years one has space for observation and reflection. +Gradually the pine tree grew into the +conviction that the other side of the mountain +must be much finer than this.</p> + +<p>"Else why," said he, "should so many people +go there every year?"</p> + +<p>It was very fine, you may be sure, on the +white pine's side, but the tree had known it all +for so many years, it no longer pleased him. +From where he grew he looked down between +the ridges on a great winding cañon full of +singing trees, with blue lakes like eyes winking +between them. He could watch in the open +places the white feet of the water on its way to +the valley, and from the falls long rainbows of +spray blown out as if they were blowing kisses +to the white-barked pine. Below all this lay the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_166" id="Page_166">[Pg 166]</a></span> +valley, hollow like a cup, full of fawn-colored +and violet mist, and the farms and orchards lay +like dregs at the bottom of the cup. Beyond +the valley rose other noble ranges with cloud +shadows playing all along their slopes.</p> + +<p>"It is very tiresome to look at the same things +for four hundred years," said the white-barked +pine. "If I could only get to the top, now. Do +tell me, what is it like on the other side?" he +said to the wind.</p> + +<p>"Oh!" said the wind, "it rains and snows. +There are trees and bushes and blue lakes. It +is not at all different from this side."</p> + +<p>A deer said the same thing when it slept +one night under the thatch of the highest pine. +"It is all meadows and hills, only sometimes +the grass is not so good there, and again sometimes +it is better. It is very much like this."</p> + +<p>"I do not believe them," said the pine to +himself. "They are simply trying to console +me for not realizing my ambition. But I +am not a sapling any longer, let me tell you +that."</p> + +<p>"At least," said a young tree that grew a<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_167" id="Page_167">[Pg 167]</a></span> +little farther down, "you are higher up than +any of us."</p> + +<p>"Of what use is that if I do not get to the +top?" said the unhappy pine. "There is a +bunch of blue flowers there, I can see it quite +plainly just where the trail dips over the ridge. +Surely I am as capable of climbing as any blue +weed."</p> + +<p>"But," said the young pine, "weeds do not +have to grow cones."</p> + +<p>"Oh, as for cones," cried the tree quite +crossly, "the seasons are so short I hardly +ever ripen any, and if I do the squirrels get +them. I do believe I have not started a seedling +these two hundred years. It is no use to +talk to me, I shall be happy only when I have +seen the other side of the mountain."</p> + +<p>It seems what one desires with all one's heart +for a long time finally comes to pass in some +fashion or other. That very season the white-barked +pine went up over Kearsarge to the +other side. Early in the summer, when the +rosy primroses had just begun to blow beside +the drifts that hugged the shade of the boul<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_168" id="Page_168">[Pg 168]</a></span>ders, +a party of miners went up the trail with +a long string of pack mules burdened with +picks and shovels, flour and potatoes, and other +things that miners use. The last pull up the +Kearsarge trail is the hardest, over a steep +waste of loose stones that want very little +encouragement to go roaring down as an +avalanche into the ravine below. The miners +shouted, the mules scrambled and panted on +the steep, but just as they came by the last +of the white-barked pines, one slipped and +went rolling over and over on the jagged +stones. As happens very frequently when a +pack animal falls, the mule was not very much +hurt, but the pack saddle was quite ruined.</p> + +<p>"We must do the best we can," said one +of the men, and he cut down the white-barked +pine. He chopped off the boughs, and split +the trunk in four pieces to mend the pack. +It was a very small tree though it was so +old.</p> + +<p>"Ah! Ah!" said the tree, "it hurts, but +one does not mind that when one is realizing +an ambition. Now I shall go to the top." So<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_169" id="Page_169">[Pg 169]</a></span> +he went over Kearsarge on mule-back quite +like an old traveler.</p> + +<p>"Well, we are rid of his complaining," said +the pine who stood next to him, "and now <i>I</i> +am the highest up of all the pines. I wonder +if it is really so much finer on the other +side."</p> + +<p>His old companion, in four pieces, was +swinging down the other side of the mountain, +and as he went, he saw high peaks and +soddy meadows, long winding cañons with +white glancing waters; and heard the chorus +of the falls. When it was night the miners lit +a fire and loosened up the packs, and after +dark, when the wind began to move among the +trees and the fire burned low, one of the men +threw a piece of the white-barked pine on it.</p> + +<p>"Oh! Oh!" cried the pine as the flames +caught hold of it, "and is this really the end +of all my travels?"</p> + +<p>"How that green wood sputters!" said the +man; "it is not fit even for firewood."</p> + +<p>The next day the wind took up the ash and +carried it back over the pass, and dropped it<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_170" id="Page_170">[Pg 170]</a></span> +where the chopped boughs lay fainting on the +ground.</p> + +<p>"Ah, is that you?" they said; "now you +can tell us what it is like on the other side."</p> + +<p>"How ignorant you are," said the ash of +the white-barked pine, "one would know you +have never traveled. It is exactly like this +side." But he could not hear what they had +to say to that, for the wind whirled him away.</p> + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_171" id="Page_171">[Pg 171]</a></span></p> + +<h2>NA'ŸANG-WIT'E, THE FIRST RABBIT<br /> +DRIVE</h2> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_172" id="Page_172">[Pg 172]</a></span></p> + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_173" id="Page_173">[Pg 173]</a></span></p> +<h3>NA'ŸANG-WIT'E, THE FIRST RABBIT +DRIVE</h3> + + +<p>The Basket Woman was walking over the +mesa with the great carrier at her back. Behind +her straggled the children and the other +women of the campoodie, each with a cone-shaped +basket slung between her shoulders. +Alan clapped his hands when he saw them +coming, and ran out along the path.</p> + +<p>"You come see rabbit drive," she said, +twinkling her shrewd black eyes under the +border of her basket cap. Alan took hold of +a fold of her dress as he walked beside her, for +he was still a little afraid of the other Indians, +but since the time of his going out to see the +buzzards making a merry-go-round, he knew +he should never be afraid of the Basket +Woman again. The other women laughed a +great deal as they looked at him, showing +their white teeth and putting back the black<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_174" id="Page_174">[Pg 174]</a></span> +coarse hair out of their eyes, and Alan felt +that the things they said to each other were +about him, though they could hardly have +been unpleasant with so much smiling. Now +he could see the men swarm out of the huts +under the hill, all afoot but a dozen of the old +men, who rode small kicking ponies at a tremendous +pace, digging their heels into the +horses' ribs. They passed up the mesa in a +blur of golden dust; westward they dwindled +to a speck, something ran between them from +man to man, now thick like a cord, then shaken +out and vanishing in air. Then the riders +dropped from their horses and fumbled on the +ground. Alan plucked at the Basket Woman's +dress.</p> + +<p>"Tell me what it is they do," he said.</p> + +<p>"It is the net which they set with forked +stakes of willow," answered the Basket Woman. +Now the young men and the middle-aged +began to form a line across the mesa, +standing three man's lengths apart in the sage. +Some of them were armed with guns and +others had only clubs; all were merry, laugh<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_175" id="Page_175">[Pg 175]</a></span>ing +and calling to one another. They began +to move forward evenly with a marching movement, +beating the brush as they went. Presently +up popped a rabbit from the sage and +ran before them in long flying leaps; far down +the line another bounded from a stony wash, +his lean flanks turned broadside to the sun.</p> + +<p>Then the hunters broke into shouts of +laughter and clapping, then one began to sing +and the song passed from man to man along +the line; then the men crouched a little as +Indians do in singing, then their bodies swayed +and they stamped with each staccato note as +they moved forward. Rabbits sprang up in +the scrub and went before them like the wind, +and as each one leaped into view and laid back +his ears in flight, the cries and laughter grew +and the singing rose louder. The wind blew +it back to the women and children straggling +far behind, who took it up, and the burden of +it was this,—</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 800px;"> +<img src="images/i175.jpg" width="800" height="158" alt="E - ya - ha hi, E - ya, E - ya - hi!" title="" /> +<span class="caption">E - ya - ha hi, E - ya, E - ya - hi!</span> +</div> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_176" id="Page_176">[Pg 176]</a></span></p> + +<p>But every man sang it for himself, beginning +when he liked and leaving off, and when +a rabbit started up under foot or one over-leaped +himself and went sprawling to the sand +the refrain broke out again, but the words, +when there were any, seemed not to have +anything to do with the hunt, and sounded +to Alan like a game.</p> + +<p>"<i>He-yah-hi, hi!</i> he has it; he has it, he has +the white, he has it!"</p> + +<p>"<i>Na'ÿang-wit'e!</i>" chuckled the Basket +Woman. "<i>Na'ÿang-wit'e, na'ÿang-wit'e!</i> It +is as it was of old time, look now and you +shall see."</p> + +<p>Alan looked at the hunters again, and +whether it was because of the blown dust of +the mesa, or the quiver of heat that rose up +from the sand, or because the Basket Woman +had laid her hand upon him, he saw that they +were not as they had been a moment since. +Now they wore no hats and were naked from +the waist up, clothed below with deerskin garments. +Quivers of the skin of cougars with the +tails hanging down were slung between their<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_177" id="Page_177">[Pg 177]</a></span> +shoulders, and the arrows in them were pointed +with tips of obsidian and winged with eagle +feathers. Every man carried his bow or his +spear in his hand. Bright beads and bits of +many-colored shell hung and glittered in their +hair. Rabbits went before them like grasshoppers +for number, and the song and the +shouting were fierce and wild. "But what is +it all about?" asked Alan.</p> + +<p>"<i>Na'ÿang-wit'e, na'ÿang-wit'e</i>," laughed +the Basket Woman. "Wait and I will tell you +the story of that song, for it is so that every +song has its story, without which no one may +understand it. It is not well to go too near +the guns; sit you here and I will tell."</p> + +<p>So Alan bent down the sagebrush to make +him a springy seat and the Basket Woman sat +upon the ground with her hands clasped about +her knees.</p> + +<p>"Long and long ago," said the Basket +Woman, "when men and beasts talked together, +there were none so friendly and none +so much about the wickiups as the rabbit people, +and some of our fathers have told that it<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_178" id="Page_178">[Pg 178]</a></span> +was they who taught my people the game of +<i>na'ÿang-wit'e</i>. I know not if that be true, but +there were none so cunning as they to play it. +And this is the manner of the game: there +should be two sticks, or better, two bits of +bone of the fore leg of a deer, made smooth +and small to fit the palm. One of them is all +white and the other has sinew of deer stained +black and wound about it. These the players +pass from hand to hand, and another will guess +where is the place of the white, and he who +guesses best shall win all the other's goods. +It is good sport playing, and between man +and man it comes even in the end, for sometimes +one has the goods and sometimes another, +but when my people played with the +rabbit people it was not good, for the rabbits +won every time. Then my people drew +together, all the Indians of every sort, and +made a great game against the rabbit people. +There were two long rows across the mesa, +and between them were all the goods piled +high, all the beads and ornaments of shell, +all the feather work and fine dressed deerskin,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_179" id="Page_179">[Pg 179]</a></span> +all the worked moccasins, the quivers, the +bows, all the blankets, the baskets, and the +woven mats. So they played at sunrise, so at +noon, so when it was night and the fires were +lit. So on into the night, and when it was +morning the game was done, for the Indians +had no more goods. <i>Ay-aiy!</i>" said the Basket +Woman, "long will the rabbit people sorrow +for that day, for it was then that the +Indians first contrived together how they +might be rid of them. Then they gathered +up the milkweed," and she reached out and +plucked a tall stem of it growing beside her, +white flowered and slender, with fine leaves +like grass. "Then they broke it so," and she +laid it across a stone and beat it lightly with +a stick, "then they drew out the threads soft +and white, and so they rolled it into string."</p> + +<p>She stretched the fibre with one hand and +rolled it on her knee with the other, twisting +and twining it. "Thus was the string made +and afterward woven into nets. The mesh of +the net was just enough to let a rabbit's head +through, but not his body, and the net was a<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_180" id="Page_180">[Pg 180]</a></span> +little wider than a rabbit's jump when he goes +fast and fleeing, and long enough to stretch +half across the world. So on a day the net was +set and the drive was begun as you have seen +it, and as the Indians went they remembered +their anger and taunted the rabbit people. So +the song of <i>Na'ÿang-wit'e</i> was made. Now let +us go and see how it fares with the rabbit people, +for as it was of old so will it be to-day."</p> + +<p>All this time the line of men moved steadily +across the mesa toward the net. Now and +then a rabbit turned, made bold by fright, and +passed between the men as they marched. Then +the nearest turned to shoot him as he ran, but +it was left to the women to pick up the game. +Already the foremost rabbits were at the net, +turned back by it, leaping toward the hunters +and fleeing again to the net. The old men +closed in the ends of the lane where the rabbits +ran about distractedly with shrill squeals of +anguished fear. Some got their heads through +the mesh but never their bodies, and as it is +not the nature of rabbits to go backward they +struggled and cried, getting themselves the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_181" id="Page_181">[Pg 181]</a></span> +more entangled; some blind with their haste +came against it in mid-leap, and were thrown +back stunned upon the sand. The men sang no +more, for they had work to do, serious work, +for on the dried flesh of the rabbits and the +blankets made of their skins the campoodie +must largely count for food and warmth in the +winter season. They closed in to the killing +and made short work of it with clubs and the +butt ends of their guns. Then the women came +up with the children and heaped up the great +carriers with the game while the men wrung the +sweat from their foreheads and counted up the +kill. Most of the rabbits were the kind Alan +had learned to call jack rabbits, but the Basket +Woman picked up a fat little cotton-tail.</p> + +<p>"This is little Tavwots," said she, "and +you shall have him for your supper." Alan's +mind still ran on the story of the first drive. +"But is it true?" he asked her, before he +had given thanks for the gift.</p> + +<p>"Now this is the sign I shall give you that +the tale is true," said the Basket Woman. +"Ever since that day if one of the rabbit peo<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_182" id="Page_182">[Pg 182]</a></span>ple +meets an Indian in the trail he flees before +him as you saw them flee to-day, and that is +because of <i>na'ÿang-wit'e</i> and the first rabbit +drive." Then she laughed, but Alan took his +share of the kill on his shoulder and went back +across the mesa slowly, wondering.</p> + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_183" id="Page_183">[Pg 183]</a></span></p> +<h2>MAHALA JOE</h2> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_184" id="Page_184">[Pg 184]</a></span></p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 1024px;"> +<span class="caption">A “WICKIUP,” OR INDIAN HUT</span> +<img src="images/i207.jpg" width="1024" height="644" alt="A "WICKIUP," OR INDIAN HUT" title="" /> +<p style='text-align:right'>From photograph by A. A. Forbes</p> +</div> + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_185" id="Page_185">[Pg 185]</a></span></p> +<h3>MAHALA JOE</h3> + + +<h4>I</h4> + +<p>In the campoodie of Three Pines, which you +probably know better by its Spanish name of +Tres Pinos, there is an Indian, well thought +of among his own people, who goes about +wearing a woman's dress, and is known as +Mahala Joe. He should be about fifty years +old by this time, and has a quiet, kindly face. +Sometimes he tucks up the skirt of his woman's +dress over a pair of blue overalls when +he has a man's work to do, but at feasts and +dances he wears a ribbon around his waist +and a handkerchief on his head as the other +mahalas do. He is much looked to because +of his knowledge of white people and their +ways, and if it were not for the lines of deep +sadness that fall in his face when at rest, +one might forget that the woman's gear is +the badge of an all but intolerable shame. At<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_186" id="Page_186">[Pg 186]</a></span> +least it was so used by the Paiutes, but when +you have read this full and true account of how +it was first put on, you may not think it so.</p> + +<p>Fifty years ago the valley about Tres Pinos +was all one sea of moving grass and dusky, +greenish sage, cropped over by deer and antelope, +north as far as Togobah, and south to +the Bitter Lake. Beside every considerable +stream which flowed into It from the Sierras +was a Paiute campoodie, and all they knew of +white people was by hearsay from the tribes +across the mountains. But soon enough cattlemen +began to push their herds through the +Sierra passes to the Paiutes' feeding-ground. +The Indians saw them come, and though they +were not very well pleased, they held still by +the counsel of their old men; night and day +they made medicine and prayed that the white +men might go away.</p> + +<p>Among the first of the cattlemen in the +valley about Tres Pinos was Joe Baker, who +brought a young wife, and built his house not +far from the campoodie. The Indian women +watched her curiously from afar because of<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_187" id="Page_187">[Pg 187]</a></span> +a whisper that ran among the wattled huts. +When the year was far gone, and the sun-cured +grasses curled whitish brown, a doctor +came riding hard from the fort at Edswick, +forty miles to the south, and though they +watched, they did not see him ride away. It +was the third day at evening when Joe Baker +came walking towards the campoodie, and +his face was set and sad. He carried something +rolled in a blanket, and looked anxiously +at the women as he went between the +huts. It was about the hour of the evening +meal, and the mahalas sat about the fires +watching the cooking-pots. He came at last +opposite a young woman who sat nursing +her child. She had a bright, pleasant face, +and her little one seemed about six months +old. Her husband stood near and watched +them with great pride. Joe Baker knelt +down in front of the mahala, and opened +the roll of blankets. He showed her a day-old +baby that wrinkled up its small face and +cried.</p> + +<p>"Its mother is dead," said the cattleman.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_188" id="Page_188">[Pg 188]</a></span> +The young Indian mother did not know English, +but she did not need speech to know what +had happened. She looked pitifully at the +child, and at her husband timidly. Joe Baker +went and laid his rifle and cartridge belt at +the Paiute's feet. The Indian picked up the +gun and fingered it; his wife smiled. She +put down her own child, and lifted the little +white stranger to her breast. It nozzled +against her and hushed its crying; the young +mother laughed.</p> + +<p>"See how greedy it is," she said; "it is +truly white." She drew up the blanket around +the child and comforted it.</p> + +<p>The cattleman called to him one of the +Indians who could speak a little English.</p> + +<p>"Tell her," he said, "that I wish her to +care for the child. His name is Walter. Tell +her that she is to come to my house for +everything he needs, and for every month +that he keeps fat and well she shall have a +fat steer from my herd." So it was agreed.</p> + +<p>As soon as Walter was old enough he +came to sleep at his father's house, but the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_189" id="Page_189">[Pg 189]</a></span> +Indian woman, whom he called <i>Ebia</i>, came +every day to tend him. Her son was his +brother, and Walter learned to speak Paiute +before he learned English. The two boys +were always together, but as yet the little +Indian had no name. It is not the custom +among Paiutes to give names to those who +have not done anything worth naming.</p> + +<p>"But I have a name," said Walter, "and +so shall he. I will call him Joe. That is my +father's name, and it is a good name, too."</p> + +<p>When Mr. Baker was away with the cattle +Walter slept at the campoodie, and Joe's +mother made him a buckskin shirt. At that +time he was so brown with the sun and the +wind that only by his eyes could you tell that +he was white; he was also very happy. But +as this is to be the story of how Joe came to +the wearing of a woman's dress, I cannot tell +you all the plays they had, how they went on +their first hunting, nor what they found in +the creek of Tres Pinos.</p> + +<p>The beginning of the whole affair of Mahala +Joe must be laid to the arrow-maker. The<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_190" id="Page_190">[Pg 190]</a></span> +arrow-maker had a stiff knee from a wound +in a long-gone battle, and for that reason he +sat in the shade of his wickiup, and chipped +arrow points from flakes of obsidian that the +young men brought him from Togobah, fitting +them to shafts of reeds from the river +marsh. He used to coax the boys to wade in +the brown water and cut the reeds, for the +dampness made his knee ache. They drove +bargains with him for arrows for their own +hunting, or for the sake of the stories he +could tell. For an armful of reeds he would +make three arrows, and for a double armful +he would tell tales. These were mostly of +great huntings and old wars, but when it +was winter, and no snakes in the long +grass to overhear, he would tell Wonder-stories. +The boys would lie with their toes +in the warm ashes, and the arrow-maker would +begin.</p> + +<p>"You can see," said the arrow-maker, "on +the top of Waban the tall boulder looking on +the valleys east and west. That is the very +boundary between the Paiute country and<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_191" id="Page_191">[Pg 191]</a></span> +Shoshone land. The boulder is a hundred +times taller than the tallest man, and thicker +through than six horses standing nose to tail; +the shadow of it falls all down the slope. At +mornings it falls toward the Paiute peoples, +and evenings it falls on Shoshone land. Now +on this side of the valley, beginning at the +campoodie, you will see a row of pine trees +standing all upstream one behind another. +See, the long branches grow on the side +toward the hill; and some may tell you it is +because of the way the wind blows, but I +say it is because they reach out in a hurry to +get up the mountain. Now I will tell you how +these things came about.</p> + +<p>"Very long ago all the Paiutes of this valley +were ruled by two brothers, a chief and a +medicine man, Winnedumah and Tinnemaha. +They were both very wise, and one of them +never did anything without the other. They +taught the tribes not to war upon each +other, but to stand fast as brothers, and so +they brought peace into the land. At that +time there were no white people heard of, and<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_192" id="Page_192">[Pg 192]</a></span> +game was plenty. The young honored the +old, and nothing was as it is now."</p> + +<p>When the arrow-maker came to this point, +the boys fidgeted with their toes, and made +believe to steal the old man's arrows to distract +his attention. They did not care to hear +about the falling off of the Paiutes; they +wished to have the tale. Then the arrow-maker +would hurry on to the time when +there arose a war between the Paiutes and +the Shoshones. Then Winnedumah put on +his war bonnet, and Tinnemaha made medicine. +Word went around among the braves +that if they stood together man to man as +brothers, then they should have this war.</p> + +<p>"And so they might," said the arrow-maker, +"but at last their hearts turned to +water. The tribes came together on the top of +Waban. Yes; where the boulder now stands, +for that is the boundary of our lands, for no +brave would fight off his own ground for fear +of the other's medicine. So they fought. The +eagles heard the twang of the bowstring, and +swung down from White Mountain. The vul<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_193" id="Page_193">[Pg 193]</a></span>-tures +smelled the smell of battle, and came in +from Shoshone land. Their wings were dark +like a cloud, and underneath the arrows flew +like hail. The Paiutes were the better bowmen, +and they caught the Shoshone arrows +where they struck in the earth and shot +them back again. Then the Shoshones were +ashamed, and about the time of the sun going +down they called upon their medicine men, +and one let fly a magic arrow,—for none +other would touch him,—and it struck in the +throat of Tinnemaha.</p> + +<p>"Now when that befell," went on the +arrow-maker, "the braves forgot the word +that had gone before the battle, for they +turned their backs to the medicine man, all +but Winnedumah, his brother, and fled this +way from Waban. Then stood Winnedumah +by Tinnemaha, for that was the way of those +two; whatever happened, one would not leave +the other. There was none left to carry on +the fight, and yet since he was so great a +chief the Shoshones were afraid to take him, +and the sun went down. In the dusk they<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_194" id="Page_194">[Pg 194]</a></span> +saw a bulk, and they said, 'He is still standing;' +but when it was morning light they +saw only a great rock, so you see it to this +day. As for the braves who ran away, they +were changed to pine trees, but in their hearts +they are cowards yet, therefore they stretch +out their arms and strive toward the mountain. +And that," said the arrow-maker, "is +how the tall stones came to be on the top of +Waban. But it was not in my day nor my +father's." Then the boys would look up at +Winnedumah, and were half afraid, and as +for the tale, they quite believed it.</p> + +<p>The arrow-maker was growing old. His +knee hurt him in cold weather, and he could +not make arrow points fast enough to satisfy +the boys, who lost a great many in the winter +season shooting at ducks in the tulares. Walter's +father promised him a rifle when he was +fifteen, but that was years away. There was +a rock in the cañon behind Tres Pinos with a +great crack in the top. When the young men +rode to the hunting, they shot each an arrow +at it, and if it stuck it was a promise of good<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_195" id="Page_195">[Pg 195]</a></span> +luck. The boys scaled the rock by means +of a grapevine ladder, and pried out the old +points. This gave them an idea.</p> + +<p>"Upon Waban where the fighting was, +there must be a great many arrow points," +said Walter.</p> + +<p>"So there must be," said Joe.</p> + +<p>"Let us go after them," said the white +boy; but the other dared not, for no Paiute +would go within a bowshot of Winnedumah; +nevertheless, they talked the matter over.</p> + +<p>"How near would you go?" asked Walter.</p> + +<p>"As near as a strong man might shoot an +arrow," said Joe.</p> + +<p>"If you will go so far," said Walter, "I +will go the rest of the way."</p> + +<p>"It is a two days' journey," said the Paiute, +but he did not make any other objection.</p> + +<p>It was a warm day of spring when they +set out. The cattleman was off to the river +meadow, and Joe's mother was out with the +other mahalas gathering taboose.</p> + +<p>"If I were fifteen, and had my rifle, I<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_196" id="Page_196">[Pg 196]</a></span> +would not be afraid of anything," said Walter.</p> + +<p>"But in that case we would not need to go +after arrow points," said the Indian boy.</p> + +<p>They climbed all day in a bewildering waste +of boulders and scrubby trees. They could +see Winnedumah shining whitely on the ridge +ahead, but when they had gone down into the +gully with great labor, and up the other side, +there it stood whitely just another ridge away.</p> + +<p>"It is like the false water in the desert," +said Walter. "It goes farther from you, and +when you get to it there is no water there."</p> + +<p>"It is magic medicine," said Indian Joe. +"No good comes of going against medicine."</p> + +<p>"If you are afraid," said Walter, "why do +you not say so? You may go back if you like, +and I will go on by myself."</p> + +<p>Joe would not make any answer to that. +They were hot and tired, and awed by the +stillness of the hills. They kept on after that, +angry and apart; sometimes they lost sight of +each other among the boulders and underbrush. +But it seemed that it must really have been<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_197" id="Page_197">[Pg 197]</a></span> +as one or the other of them had said, for +when they came out on a high mesa presently, +there was no Winnedumah anywhere in sight. +They would have stopped then and taken +counsel, but they were too angry for that, so +they walked on in silence, and the day failed +rapidly, as it will do in high places. They +began to draw near together and to be afraid. +At last the Indian boy stopped and gathered +the tops of bushes together, and began to +weave a shelter for the night, and when Walter +saw that he made it large enough for two, +he spoke to him.</p> + +<p>"Are we lost?" he said.</p> + +<p>"We are lost for to-night," said Joe, "but +in the morning we will find ourselves."</p> + +<p>They ate dried venison and drank from the +wicker bottle, and huddled together because +of the dark and the chill.</p> + +<p>"Why do we not see the stone any more?" +asked Walter in a whisper.</p> + +<p>"I do not know," said Joe. "I think it has +gone away."</p> + +<p>"Will he come after us?"<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_198" id="Page_198">[Pg 198]</a></span></p> + +<p>"I do not know. I have on my elk's tooth," +said Joe, and he clasped the charm that hung +about his neck. They started and shivered, +hearing a stone crash far away as it rolled +down the mountain-side, and the wind began +to move among the pines.</p> + +<p>"Joe," said Walter, "I am sorry I said that +you were afraid."</p> + +<p>"It is nothing," said the Paiute. "Besides, +I am afraid."</p> + +<p>"So am I," whispered the other. "Joe," +he said again after a long silence, "if he comes +after us, what shall we do?"</p> + +<p>"We will stay by each other."</p> + +<p>"Like the two brothers, whatever happens," +said the white boy, "forever and ever."</p> + +<p>"We are two brothers," said Joe.</p> + +<p>"Will you swear it?"</p> + +<p>"On my elk's tooth."</p> + +<p>Then they each took the elk's tooth in his +hand and made a vow that whether Winnedumah +came down from his rock, or whether +the Shoshones found them, come what would, +they would stand together. Then they were<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_199" id="Page_199">[Pg 199]</a></span> +comforted, and lay down, holding each other's +hands.</p> + +<p>"I hear some one walking," said Walter.</p> + +<p>"It is the wind among the pines," said +Joe.</p> + +<p>A twig snapped. "What is that?" said the +one boy.</p> + +<p>"It is a fox or a coyote passing," said the +other, but he knew better. They lay still, +scarcely breathing, and throbbed with fear. +They felt a sense of a presence approaching +in the night, the whisper of a moccasin on the +gravelly soil, the swish of displaced bushes +springing back to place. They saw a bulk +shape itself out of the dark; it came and stood +over them, and they saw that it was an Indian +looking larger in the gloom. He spoke to +them, and whether he spoke in a strange +tongue, or they were too frightened to understand, +they could not tell.</p> + +<p>"Do not kill us!" cried Walter, but the +Indian boy made no sound. The man took +Walter by the shoulders and lifted him up.</p> + +<p>"White," said he.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_200" id="Page_200">[Pg 200]</a></span></p> + +<p>"We are brothers," said Joe; "we have +sworn it."</p> + +<p>"So," said the man, and it seemed as if he +smiled.</p> + +<p>"Until we die," said both the boys. The +Indian gave a grunt.</p> + +<p>"A white man," he said, "is—white." It +did not seem as if that was what he meant to +say.</p> + +<p>"Come, I will take you to your people. They +search for you about the foot of Waban. These +three hours I have watched you and them." +The boys clutched at each other in the dark. +They were sure now who spoke to them, and +between fear and fatigue and the cramp of cold +they staggered and stumbled as they walked. +The Indian stopped and considered them.</p> + +<p>"I cannot carry both," he said.</p> + +<p>"I am the older," said Joe; "I can walk." +Without any more words the man picked up +Walter, who trembled, and walked off down +the slope. They went a long way through the +scrub and under the tamarack pines. The man +was naked to the waist, and had a quiver full<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_201" id="Page_201">[Pg 201]</a></span> +of arrows on his shoulder. The buckthorn +branches whipped and scraped against his +skin, but he did not seem to mind. At last +they came to a place where they could see a +dull red spark across an open flat.</p> + +<p>"That," said the Indian, "is the fire of your +people. They missed you at afternoon, and +have been looking for you. From my station +on the hill I saw." Then he took the boy by +the shoulders.</p> + +<p>"Look you," he said, "no good comes of +mixing white and brown, but now that the +vow is made, see to the keeping of it." Then +he stepped back from them and seemed to melt +into the dark. Ahead of them the boys saw the +light of the fire flare up with new fuel, and +shadows, which they knew for the figures of +their friends, moved between them and the +flame. Swiftly as two scared rabbits they ran +on toward the glow.</p> + +<p>When Walter and Joe had told them the +story at the campoodie, the Paiutes made a +great deal of it, especially the arrow-maker.</p> + +<p>"Without a doubt," he said, "it was Win<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_202" id="Page_202">[Pg 202]</a></span>nedumah +who came to you, and not, as some +think, a Shoshone who was spying on our land. +It is a great mystery. But since you have made +a vow of brothers, you should keep it after +the ancient use." Then he took a knife of +obsidian and cut their arms, and rubbed a +little of the blood of each upon the other.</p> + +<p>"Now," he said, "you are one fellowship +and one blood, and that is as it should be, for +you were both nursed at one breast. See that +you keep the vow."</p> + +<p>"We will," said the boys solemnly, and they +went out into the sunlight very proud of the +blood upon their bared arms, holding by each +other's hands.</p> + + +<h4>II</h4> + +<p>When Walter was fifteen his father gave him +a rifle, as he had promised, and a word of advice +with it.</p> + +<p>"Learn to shoot quickly and well," he said, +"and never ride out from home without it. No +one can tell what this trouble with the Indians +may come to in the end."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_203" id="Page_203">[Pg 203]</a></span></p> + +<p>Walter rode straight to the campoodie. He +was never happy in any of his gifts until he +had showed them to Joe. There was a group of +older men at the camp, quartering a deer which +they had brought in. One of them, called Scar-Face, +looked at Walter with a leering frown.</p> + +<p>"See," he said, "they are arming the very +children with guns."</p> + +<p>"My father promised it to me many years +ago," said Walter. "It is my birthday gift."</p> + +<p>He could not explain why, and he grew angry +at the man's accusing tone, but after it he did +not like showing his present to the Indians.</p> + +<p>He called Joe, and they went over to a cave +in the black rock where they had kept their boyish +treasures and planned their plays since they +were children. Joe thought the rifle a beauty, +and turned it over admiringly in the shadow of +the cave. They tried shooting at a mark, and +then decided to go up Oak Creek for a shot at +the gray squirrels. There they sighted a band +of antelope that led them over a tongue of hills +into Little Round Valley, where they found +themselves at noon twelve miles from home and<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_204" id="Page_204">[Pg 204]</a></span> +very hungry. They had no antelope, but four +squirrels and a grouse. The two boys made +a fire for cooking in a quiet place by a spring +of sweet water.</p> + +<p>"You may have my rifle to use as often +as you like," said Walter, "but you must not +lend it to any one in the campoodie, especially +to Scar-Face. My father says he is the one +who is stirring up all this trouble with the +whites."</p> + +<p>"The white men do not need any one to +help them get into trouble," said Joe. "They +can do that for themselves."</p> + +<p>"It is the fault of the Indians," said Walter. +"If they did not shoot the cattle, the +white men would leave them alone."</p> + +<p>"But if the white men come first to our +lands with noise and trampling and scare +away the game, what then will they shoot?" +asked the Paiute.</p> + +<p>Walter did not make any answer to that. +He had often gone hunting with Joe and his +father, and he knew what it meant to walk +far, and fasting, after game made shy by the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_205" id="Page_205">[Pg 205]</a></span> +rifles of cattlemen, and at last to return empty +to the campoodie where there were women +and children with hungry eyes.</p> + +<p>"Is it true," he said after a while, "that +Scar-Face is stirring up all the Indians in the +valley?"</p> + +<p>"How should I know?" said Joe; "I am +only a boy, and have not killed big game. +I am not admitted to the counsels of the +old men. What does it matter to us whether +of old feuds or new? Are we not brothers +sworn?"</p> + +<p>Then, as the dinner was done, they ate +each of the other's kill, for it was the custom +of the Paiutes at that time that no youth +should eat game of his own killing until he +was fully grown. As they walked homeward +the boys planned to get permission to go up +on Waban for a week, after mountain sheep, +before the snows began.</p> + +<p>Mr. Baker looked grave when Walter spoke +to him.</p> + +<p>"My boy," he said, "I wish you would not +plan long trips like this without first speaking<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_206" id="Page_206">[Pg 206]</a></span> +to me. It is hardly safe in the present state +of feeling among the Indians to let you go +with them in this fashion. A whole week, +too. But as you have already spoken of it, +and it has probably been talked over in the +campoodie, for me to refuse now would look +as if I suspected something, and might bring +about the thing I most fear."</p> + +<p>"You should not be afraid for me with +Joe, father, for we are brothers sworn," said +Walter, and he told his father how they had +mixed the blood of their arms in the arrow-maker's +hut after they had come back from +their first journey on Waban.</p> + +<p>"Well," said Mr. Baker, who had not +heard of this before, "I know that they set +great store by these superstitious customs, +but I have not much faith in the word of a +Paiute when he is dealing with a white man. +However, you had better go on with this +hunting trip. Take Hank with you, and Joe's +father, and do not be gone more than five +days at the outside."</p> + +<p>Hank was one of Mr. Baker's vaqueros,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_207" id="Page_207">[Pg 207]</a></span> +and very glad to get off for a few days' hunting +on the blunt top of Waban. On the Monday +following they left the Baker ranch for +the mountain. As the two boys rode up the +boulder-strewn slope it set them talking of +the first time they had gone that way on their +fruitless hunt for arrow points about the foot +of Winnedumah, and of all that happened to +them at that time. The valley lay below them +full of purple mist, and away by the creek of +Tres Pinos the brown, wattled huts of the +campoodie like great wasps' nests stuck in the +sage. Hank and Joe's father, with the pack +horses, were ahead of them far up the trail; +Joe and Walter let their own ponies lag, and +the nose of one touched the flank of the +other as they climbed slowly up the steep, +and the boys turned their faces to each other, +as if they had some vague warning that they +would not ride so and talk familiarly again, +as if the boiling anger of the tribes in the +valley had brewed a sort of mist that rose up +and gloomed the pleasant air on the slope of +Waban.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_208" id="Page_208">[Pg 208]</a></span></p> + +<p>"Joe," said Walter, "my father says if it +came to a fight between the white settlers +and the Paiutes, that you would not hold by +the word we have passed."</p> + +<p>"That is the speech of a white man," said +Joe.</p> + +<p>"But would you?" the other insisted.</p> + +<p>"I am a Paiute," said Joe; "I will hold +by my people, also by my word; I will not +fight against you."</p> + +<p>"Nor I against you, but I would not like +to have my father think you had broken your +word."</p> + +<p>"Have no care," said the Indian, "I will +not break it."</p> + +<p>Mr. Baker looked anxiously after his son +as he rode to the hunting on Waban; he +looked anxiously up that trail every hour +until the boy came again, and that, as it +turned out, was at the end of three days. +For the trouble among the Indians had come +to something at last,—the wasps were all +out of nest by the brown creeks, and with +them a flight of stinging arrows. The trouble<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_209" id="Page_209">[Pg 209]</a></span> +began at Cottonwood, and the hunting party +on Waban the second day out saw a tall, pale +column of smoke that rose up from the notch +of the hill behind the settlement, and fanned +out slowly into the pale blueness of the sky.</p> + +<p>It went on evenly, neither more nor less, +thick smoke from a fire of green wood steadily +tended. Before noon another rose from +the mouth of Oak Creek, and a third from +Tunawai. They waved and beckoned to one +another, calling to counsel.</p> + +<p>"Signal fires," said Hank; "that means +mischief."</p> + +<p>And from that on he went with his rifle +half cocked, and walked always so that he +might keep Joe's father in full view. By +night that same day there were seven smoke +trees growing up in the long valley, and +spreading thin, pale branches to the sky. +There was no zest left in the hunt, and in +the morning they owned it. Walter was worried +by what he knew his father's anxiety +must be. Then the party began to ride down +again, and always Hank made the Indian go<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_210" id="Page_210">[Pg 210]</a></span> +before. Away by the foot of Oppapago rose +a black volume of smoke, thick, and lighted +underneath by flames. It might be the reek +of a burning ranch house. The boys were +excited and afraid. They talked softly and +crowded their ponies together on the trail.</p> + +<p>"Joe," said Walter whisperingly, "if there +is battle, you will have to go to it."</p> + +<p>"Yes," said Joe.</p> + +<p>"And you will fight; otherwise they will +call you a coward, and if you run away, they +will kill you."</p> + +<p>"So I suppose," said Joe.</p> + +<p>"Or they will make you wear a woman's +dress like To-go-na-tee, the man who got up +too late." This was a reminder from one of +the arrow-maker's tales. "But you have promised +not to fight."</p> + +<p>"Look you," said the Indian boy; "if a +white man came to kill me, I would kill him. +That is right. But I will not fight you nor +your father's house. That is my vow."</p> + +<p>The white boy put out his hand, and laid +it on the flank of the foremost pony. The<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_211" id="Page_211">[Pg 211]</a></span> +Indian boy's fingers came behind him, and +crept along the pony's back until they reached +the other hand. They rode forward without +talking.</p> + +<p>Toward noon they made out horsemen +riding on the trail below them. As it wound +in and out around the blind gullies they saw +and lost sight of them a dozen times. At last, +where the fringe of the tall trees began, they +came face to face. It was Mr. Baker and a +party of five men; they carried rifles and +had set and anxious looks.</p> + +<p>"What will you have?" said Indian Joe's +father as they drew up before him under a +tamarack pine.</p> + +<p>"My son," said the cattleman.</p> + +<p>"Is there war?" said the Indian.</p> + +<p>"There is war. Come, Walter."</p> + +<p>The boys were still and scared. Slowly +Hank and Walter drew their horses out of +the path and joined the men. Indian Joe and +his father passed forward on the trail.</p> + +<p>"Do them no harm," said Joe Baker to +those that were with him.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_212" id="Page_212">[Pg 212]</a></span></p> + +<p>"Good-by, Joe," said Walter half aloud.</p> + +<p>The other did not turn his head, but as he +went they noticed that he had bared his right +arm from the hunting shirt, and an inch above +the elbow showed a thin, white scar. Walter +had the twin of that mark under his flannels.</p> + +<p>Mr. Baker did not mind fighting Indians; +he thought it a good thing to have their +troubles settled all at once in this way, but he +did not want his son mixed up in it. The first +thing he did when he got home was to send +him off secretly by night to the fort, and from +there he passed over the mountains with other +of the settlers' families under strong escort, +and finally went to his mother's people in the +East, and was put to school. As it turned out +he never came back to Tres Pinos, he does +not come into this story any more.</p> + +<p>When the first smoke rose up that showed +where the fierce hate of the Paiutes had broken +into flame, the Indians took their women and +children away from the pleasant open slopes, +and hid them in deep cañons in secret places +of the rocks. There they feathered arrows,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_213" id="Page_213">[Pg 213]</a></span> +and twisted bowstrings of the sinew of deer. +And because there were so many grave things +done, and it was not the custom for boys +to question their elders, Joe never heard how +Walter had been sent away. He thought him +still at the ranch with his father, and it is +because of this mistake that there is any +more story at all.</p> + +<p>You may be sure that, of those two boys, +Joe's was the deeper loving, for, besides having +grown up together, Walter was white, +therefore thinking himself, and making the +other believe it, the better of the two. But +for this Walter made no difference in his behavior; +had Joe to eat at his table, and would +have him sleep in his bed, but Joe laughed, +and lay on the floor. All this was counted a +kindness and a great honor in the campoodie. +Walter could find out things by looking in a +book, which was sheer magic, and had taught +Joe to write a little, so that he could send word +by means of a piece of paper, which was cleverer +than the tricks Joe had taught him, of +reading the signs of antelope and elk and deer.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_214" id="Page_214">[Pg 214]</a></span> +The white boy was to the Indian a little of all +the heroes and bright ones of the arrow-maker's +tales come alive again. Therefore he +quaked in his heart when he heard the rumors +that ran about the camp.</p> + +<p>The war began about Cottonwood, and ran +like wildfire that licked up all the ranches in +its course. Then the whites came strongly +against the Paiutes at the Stone Corral, and +made an end of the best of their fighting men. +Then the Indians broke out in the north, +and at last it came to such a pass that the +very boys must do fighting, and the women +make bowstrings. The cattlemen turned in to +Baker's ranch as a centre, and all the northern +campoodies gathered together to attack +them. They had not much to hope for, only +to do as much killing as possible before the +winter set in with the hunger and the deep +snows.</p> + +<p>By this time Joe's father was dead, and his +mother had brought the boy a quiver full of +arrows and a new bowstring, and sent him +down to the battle.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_215" id="Page_215">[Pg 215]</a></span></p> + +<p>And Joe went hotly enough to join the men +of the other village, nursing his bow with +great care, remembering his father, but when +he came to counsel and found where the fight +must be, his heart turned again, for he remembered +his friend. The braves camped by +Little Round Valley, and he thought of the +talk he and Walter had there; the war party +went over the tongue of hills, and Joe saw +Winnedumah shining whitely on Waban, and +remembered his boyish errand, the mystery of +the tall, strange warrior that came upon them +in the night, their talk in the hut of the arrow-maker, +and the vow that came afterward.</p> + +<p>The Indians came down a ravine toward +Tres Pinos, and there met a band of horses +which some of their party had run in from the +ranches; among them was a pinto pony which +Walter had used to ride, and it came to Joe's +hand when he called. Then the boy wondered +if Walter might be dead, and leaned his head +against the pony's mane; it turned its head +and nickered softly at his ear.</p> + +<p>The war party stayed in the ravine until it<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_216" id="Page_216">[Pg 216]</a></span> +grew dark, and Joe watched how Winnedumah +swam in a mist above the hills long after +the sun had gone quite down, as if in his +faithfulness he would outwatch the dark; and +then the boy's heart was lifted up to the great +chief standing still by Tinnemaha. "I will +not forget," he said. "I, too, will be faithful." +Perhaps at this moment he expected a +miracle to help him in his vow as it had +helped Winnedumah.</p> + +<p>In the dusk the mounted Indians rode down +by the Creek of Tres Pinos. When they came +by the ruined hut where his father had lived, +Joe's heart grew hot again, and when he +passed the arrow-maker's, he remembered his +vow. Suddenly he wheeled his pony in the +trail, hardly knowing what he would do. The +man next to him laid an arrow across his bow +and pointed it at the boy's breast.</p> + +<p>"Coward," he whispered, but an older Indian +laid his hand on the man's arm.</p> + +<p>"Save your arrows," he said. Then the +ponies swept forward in the charge, but Joe +knew in an instant how it would be with him.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_217" id="Page_217">[Pg 217]</a></span> +He would be called false and a coward, killed +for it, driven from the tribe, but he would not +fight against his sworn brother. He would +keep his vow.</p> + +<p>A sudden rain of arrows flew from the +advancing Paiutes; Joe fumbled his and +dropped it on the ground. He was wondering +if one of the many aimed would find his +brother. Bullets answered the arrow flight. +He saw the braves pitch forward, and heard +the scream of wounded ponies.</p> + +<p>He hoped he would be shot; he would not +have minded that; it would be better than +being called a coward. And then it occurred +to him, if Walter and his father came out and +found him when the fight was done, they +would think that he had broken his word. The +Paiutes began to seek cover, but Joe drove +out wildly from them, and rode back in the +friendly dark, and past the ruined campoodie, +to the black rocks. There he crept into the +cave which only he and Walter knew, and lay +on his face and cried, for though he was an +Indian he was only a boy, and he had seen<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_218" id="Page_218">[Pg 218]</a></span> +his first fight. He was sick with the thought +of his vow. He lay in the black rocks all the +night and the day, and watched the cattlemen +and the soldiers ranging all that county for +the stragglers of his people, and guessed that +the Paiutes had made the last stand. Then +in the second night he began to work back by +secret paths to the mountain camp. It never +occurred to him not to go. He had the courage +to meet what waited for him there, but he +had not the heart to go to it in the full light +of day. He came in by his mother's place, +and she spat upon him, for she had heard +how he had carried himself in the fight.</p> + +<p>"No son of mine," said she.</p> + +<p>He went by the women and children and +heard their jeers. His heart was very sick. +He went apart and sat down and waited what +the men would say. There were few of them +left about the dying fire. They had washed +off their war paint, and their bows were +broken. When they spoke at last, it was with +mocking and sad scorn.</p> + +<p>"We have enough of killing," said the one<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_219" id="Page_219">[Pg 219]</a></span> +called Scar-Face. "Let him have a woman's +dress and stay to mend the fire."</p> + +<p>So it was done in the presence of all the +camp; and because he was a boy, and because +he was an Indian, he said nothing of +his vow, nor opened his mouth in his defense, +though his heart quaked and his knees shook. +He had the courage to wear the badge of +being afraid all his life. They brought him +a woman's dress, though they were all too +sad for much laughter, and in the morning +he set to bringing the wood for the fire.</p> + +<p>Afterward there was a treaty made between +the Paiutes and the settlers, and the remnant +went back to the campoodie of Tres Pinos, +and Joe learned how Walter had been sent +out of the valley in the beginning of the war, +but that did not make any difference about +the woman's dress. He and Walter never met +again. He continued to go about in dresses, +though in time he was allowed to do a man's +work, and his knowledge of English helped to +restore a friendly footing with the cattlemen. +The valley filled very rapidly with settlers<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_220" id="Page_220">[Pg 220]</a></span> +after that, and under the slack usage of the +tribe, Mahala Joe, as he came to be known, +might have thrown aside his woman's gear +without offense, but he had the courage to +wear it to his life's end. He kept his sentence +as he kept his vow, and yet it is certain that +Walter never knew.</p> + + + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_221" id="Page_221">[Pg 221]</a></span></p> +<h2>PRONOUNCING VOCABULARY Of<br /> +INDIAN NAMES AND WORDS</h2> + + +<div class="blockquot"> +<p><span class="smcap">Campoodie</span> (kămp´ō-dy). A group of Indian huts, from +the Spanish campo, a field or prairie. In some localities +written "<i>campody</i>."</p> + +<p><span class="smcap">Hinono</span> (hĭ-nŏ-nŏ). A legendary Indian hero.</p> + +<p><span class="smcap">Mahala</span> (mȧ-hä´lă). An Indian woman, perhaps a corruption +from the Spanish <i>mujer</i>, woman.</p> + +<p><span class="smcap">Mesa</span> (mā´sä). A table-land, or plateau with a steeply sloping +side or sides.</p> + +<p><span class="smcap">Mesquite</span> (mĕs-kēt´). A thorny desert shrub, bearing edible +pods, like the locust tree, which are ground into meal for +food.</p> + +<p><span class="smcap">Na´Ÿang-Wit´e.</span> An Indian gambling game.</p> + +<p><span class="smcap">Oppapago</span> (op-pă-pā´gō). A mountain peak near Mt. Whitney. +The name signifies "The Weeper," in reference to +the streams that run down from it continually like tears.</p> + +<p><span class="smcap">Pahrump</span> (pȧh-rŭmp´). From the Indian words <i>pah</i>, water, +and rump, corn, "corn-water," i. e. a place where there is +water enough to grow corn.</p> + +<p><span class="smcap">Paiutes</span> (pī´ūt). The name of a large tribe of Indians +inhabiting middle California and Nevada. The name is +derived from the Indian word <i>pah</i>, water, and is used to +distinguish this tribe from the related tribe of Utes, who +lived in the desert away from running water.</p> + +<p><span class="smcap">Penstemon</span> (pĕni-stē´mŏn). A wild flower common to the +lower slopes of the Sierra Nevada Mountains.</p> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_222" id="Page_222">[Pg 222]</a></span></p> +<p><span class="smcap">Pharanagat</span> (phă-răn-ă-găt´). An Indian name of a place. +The meaning is uncertain.</p> + +<p><span class="smcap">Piñon</span> (pē̇-nyōn´). The Spanish name for the one-leaved, +nut pine.</p> + +<p><span class="smcap">Pipsisewa</span> (pĭp-sĭs´ē̇-wȧ). A wild flower common to the +lower slopes of the Sierra Nevada Mountains.</p> + +<p><span class="smcap">Quern</span> (kwûrn). A primitive mill for grinding corn. It +consists of two circular stones, the upper being turned by +hand.</p> + +<p><span class="smcap">Shoshone</span> (shō̇-shō´nē̇). An Indian tribe split in two by the +Pintes, and living north and south of them. In this book +the southern division only is referred to.</p> + +<p><span class="smcap">Taboose</span> (tȧ-bo͝os´). Small tubercles of the joint grass; they +appear on the joints of the roots early in spring, and are +an important item of food to the Indians.</p> + +<p><span class="smcap">Tavwots</span> (tăv-wŏts´). The rabbit.</p> + +<p><span class="smcap">Tinnemaha</span> (tin-ny-mȧ-hä´). A legendary Indian hero.</p> + +<p> +<span class="smcap">Togobah</span> (tō-gō-bä´). <span class="lbrace"><span class="ft20">}</span> Indian names of places. The meaning is uncertain.</span><br /> +<span class="smcap">Togonatee</span> (tō-gō-nă-tē´). +</p> + +<p><span class="smcap">Tulare</span> (to͞o-lä´re). A marshy place overgrown with the +bulrushes known as <i>tule</i>.</p> + +<p><span class="smcap">Vaquero</span> (vä-kā´rō). The Spanish word for cowboy (from +<i>vaca</i>, a cow).</p> + +<p><span class="smcap">Waban</span> (wă-băn´). An Indian name of a place. The meaning +is uncertain.</p> + +<p><span class="smcap">Wickiup</span> (wĭk´ĭ-ŭp). An Indian hut of brush, or reeds. It +is often pieced out with blankets and tin cans.</p> + +<p><span class="smcap">Winnedumah</span> (win-ny-dū´măh). A legendary Indian hero.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_223" id="Page_223">[Pg 223]</a></span></p></div> +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_224" id="Page_224">[Pg 224]</a></span></p> + +<h5>The Riverside Press<br /> +CAMBRIDGE. MASSACHUSETTS<br /> +U. S. A.<br /> +</h5> + +<hr style="width: 65%;" /> +<h2>Books by Mary Austin</h2> + +<div class="blockquot"> +<p>THE FLOCK. Fully illustrated by E. Boyd Smith. +Square crown 8vo. $2.00, <i>net</i>. Postage, 18 cents.</p> + +<p>ISIDRO. Illustrated by Eric Pape. 12mo, $1.50.</p> + +<p>THE LAND OF LITTLE RAIN. California Sketches. +With Illustrations by E. Boyd Smith. 8vo, $2.00, <i>net</i>. +Postage, 24 cents.</p> + +<p>THE BASKET WOMAN. Square 12mo, $1.50.</p> +</div> + +<h4>HOUGHTON MIFFLIN COMPANY<br /> +<span class="smcap">Boston and New York</span></h4> + + + + + + + + + +<pre> + + + + + +End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of The Basket Woman, by Mary Austin + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE BASKET WOMAN *** + +***** This file should be named 35502-h.htm or 35502-h.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + http://www.gutenberg.org/3/5/5/0/35502/ + +Produced by Chris Curnow, Joseph Cooper and the Online +Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net + + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +http://gutenberg.org/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need, are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at +http://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at http://pglaf.org + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit http://pglaf.org + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. +To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + http://www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. + + +</pre> + +</body> +</html> diff --git a/35502-h/images/i004.jpg b/35502-h/images/i004.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..f9f71ae --- /dev/null +++ b/35502-h/images/i004.jpg diff --git a/35502-h/images/i005.jpg b/35502-h/images/i005.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..1993e20 --- /dev/null +++ b/35502-h/images/i005.jpg diff --git a/35502-h/images/i049.jpg b/35502-h/images/i049.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..5ea43c2 --- /dev/null +++ b/35502-h/images/i049.jpg diff --git a/35502-h/images/i163.jpg b/35502-h/images/i163.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..9b39767 --- /dev/null +++ b/35502-h/images/i163.jpg diff --git a/35502-h/images/i175.jpg b/35502-h/images/i175.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..29d0ddb --- /dev/null +++ b/35502-h/images/i175.jpg diff --git a/35502-h/images/i207.jpg b/35502-h/images/i207.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..85ebc46 --- /dev/null +++ b/35502-h/images/i207.jpg diff --git a/35502.txt b/35502.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..93532e0 --- /dev/null +++ b/35502.txt @@ -0,0 +1,4141 @@ +The Project Gutenberg EBook of The Basket Woman, by Mary Austin + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + +Title: The Basket Woman + A Book of Indian Tales for Children + +Author: Mary Austin + +Release Date: March 7, 2011 [EBook #35502] + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ASCII + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE BASKET WOMAN *** + + + + +Produced by Chris Curnow, Joseph Cooper and the Online +Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net + + + + + + + + + + TRANSCRIBER'S NOTE: Diacritic marks over letters are enclosed within + square brackets. For example, [)a] represents small letter "a" with + breve. + + + + + THE BASKET WOMAN + + A BOOK OF INDIAN TALES + FOR CHILDREN + + BY + + MARY AUSTIN + + _SCHOOL EDITION_ + + + BOSTON, NEW YORK, AND CHICAGO + HOUGHTON MIFFLIN COMPANY + + The Riverside Press, Cambridge + + + + COPYRIGHT, 1904, BY MARY AUSTIN + COPYRIGHT, 1910, BY HOUGHTON MIFFLIN COMPANY + + ALL RIGHTS RESERVED + + + + [Illustration: From photograph by A. A. Forbes + THE BASKET WOMAN] + + + + +PREFACE + + +In preparing this volume of western myths for school use the object has +been not so much to provide authentic Indian Folk-tales, as to present +certain aspects of nature as they appear in the myth-making mood, that +is to say, in the form of strongest appeal to the child mind. Indian +myths as they exist among Indians are too frequently sustained by coarse +and cruel incidents comparable to the belly-ripping joke in _Jack the +Giant Killer_, or the blinding of Gloucester in _King Lear_, and when +presented in story form, too often fall under the misapprehension of the +myth as something invented and added to the imaginative life. It is, in +fact, the root and branch of man's normal intimacy with nature. + +So slowly does the mind awaken to the realization of consciousness and +personality as by-products of animal life only, that few escape carrying +over into adult life some obsession of its persistence in inanimate +things, say of malevolence in opals or luckiness in a rabbit's foot, or +the capacity of moral discrimination against their victims residing in +hurricanes and earthquakes. The chief preoccupation of the child in his +earlier years is the business of abstracting the items of his +environment from this pervading sense, and ascribing to them their +proper degrees of awareness. He arrives in a general way at knowing that +it hurts the cat's tail to be stepped on because the cat cries, and that +it does not hurt the stick. But if the stick were provided with a +squeaking apparatus he would be much longer in the process, and if the +stick becomes a steed or a doll it is quite possible for him to weep +with sympathetic pain at the abuse of it. + +He sees the tree and it is alive and sentient to him; you cut a stick +horse from its boughs, and that is separately alive; cut the stick again +into two horses, and they will prance whole and satisfying. Later when +the game is played out, the stick may burn and furnish live flame to +dance, live smoke to ascend, live ash to be treated with contumely; all +of which arises not so much in the mere trick of invention as in the +natural difficulty in thinking of objects freed from consciousness, +almost as great as the philosopher's in conceiving empty space. There is +a period in the life of every child when almost the only road to the +understanding is the one blazed out by the myth-making spirit, kept open +to the larger significance of things long after he is apprised that the +thunder did not originate in the smithy of the gods nor the Walrus talk +to the Carpenter. Any attempt, however, to hasten the proper +distinctions of causes and powers by the suppression of myth making is +likely to prove as disastrous as helping young puppies through their +nine days' blindness by forcibly opening their eyes. You might get a few +days' purchase of vision for some of them, but you would also have a +good many cases of total blindness. What can be done by way of turning +the myth-making period to advantage, this little book is partly to show. + +Of the three sorts of myths included, about a third are direct +transcriptions from Indian myths current in the campodies of the West, +but it must not be assumed that myths like _The Crooked Fir_ and _The +White Barked Pine_ are in any sense "made up," or to be laid to the +author's credit. Since the myth originates in an attitude of mind, it +must be understood that, to the primitive mind, nearly the whole process +of nature presents itself in mythical terms. It is not that the Indian +imagines the tree having sentience--he simply isn't able to imagine its +not having it. All his songs, his ceremonies, his daily speech, are full +of the aspect of nature in terms of human endeavor. The story of _The +Crooked Fir_ was suggested to me in the humorous comment of my Indian +guide on one of the forks of Kings River, the first time my attention +was caught by the uniform curve of the trunks, and he explained it to +me. The myth of _The Stream That Ran Away_ might arise as simply as in +the question of a child who has not lived long enough to understand the +seasonal recession of waters, wishing to know why a stream that ran +full some weeks ago is now dry. And if his mother has had trouble with +his straying too far from the camp she might say to him that it had run +away and the White people had caught it and set it to work in an +irrigating ditch, "and that is what will happen to you if you don't +watch out" ... or she might draw a moral on the neglect of duty if the +occasion demanded it ... or if she were gifted with fancy, tell him that +that was it which fell on us as rain in Big Meadow, and it would return +to its banks when it had watered the high places. But whatever she would +tell him would have an acute observation of nature behind it and would +be stated in personal terms. It is so that the child begins to +understand the continuity of natural forces and their relativity to the +life of man. + +There is a third sort of story included with these, which aside from +being of the stuff from which hero myths are made,--_Mahala Joe_ is in +point,--has a value which must be gone into more particularly. + +What is important for the teacher to understand is that the myth, +itself a living issue, will not bear too much handling; in the process +of making it a part of the child's experience, the meaning of it must +not be pulled up too often to learn if it has taken root. Unless it +elucidates itself in the course of time,--and one must recall how long a +period elapsed between the first reading of the _Ugly Duckling_, say, +and its final revelation of itself,--unless its content is broadly human +and personal, it has practically no educative value. It is not +absolutely indispensable that the whole unfolding of it should be within +the limited period of school life that affords it; some of the noblest +human myths reveal as it were successive layers of insight and purport, +taking change and color from the passing experience; but it remains true +that the best time to insinuate the myth in the child's mind is when he +is normally at the myth-making period. + +To make it, then, part of the child's possession it should be read to or +by him at convenient intervals, until he can give back a fairly succinct +version of it. Along with this must go the business of deepening and +extending the background; and whether this is to be done at the time of +the reading or intermediately, must depend largely on the local +background. Children in schools on the Pacific slope should find +themselves already tolerably furnished; any hill region in fact should +yield suggestive material, without overlaying the content of the myth +with trifling exactitudes of natural history. + +It is very difficult to say in a word all that is implied in the +extension of the background. One has only to consider the amount of time +spent in teaching the so-called Classic Myths, tremendous in their power +of vitalizing and coloring their own and related times, and reflect on +their failure to effect anything beyond their mere story interest in +modern life, to realize that the value of a myth is directly in +proportion as its background is common and accessible. What would happen +in a locality calculated to suggest and with a teacher properly equipped +to interpret the background of Greek and Roman mythology, is not +proven, but in practical school work the author has found it best to +defer the teaching of it until by general reading a point of contact is +established, which enables the child to read _backward_ into its +meaning, and for the actively myth-making period to use forms sprung +naturally from the child's own environment. The better he can visualize +and locate the objects mythically treated, the better they serve their +purpose of rendering personal the influences of nature and sustaining +him in that happy sense of the community of life and interest in the +Wild. + +It is for this purpose of extending the background that the introductory +sketches and some others are included in this collection. _The Golden +Fortune_ could be read with _The White Barked Pine_, and _The Christmas +Tree_ with _The Crooked Fir_. Any hill country or wooded district should +furnish additional color, but let it be cautioned here, that though all +the nature references in these tales are entirely dependable, the child +is not to be made unhappy thereby. Whatever branch of school work it is +found necessary to correlate with the myths, it should be in general +recreative rather than instructive; for what is comprehended in the term +Nature is after all not a miscellany of objects, but a state of mind set +up by their happiest coincidences. The least that can be said to achieve +a proper notion of a tree or a glacier is so much better than the most; +a casual application to a known and neighboring circumstance goes +further than any amount of explanation. + + + + +CONTENTS + + + PAGE + THE BASKET WOMAN--FIRST STORY 1 + THE BASKET WOMAN--SECOND STORY 17 + THE STREAM THAT RAN AWAY 31 + THE COYOTE-SPIRIT AND THE WEAVING WOMAN 43 + THE CHEERFUL GLACIER 59 + THE MERRY-GO-ROUND 71 + THE CHRISTMAS TREE 87 + THE FIRE BRINGER 107 + THE CROOKED FIR 119 + THE SUGAR PINE 129 + THE GOLDEN FORTUNE 141 + THE WHITE-BARKED PINE 161 + NA [:Y]ANG-WIT'E, THE FIRST RABBIT DRIVE 171 + MAHALA JOE 183 + PRONOUNCING VOCABULARY 221 + + +ILLUSTRATIONS + + + THE BASKET WOMAN _Frontispiece_ + A "CAMPOODIE," OR INDIAN VILLAGE 30 + AN OLD MINE 142 + A "WICKIUP," OR INDIAN HUT 184 + + + + +THE BASKET WOMAN + +FIRST STORY + + +The homesteader's cabin stood in a moon-shaped hollow between the hills +and the high mesa; and the land before it stretched away golden and +dusky green, and was lost in a blue haze about where the river +settlements began. The hills had a flowing outline and melted softly +into each other and higher hills behind, until the range broke in a +ragged crest of thin peaks white with snow. A clean, wide sky bent over +that country, and the air that moved in it was warm and sweet. + +The homesteader's son had run out on the trail that led toward the +spring, with half a mind to go to it, but ran back again when he saw the +Basket Woman coming. He was afraid of her, and ashamed because he was +afraid, so he did not tell his mother that he had changed his mind. + +"There is the mahala coming for the wash," said his mother; "now you +will have company at the spring." But Alan only held tighter to a fold +of her dress. This was the third time the Indian woman had come to wash +for the homesteader's wife; and, though she was slow and quiet and had a +pleasant smile, Alan was still afraid of her. All that he had heard of +Indians before coming to this country was very frightful, and he did not +understand yet that it was not so. Beyond a certain point of hills on +clear days he could see smoke rising from the campoodie, and though he +knew nothing but his dreams of what went on there, he would not so much +as play in that direction. + +The Basket Woman was the only Indian that he had seen. She would come +walking across the mesa with a great cone-shaped carrier basket heaped +with brushwood on her shoulders, stooping under it and easing the weight +by a buckskin band about her forehead. Sometimes it would be a smaller +basket carried in the same fashion, and she would be filling it with +bulbs of wild hyacinth or taboose; often she carried a bottle-necked +water basket to and from the spring, and always wore a bowl-shaped +basket on her head for a hat. Her long hair hung down from under it, and +her black eyes glittered beadily below the rim. Alan had a fancy that +any moment she might pick him up with a quick toss as if he had been a +bit of brushwood, and drop him over her shoulder into the great carrier, +and walk away across the mesa with him. So when he saw her that morning +coming down the trail from the spring, he hung close by his mother's +skirts. + +"You must not be afraid of her, Alan," said his mother; "she is very +kind, and no doubt has had a boy of her own." + +The Basket Woman showed them her white, even teeth in a smile. "This one +very pretty boy," she said; but Alan had made up his mind not to trust +her. He was thinking of what the teamster had said when he had driven +them up from the railroad station with their belongings the day they +came to their new home and found the Basket Woman spying curiously in +at the cabin windows. + +"You wanter watch out how you behaves yourself, sonny," said the +teamster, wagging a solemn jaw, "she's likely to pack you away in that +basket o' her'n one of these days." And Alan had watched out very +carefully indeed. + +It was not a great while after they came to the foothill claim that the +homesteader went over to the campoodie to get an Indian to help at fence +building, and Alan went with him, holding fast by his father's hand. +They found the Indians living in low, foul huts; their clothes were also +dirty, and they sat about on the ground, fat and good-natured. The dogs +and children lay sleeping in the sun. It was all very disappointing. + +"Will they not hurt us, father?" Alan had said at starting. + +"Oh, no, my boy; you must not get any such notion as that," said the +homesteader; "Indians are not at all now what they were once." + +Alan thought of this as he looked at the campoodie, and pulled at his +father's hand. + +"I do not like Indians the way they are now," he said; and immediately +saw that he had made a mistake, for he was standing directly in front of +the Basket Woman's hut, and as she suddenly put her head out of the door +he thought by the look of her mysterious, bright eyes that she had +understood. He did not venture to say anything more, and all the way +home kept looking back toward the campoodie to see if anything came of +it. + +"Why do you not eat your supper?" said his mother. "I am afraid the long +walk in the hot sun was too much for you." Alan dared not say anything +to her of what troubled him, though perhaps it would have been better if +he had, for that night the Basket Woman came for him. + +She did not pick him up and toss him over her shoulder as he expected; +but let down the basket, and he stepped into it of his own accord. Alan +was surprised to find that he was not so much afraid of her after all. + +"What will you do with me?" he said. + +"I will show you Indians as they used to be," said she. + +Alan could feel the play of her strong shoulders as they went out across +the lower mesa and began to climb the hills. + +"Where do you go?" said the boy. + +"To Pahrump, the valley of Corn Water. It was there my people were +happiest in old days." + +They went on between the oaks, and smelled the musky sweet smell of the +wild grapevines along the water borders. The sagebrush began to fail +from the slopes, and buckthorn to grow up tall and thicker; the wind +brought them a long sigh from the lowest pines. They came up with the +silver firs and passed them, passed the drooping spruces, the wet +meadows, and the wood of thimble-cone pines. The air under them had an +earthy smell. Presently they came out upon a cleared space very high up +where the rocks were sharp and steep. + +"Why are there no trees here?" asked Alan. + +"I will tell you about that," said the Basket Woman. "In the old flood +time, and that is longer ago than is worth counting, the water came up +and covered the land, all but the high tops of mountains. Here then the +Indians fled and lived, and with them the animals that escaped from the +flood. There were trees growing then over all the high places, but +because the waters were long on the earth the Indians were obliged to +cut them down for firewood. Also they killed all the large animals for +food, but the small ones hid in the rocks. After that the waters went +down; trees and grass began to grow over all the earth, but never any +more on the tops of high mountains. They had all been burned off. You +can see that it is so." + +From the top of the mountain Alan could see all the hills on the other +side shouldering and peering down toward the happy valley of Corn Water. + +"Here," said the Basket Woman, "my people came of old time in the +growing season of the year; they planted corn, and the streams came +down from the hills and watered it. Now we, too, will go down." + +They went by a winding trail, steep and stony. The pines stood up around +and locked them closely in. + +"I see smoke arising," said Alan, "blue smoke above the pines." + +"It is the smoke of their hearth fires," said the Basket Woman, and they +went down and down. + +"I hear a sound of singing," said the boy. + +"It is the women singing and grinding at the quern," she said, and her +feet went faster. + +"I hear laughter," he said again, "it mixes with the running of the +water." + +"It is the maidens washing their knee-long hair. They kneel by the water +and stoop down, they dip in the running water and shake out bright drops +in the sun." + +"There is a pleasant smell," said Alan. + +"It is pine nuts roasting in the cones," said the Basket Woman; "so it +was of old time." + +They came out of the cleft of the hills in a pleasant place by singing +water. "There you will see the rows of wickiups," said the Basket Woman, +"with the doors all opening eastward to the sun. Let us sit here and see +what we shall see." + +The women sat by the wickiups weaving baskets of willow and stems of +fern. They made patterns of bright feathers and strung wampum about the +rims. Some sewed with sinew and needles of cactus thorn on deerskin +white and fine; others winnowed the corn. They stood up tossing it in +baskets like grains of gold, and the wind carried away the chaff. All +this time the young girls were laughing as they dried their hair in the +sun. They bound it with flowers and gay strings of beads, and made their +cheeks bright with red earth. The children romped and shouted about the +camp, and ran bare-legged in the stream. + +"Do they do nothing but play?" said Alan. + +"You shall see," said the Basket Woman. + +Away up the mountain sounded a faint halloo. In a moment all the camp +was bustle and delight. The children clapped their hands; they left off +playing and began to drag up brushwood for the fires. The women put away +their weaving and brought out the cooking pots; they heard the men +returning from the hunt. The young men brought deer upon their +shoulders; one had grouse and one held up a great basket of trout. The +women made the meat ready for cooking. Some of them took meal and made +cakes for baking in the ashes. The men rested in the glow of the fires, +feathering arrows and restringing their bows. + +"That is well," said the Basket Woman, "to make ready for to-morrow's +meat before to-day's is eaten." + +"How happy they are!" said the boy. + +"They will be happier when they have eaten," said she. + +After supper the Indians gathered together for singing and dancing. The +old men told tales one after the other, and the children thought each +one was the best. Between the tales the Indians all sang together, or +one sang a new song that he had made. There was one of them who did +better than all. He had streaked his body with colored earth and had a +band of eagle feathers in his hair. In his hand was a rattle of wild +sheep's horn and small stones; he kept time with it as he leapt and sang +in the light of the fire. He sang of old wars, sang of the deer that was +killed, sang of the dove and the young grass that grew on the mountain; +and the people were well pleased, for when the heart is in the singing +it does not matter much what the song is about. The men beat their hands +together to keep time to his dancing, and the earth under his feet was +stamped to a fine dust. + +"He is one that has found the wolf's song," said the Basket Woman. + +"What is that?" asked Alan. + +"It is an old tale of my people," said she. "Once there was a man who +could not make any songs, so he got no praise from the tribe, and it +troubled him much. Then, as he was gathering taboose by the river, a +wolf went by, and the wolf said to him, 'What will you have me to give +you for your taboose?' Then said the man, 'I will have you to give me a +song.' + +"'That will I gladly,' said the wolf. So the wolf taught him, and that +night he sang the wolf's song in the presence of all the people, and it +made their hearts to burn within them. Then the man fell down as if he +were dead, for the pure joy of singing, and when deep sleep was upon him +the wolf came in the night and stole his song away. Neither the man nor +any one who had heard it remembered it any more. So we say when a man +sings as no other sang before him, 'He has the wolf's song.' It is a +good saying. Now we must go, for the children are all asleep by their +mothers, and the day comes soon," said the Basket Woman. + +"Shall we come again?" said Alan. "And will it all be as it is now?" + +"My people come often to the valley of Corn Water," said she, "but it +is never as it is now except in dreams. Now we must go quickly." Far up +the trail they saw a grayness in the eastern sky where the day was about +to come in. + +"Hark," said the Basket Woman, "they will sing together the coyote song. +It is so that they sing it when the coyote goes home from his hunting, +and the morning is near. + + "The coyote cries ... + He cries at daybreak ... + He cries ... + The coyote cries" ... + +sang the Basket Woman, but all the spaces in between the words were +filled with long howls,--weird, wicked noises that seemed to hunt and +double in a half-human throat. It made the hair on Alan's neck stand up, +and cold shivers creep along his back. He began to shake, for the wild +howls drew near and louder, and he felt the bed under him tremble with +his trembling. + +"Mother, mother," he cried, "what is that?" + +"It is only the coyotes," said she; "they always howl about this time of +night. It is nothing; go to sleep again." + +"But I am afraid." + +"They cannot hurt you," said his mother; "it is only the little gray +beasts that you see trotting about the mesa of afternoons; hear them +now." + +"I am afraid," said Alan. + +"Then you must come in my bed," said she; and in a few minutes he was +fast asleep again. + + + + +THE BASKET WOMAN + +SECOND STORY + + +The next time Alan saw the Basket Woman he was not nearly so much afraid +of her, though he did not venture to speak of their journey to Pahrump. +He said to his mother, "Do you not wish the Indians could have stayed +the way they were?" and his mother laughed. + +"Why, no, child," she said, "I do not think that I do. I think they are +much better off as they are now." Alan, however, was not to be +convinced. The next time he saw the Basket Woman he was even troubled +about it. + +The homesteader had taken his family to the town for a day, and the +first thing Alan saw when he got down from the wagon was the Basket +Woman. She was sitting in a corner of the sidewalk with a group of other +mahalas, with her blanket drawn over her shoulders, looking out upon +the town, and her eyes were dull and strange. + +A stream of people went by them in the street, and minded them no more +than the dogs they stepped over, sprawling at the doors of the stores. +Some of the Indian women had children with them, but they neither +shouted nor ran as they had done in the camp of Corn Water; they sat +quietly by their mothers, and Alan noticed how worn and poor were the +clothes of all of them, and how wishful all the eyes. He could not get +his mind off them because he could not get them out of his sight for +very long at a time. It was a very small town, and as he went with his +mother in and about the stores he would be coming face to face with the +mahalas every little while, and the Basket Woman's eyes were always sad. + +His mother, when she had finished her shopping, gave him a silver dime +and told him that he might spend it as he wished. As soon as Alan had +turned the corner on that errand there was the Basket Woman with her +chin upon her knees and her blanket drawn over her shoulders. Alan +stopped a moment in front of her; he would have liked to say something +comforting, but found himself still afraid. + +Her eyes looked on beyond him, blurred and dim; he supposed she must be +thinking of the happy valley, and grew so very sorry for her that, as he +could not get the courage to speak, he threw his dime into her lap and +ran as fast as he could away. It seemed to him as he ran that she called +to him, but he could not be sure. + +That night, almost as soon as he had touched the pillow, she came and +stood beside him without motion or sound, and let down the basket from +her back. + +"Do we go to Corn Water?" asked Alan as he stepped into it. + +"To my people of old time," said the Basket Woman, "so that you need not +be so much sorry." + +Then they went out by the mesa trail, where the sage showed duskily +under a thin rim of moon. It seemed to Alan that they went slowly, +almost heavily. When they came to the parting of the ways, she let down +the basket to rest. A rabbit popped, startled, out of the brush, and +scurried into the dark; its white tail, like a signal, showed the way it +went. + +"What was that?" asked Alan. + +"Only little Tavwots, whom we scared out of his nest. Lean forward," she +said, "and I will tell you a tale about him." So the boy leaned his head +against the Basket Woman's long black hair, and heard the story of +Little Tavwots and How He Caught the Sun in a Snare. + +"It was long ago," said the Basket Woman. "Tavwots was the largest of +all four-footed things, and a mighty hunter. He would get up as soon as +it was day and go to his hunting, but always before him was the track of +a great foot on the trail; and this troubled him, for his pride was as +big as his body and greater than his fame. + +"'Who is this?' cried Tavwots, 'that goes with so great a stride before +me to the hunting? Does he think to put me to shame?' + +"'T'-sst!' said his mother, 'there is none greater than thee.' + +"'Nevertheless,' said Tavwots, 'there are the footprints in the trail.' +The next morning he got up earlier, but there were always the great +footprints and the long stride before him. + +"'Now I will set me a trap for this impudent fellow,' said Tavwots, for +he was very cunning. So he made a snare of his bowstring and set it in +the trail overnight, and in the morning when he went to look, behold, he +had caught the sun in his snare. All that quarter of the earth was +beginning to smoke with the heat of it. + +"'Is it you?' cried Tavwots, 'who made the tracks in my trail?' + +"'It is I,' said the sun. 'Come now and set me free before the whole +earth is afire.' Then Tavwots saw what he had to do, so he drew his +knife and ran to cut the bowstring. But the heat was so great that he +ran back before he had done it, and was melted down to one half his +size. Then the smoke of the burning earth began to curl up against the +sky. + +"'Come again, Tavwots,' cried the sun. So he ran again and ran back, and +the third time he ran he cut the bowstring, and the sun was set free +from the snare. But by that time Tavwots was melted down to as small as +he is now, and so he remains. Still you may see by the print of his feet +as he leaps in the trail how great his stride was when he caught the sun +in his snare. + +"So it is always," said the Basket Woman, "that which is large grows +less, and my people, which were great, have dwindled away." + +After that she became quiet, and they went on over the mountain. Because +he was beginning to be acquainted with it, the way seemed shorter to +Alan than before. They passed over the high barren ridges, and he began +to look for the camp at Corn Water. + +"I see no smoke," said Alan. + +"It would bring down their enemies like buzzards on carrion," said the +Basket Woman. + +"There is no sound of singing nor of laughter," said the boy. + +"Who laughs in the time of war?" said she. + +"Is there war?" asked Alan. + +"Long and bitter," said the Basket Woman. "Let us go softly and come +upon them unawares." + +So they went, light of foot, among the pines until they saw the wickiups +opening eastward to the sun, but many of them stood ruined and awry. +There were only the very old and the children in the camp, and these did +not run and play. They stole about like mice in the meadow sod, and if +so much as a twig snapped in the forest, they huddled motionless as +young quail. The women worked in the growing corn; they dug roots on the +hill slope and caught grasshoppers for food. One made a noose of her +long black hair plucked out, and snared the bright lizards that ran +among the rocks. It seemed to Alan that the Indians looked wishful and +thinner than they should; but such food as they found was all put by. + +"Why do they do this?" asked the boy. + +"That the men who go to war may not go fasting," said the Basket Woman. +"Look, now we shall have news of them." + +A young man came noiselessly out of the wood, and it was he who had sung +the new song on the night of feasting and dancing. He had eagle feathers +in his hair, but they were draggled; there was beadwork on his leggings, +but it was torn with thorns; there was paint on his face and his body, +but it was smeared over red, and as he came into the camp he broke his +bow across his knee. + +"It is a token of defeat," said the Basket Woman; "the others will come +soon." But some came feebly because of wounds, and it seemed the women +looked for some who might never come. They cast up their arms and cried +with a terrible wailing sound that rose and shuddered among the pines. + +"Be still," said the young man; "would you bring our enemies down upon +us with your screeching?" Then the women threw themselves quietly in the +dust, and rocked to and fro with sobbing; their stillness was more +bitter than their crying. + +Suddenly out of the wood came a storm of arrows, a rush of strange, +painted braves, and the din of fighting. + +"Shut your eyes," said the Basket Woman, "it is not good for you to +see." Alan hid his face in the Basket Woman's dress, and heard the noise +of fighting rage and die away. When he ventured to look again on the +ruined huts and the trampled harvest, there were few left in the camp of +Corn Water, and they had enough to do to find food for their poor +bodies. They winnowed the creek with basket-work weirs for every +finger-long troutling that came down in it, and tore the bark off the +pine trees to get at the grubs underneath. + +"Why do they not go out and kill deer as before?" asked Alan. + +"Their enemies lurk in the wood and drive away the game," said the +Basket Woman. + +"Why do they not go to another place?" + +"Where shall they go, when their foes watch every pass?" said she. + +It seemed to Alan that many days and nights passed while they watched by +the camp; and the days were all sorrowful, and always, as before, the +best meat was set aside for the strongest. + +"Why is this so?" asked the boy. + +"Because," said the Basket Woman, "those who are strong must stay so to +care for the rest. It is the way of my people. You see that the others +do not complain." And it was so that the feeble ones tottered silently +about the camp or sat still a long time in one place with their heads +upon their knees. + +"How will it end?" asked Alan. + +"They must go away at last," said she, "though the cords of their hearts +are fastened here. But there is no seed corn, and the winter is close at +hand." + +Then there began to be a tang of frost in the air, and the people +gathered up their household goods, and, though there was not much of +them, they staggered and bent under the burden as they went up out of +the once happy valley to another home. The women let down their long +hair and smeared ashes upon it; they threw up their lean arms and +wailed long and mournfully as they passed among the pines. Alan began to +tremble with crying, and felt the Basket Woman patting him on the +shoulder. Her voice sounded to him like the voice of his mother telling +him to go to sleep again, for there was nothing for him to be troubled +about. After he grew quieter, the Indian woman lifted him up. "We must +be going," she said, "it is not good for us to be here." + +Alan wished as they went up over the mountain that she would help him +with talk toward forgetting what he had seen, but the long hair fell +over her face and she would not talk. He shivered in the basket, and the +night felt colder and full of fearsome noises. + +"What is that?" he whispered, as a falling star trailed all across the +dark. + +"It is the coyote people that brought the fire to my people," said the +Basket Woman. Alan hoped she would tell him a tale about it, but she +would not. They went on down the mountain until they came to the borders +of the long-leaved pines. Alan heard the sough of the wind in the +needles, and it seemed as if it called. + +"What is that?" he whispered. + +"It is Hi-no-no, the wind, mourning for his brother, the pine tree," but +she would not tell him that tale, either. She went faster and faster, +and Alan felt the stir of her shoulders under him. He listened to the +wind, and it grew fierce and louder until he heard the house beams +creak, for he was awake in his own bed. A strong wind drove gustily +across the mesa and laid hold of the corners of the roof. + +The next morning the homesteader said that he must go to the campoodie +and Alan might go with him. Alan was quite pleased, and said to his +mother while she was getting him ready, "Do you know, I think Indians +are a great deal better off as they are now." + +"Why, yes," said his mother, smiling, "I think so, too." + + + [Illustration: From photograph by A. A. Forbes + A "CAMPOODIE," OR INDIAN VILLAGE] + + + + +THE STREAM THAT RAN AWAY + + +In a short and shallow canyon on the front of Oppapago running eastward +toward the sun, one may find a clear brown stream called the creek of +Pinon Pines. That is not because it is unusual to find pinon trees on +Oppapago, but because there are so few of them in the canyon of the +stream. There are all sorts higher up on the slopes,--long-leaved yellow +pines, thimble cones, tamarack, silver fir and Douglas spruce; but here +there is only a group of the low-heading, gray nut pines which the +earliest inhabitants of that country called pinons. + +The canyon of Pinon Pines has a pleasant outlook and lies open to the +sun, but there is not much other cause for the forest rangers to +remember it. At the upper end there is no more room by the stream border +than will serve for a cattle trail; willows grow in it, choking the path +of the water; there are brown birches here and ropes of white clematis +tangled over thickets of brier rose. Low down the ravine broadens out to +inclose a meadow the width of a lark's flight, blossomy and wet and +good. Here the stream ran once in a maze of soddy banks and watered all +the ground, and afterward ran out at the canyon's mouth across the mesa +in a wash of bone-white boulders as far as it could. That was not very +far, for it was a slender stream. It had its source really on the high +crests and hollows of Oppapago, in the snow banks that melted and seeped +downward through the rocks; but the stream did not know any more of that +than you know of what happened to you before you were born, and could +give no account of itself except that it crept out from under a great +heap of rubble far up in the canyon of the Pinon Pines. And because it +had no pools in it deep enough for trout, and no trees on its borders +but gray nut pines; because, try as it might, it could never get across +the mesa to the town, the stream had fully made up its mind to run +away. + +"Pray what good will that do you?" said the pines. "If you get to the +town, they will turn you into an irrigating ditch and set you to +watering crops." + +"As to that," said the stream, "if I once get started I will not stop at +the town." Then it would fret between its banks until the spangled +frills of the mimulus were all tattered with its spray. Often at the end +of the summer it was worn quite thin and small with running, and not +able to do more than reach the meadow. + +"But some day," it whispered to the stones, "I shall run quite away." + +If the stream had been inclined for it, there was no lack of good +company on its own borders. Birds nested in the willows, rabbits came to +drink; one summer a bobcat made its lair up the bank opposite the brown +birches, and often deer fed in the meadow. Then there was a promise of +better things. In the spring of one year two old men came up into the +canyon of Pinon Pines. They had been miners and partners together for +many years, they had grown rich and grown poor, and had seen many hard +places and strange times. It was a day when the creek ran clear and the +south wind smelled of the earth. Wild bees began to whine among the +willows, and the meadow bloomed over with poppy-breasted larks. Then +said one of the old men, "Here is good meadow and water enough; let us +build a house and grow trees. We are too old to dig in the mines." + +"Let us set about it," said the other; for that is the way with two who +have been a long time together: what one thinks of, the other is for +doing. So they brought their possessions and made a beginning that day, +for they felt the spring come on warmly in their blood; they wished to +dig in the earth and handle it. + +These two men who, in the mining camps where they were known, were +called "Shorty" and "Long Tom," and had almost forgotten that they had +other names, built a house by the water border and planted trees. Shorty +was all for an orchard, but Long Tom preferred vegetables. So they did +each what he liked, and were never so happy as when walking in the +garden in the cool of the day, touching the growing things as they +walked and praising each other's work. + +"This will make a good home for our old age," said Long Tom, "and when +we die we can be buried here." + +"Under the pinon pines," said Shorty. "I have marked out a place." + +So they were very happy for three years. By this time the stream had +become so interested it had almost forgotten about running away. But +every year it noted that a larger bit of the meadow was turned under and +planted, and more and more the men made dams and ditches to govern its +running. + +"In fact," said the stream, "I am being made into an irrigating ditch +before I have had my fling in the world. I really must make a start." + +That very winter by the help of a great storm it went roaring down the +meadow over the mesa, and so clean away, with only a track of muddy +sand to show the way it had gone. All the winter, however, Shorty and +Long Tom brought water for drinking from a spring, and looked for the +stream to come back. In the spring they hoped still, for that was the +season they looked for the orchard to bear. But no fruit set on the +trees, and the seeds Long Tom planted shriveled in the earth. So by the +end of summer, when they understood that the water would not come back +at all, they went sadly away. + +Now what happened to the creek of Pinon Pines is not very well known to +any one, for the stream is not very clear on that point, except that it +did not have a happy time. It went out in the world on the wings of the +storm and was very much tossed about and mixed up with other waters, +lost and bewildered. Everywhere it saw water at work, turning mills, +watering fields, carrying trade, falling as hail, rain, and snow, and at +the last, after many journeys, found itself creeping out from under the +rocks of Oppapago in the canyon of Pinon Pines. Immediately the little +stream knew itself and recalled clearly all that had happened to it +before. + +"After all, home is best," said the stream, and ran about in its choked +channels looking for old friends. The willows were there, but grown +shabby and dying at the top; the birches were quite dead, but stood +still in their places; and there was only rubbish where the white +clematis had been. Even the rabbits had gone away. The little stream ran +whimpering in the meadow, fumbling at the ruined ditches to comfort the +fruit-trees which were not quite dead. It was very dull in those days +living in the canyon of Pinon Pines. + +"But it is really my own fault," said the stream. So it went on +repairing the borders with the best heart it could contrive. + +About the time the white clematis had come back to hide the ruin of the +brown birches, a young man came and camped with his wife and child in +the meadow. They were looking for a place to make a home. They looked +long at the meadow, for Shorty and Long Tom had taken away their house +and it did not appear to belong to any one. + +"What a charming place!" said the young wife, "just the right distance +from town, and a stream all to ourselves. And look, there are +fruit-trees already planted. Do let us decide to stay." + +Then she took off the child's shoes and stockings to let it play in the +stream. The water curled all about the bare feet and gurgled +delightedly. + +"Ah, do stay," begged the happy water, "I can be such a help to you, for +I know how a garden should be irrigated in the best manner." + +The child laughed and stamped the water up to his bare knees. The young +wife watched anxiously while her husband walked up and down the stream +border and examined the fruit-trees. + +"It is a delightful place," he said, "and the soil is rich, but I am +afraid the water cannot be depended upon. There are signs of a great +drought within the last two or three years. Look, there is a clump of +birches in the very path of the stream, but all dead; and the largest +limbs of the fruit-trees have died. In this country one must be able to +make sure of the water supply. I suppose the people who planted them +must have abandoned the place when the stream went dry. We must go on +farther." So they took their goods and the child and went on farther. + +"Ah, well," said the stream, "that is what is to be expected when one +has a reputation for neglecting one's duty. But I wish they had stayed. +That baby and I understood each other." + +He had quite made up his mind not to run away again, though he could not +be expected to be quite cheerful after all that had happened; in fact, +if you go yourself to the canyon of the Pinon Pines you will notice that +the stream, where it goes brokenly about the meadow, has quite a +mournful sound. + + + + +THE COYOTE-SPIRIT AND THE WEAVING WOMAN + + +The Weaving Woman lived under the bank of the stony wash that cut +through the country of the mesquite dunes. The Coyote-Spirit, which, you +understand, is an Indian whose form has been changed to fit with his +evil behavior, ranged from the Black Rock where the wash began to the +white sands beyond Pahranagat; and the Goat-Girl kept her flock among +the mesquites, or along the windy stretch of sage below the campoodie; +but as the Coyote-Spirit never came near the wickiups by day, and the +Goat-Girl went home the moment the sun dropped behind Pahranagat, they +never met. These three are all that have to do with the story. + +The Weaving Woman, whose work was the making of fine baskets of split +willow and roots of yucca and brown grass, lived alone, because there +was nobody found who wished to live with her, and because it was +whispered among the wickiups that she was different from other people. +It was reported that she had an infirmity of the eyes which caused her +to see everything with rainbow fringes, bigger and brighter and better +than it was. All her days were fruitful, a handful of pine nuts as much +to make merry over as a feast; every lad who went by a-hunting with his +bow at his back looked to be a painted brave, and every old woman +digging roots as fine as a medicine man in all his feathers. All the +faces at the campoodie, dark as the mingled sand and lava of the Black +Rock country, deep lined with work and weather, shone for this singular +old woman with the glory of the late evening light on Pahranagat. The +door of her wickiup opened toward the campoodie with the smoke going up +from cheerful hearths, and from the shadow of the bank where she sat to +make baskets she looked down the stony wash where all the trails +converged that led every way among the dunes, and saw an enchanted mesa +covered with misty bloom and gentle creatures moving on trails that +seemed to lead to the places where one had always wished to be. + +Since all this was so, it was not surprising that her baskets turned out +to be such wonderful affairs, and the tribesmen, though they winked and +wagged their heads, were very glad to buy them for a haunch of venison +or a bagful of mesquite meal. Sometimes, as they stroked the perfect +curves of the bowls or traced out the patterns, they were heard to sigh, +thinking how fine life would be if it were so rich and bright as she +made it seem, instead of the dull occasion they had found it. There were +some who even said it was a pity, since she was so clever at the craft, +that the weaver was not more like other people, and no one thought to +suggest that in that case her weaving would be no better than theirs. +For all this the basket-maker did not care, sitting always happily at +her weaving or wandering far into the desert in search of withes and +barks and dyes, where the wild things showed her many a wonder hid from +those who have not rainbow fringes to their eyes; and because she was +not afraid of anything, she went farther and farther into the silent +places until in the course of time she met the Coyote-Spirit. + +Now a Coyote-Spirit, from having been a man, is continually thinking +about men and wishing to be with them, and, being a coyote and of the +wolf's breed, no sooner does he have his wish than he thinks of +devouring. So as soon as this one had met the Weaving Woman he desired +to eat her up, or to work her some evil according to the evil of his +nature. He did not see any opportunity to begin at the first meeting, +for on account of the infirmity of her eyes the woman did not see him as +a coyote, but as a man, and let down her wicker water bottle for him to +drink, so kindly that he was quite abashed. She did not seem in the +least afraid of him, which is disconcerting even to a real coyote; +though if he had been, she need not have been afraid of him in any case. +Whatever pestiferous beast the Indian may think the dog of the +wilderness, he has no reason to fear him except when by certain signs, +as having a larger and leaner body, a sharper muzzle, and more evilly +pointed ears, he knows him the soul of a bad-hearted man going about in +that guise. There are enough of these coyote-spirits ranging in Mesquite +Valley and over towards Funeral Mountains and about Pahranagat to give +certain learned folk surmise as to whether there may not be a strange +breed of wolves in that region; but the Indians know better. + +When the coyote-spirit who had met the basket woman thought about it +afterward, he said to himself that she deserved all the mischance that +might come upon her for that meeting. "She knows," he said, "that this +is my range, and whoever walks in a coyote-spirit's range must expect to +take the consequences. She is not at all like the Goat-Girl." + +The Coyote-Spirit had often watched the Goat-Girl from the top of +Pahranagat, but because she was always in the open where no +lurking-places were, and never far from the corn lands where the old +men might be working, he had made himself believe he would not like that +kind of a girl. Every morning he saw her come out of her leafy hut, +loose the goats from the corral, which was all of cactus stems and broad +leaves of prickly-pear, and lead them out among the wind-blown hillocks +of sand under which the trunks of the mesquite flourished for a hundred +years, and out of the tops of which the green twigs bore leaves and +fruit; or along the mesa to browse on bitterbrush and the tops of +scrubby sage. Sometimes she plaited willows for the coarser kinds of +basket-work, or, in hot noonings while the flock dozed, worked herself +collars and necklaces of white and red and turquoise-colored beads, and +other times sat dreaming on the sand. But whatever she did, she kept far +enough from the place of the Coyote-Spirit, who, now that he had met the +Weaving Woman, could not keep his mind off her. Her hut was far enough +from the campoodie so that every morning he went around by the Black +Rock to see if she was still there, and there she sat weaving patterns +in her baskets of all that she saw or thought. Now it would be the +winding wash and the wattled huts beside it, now the mottled skin of the +rattlesnake or the curled plumes of the quail. + +At last the Coyote-Spirit grew so bold that when there was no one +passing on the trail he would go and walk up and down in front of the +wickiup. Then the Weaving Woman would look up from her work and give him +the news of the season and the tribesmen in so friendly a fashion that +he grew less and less troubled in his mind about working her mischief. +He said in his evil heart that since the ways of such as he were known +to the Indians,--as indeed they were, with many a charm and spell to +keep them safe,--it could be no fault of his if they came to harm +through too much familiarity. As for the Weaving Woman, he said, "She +sees me as I am, and ought to know better," for he had not heard about +the infirmity of her eyes. + +Finally he made up his mind to ask her to go with him to dig for roots +around the foot of Pahranagat, and if she consented,--and of course she +did, for she was a friendly soul,--he knew in his heart what he would +do. They went out by the mesa trail, and it was a soft and blossomy day +of spring. Long wands of the creosote with shining fretted foliage were +hung with creamy bells of bloom, and doves called softly from the +Dripping Spring. They passed rows of owlets sitting by their burrows and +saw young rabbits playing in their shallow forms. The Weaving Woman +talked gayly as they went, as Indian women talk, with soft mellow voices +and laughter breaking in between the words like smooth water flowing +over stones. She talked of how the deer had shifted their feeding +grounds and of whether the quail had mated early that year as a sign of +a good season, matters of which the Coyote-Spirit knew more than she, +only he was not thinking of those things just then. Whenever her back +was turned he licked his cruel jaws and whetted his appetite. They +passed the level mesa, passed the tumbled fragments of the Black Rock +and came to the sharp wall-sided canons that showed the stars at noon +from their deep wells of sombre shade, where no wild creature made its +home and no birds ever sang. Then the Weaving Woman grew still at last +because of the great stillness, and the Coyote-Spirit said in a hungry, +whining voice,-- + +"Do you know why I brought you here?" + +"To show me how still and beautiful the world is here," said the Weaving +Woman, and even then she did not seem afraid. + +"To eat you up," said the Coyote. With that he looked to see her fall +quaking at his feet, and he had it in mind to tell her it was no fault +but her own for coming so far astray with one of his kind, but the woman +only looked at him and laughed. The sound of her laughter was like water +in a bubbling spring. + +"Why do you laugh?" said the Coyote, and he was so astonished that his +jaws remained open when he had done speaking. + +"How could you eat me?" said she. "Only wild beasts could do that." + +"What am I, then?" + +"Oh, you are only a man." + +"I am a coyote," said he. + +"Do you think I have no eyes?" said the woman. "Come!" For she did not +understand that her eyes were different from other people's, what she +really thought was that other people's were different from hers, which +is quite another matter, so she pulled the Coyote-Spirit over to a +rain-fed pool. In that country the rains collect in basins of the solid +rock that grow polished with a thousand years of storm and give back +from their shining side a reflection like a mirror. One such lay in the +bottom of the black canyon, and the Weaving Woman stood beside it. + +Now it is true of coyote-spirits that they are so only because of their +behavior; not only have they power to turn themselves to men if they +wish--but they do not wish, or they would not have become coyotes in the +first place--but other people in their company, according as they think +man-thoughts or beast-thoughts, can throw over them such a change that +they have only to choose which they will be. So the basket-weaver +contrived to throw the veil of her mind over the Coyote-Spirit, so that +when he looked at himself in the pool he could not tell for the life of +him whether he was most coyote or most man, which so frightened him that +he ran away and left the Weaving Woman to hunt for roots alone. He ran +for three days and nights, being afraid of himself, which is the worst +possible fear, and then ran back to see if the basket-maker had not +changed her mind. He put his head in at the door of her wickiup. + +"Tell me, now, am I a coyote or a man?" + +"Oh, a man," said she, and he went off to Pahranagat to think it over. +In a day or two he came back. + +"And what now?" he said. + +"Oh, a man, and I think you grow handsomer every day." + +That was really true, for what with her insisting upon it and his +thinking about it, the beast began to go out of him and the man to come +back. That night he went down to the campoodie to try and steal a kid +from the corral, but it occurred to him just in time that a man would +not do that, so he went back to Pahranagat and ate roots and berries +instead, which was a true sign that he had grown into a man again. Then +there came a day when the Weaving Woman asked him to stop at her hearth +and eat. There was a savory smell going up from the cooking-pots, cakes +of mesquite meal baking in the ashes, and sugary white buds of the yucca +palm roasting on the coals. The man who had been a coyote lay on a +blanket of rabbit skin and heard the cheerful snapping of the fire. It +was all so comfortable and bright that somehow it made him think of the +Goat-Girl. + +"That is the right sort of a girl," he said to himself. "She has always +stayed in the safe open places and gone home early. She should be able +to tell me what I am," for he was not quite sure, and since he had begun +to walk with men a little, he had heard about the Weaving Woman's eyes. + +Next day he went out where the flock fed, not far from the corn lands, +and the Goat-Girl did not seem in the least afraid of him. So he went +again, and the third day he said,-- + +"Tell me what I seem to you." + +"A very handsome man," said she. + +"Then will you marry me?" said he; and when the Goat-Girl had taken time +to think about it she said yes, she thought she would. + +Now, when the man who had been a coyote lay on the blanket of the +Weaving Woman's wickiup, he had taken notice how it was made of willows +driven into the ground around a pit dug in the earth, and the poles +drawn together at the top, and thatched with brush, and he had tried at +the foot of Pahranagat until he had built another like it; so when he +had married the Goat-Girl, after the fashion of her tribe, he took her +there to live. He was not now afraid of anything except that his wife +might get to know that he had once been a coyote. It was during the +first month of their marriage that he said to her, "Do you know the +basket-maker who lives under the bank of the stony wash? They call her +the Weaving Woman." + +"I have heard something of her and I have bought her baskets. Why do you +ask?" + +"It is nothing," said the man, "but I hear strange stories of her, that +she associates with coyote-spirits and such creatures," for he wanted to +see what his wife would say to that. + +"If that is the case," said she, "the less we see of her the better. One +cannot be too careful in such matters." + +After that, when the man who had been a coyote and his wife visited the +campoodie, they turned out of the stony wash before they reached the +wickiup, and came in to the camp by another trail. But I have not heard +whether the Weaving Woman noticed it. + + + + +THE CHEERFUL GLACIER + + +Very many years ago, at the foot of a nameless peak between Mount Ritter +and Togobah, after three successive years of deep snow there was a +glacier born. It crept out fanwise from a furrow on the mountain-side, +very high up, above the limit of the white-barked pines, and its upper +end was lost under the drift of loose snow that trailed down the slope. +For three successive winters the gray veil of storms hung month-long +about the crest of the Sierras, while the snow came falling, falling, +and the wind kept heaping, heaping, until the drifts sagged and slipped +of their own weight down the long groove of the mountain; and since it +lay on the sunless northern slope, and as it happened the summers that +came between fell cool and rainy, there, when the spring thaw had +cleared the loose snow, spread out on a little stony flat lay the rim of +the glacier. Yet it was a very little one, a rod or two of clear +shining ice that ran into deep blue and gray sludge under a drift of +coarse, whitish granules, and very high up, fine dry particles of snow +like powdered glass. So it lay at the time of year when the mountain +sheep began to come back to their summer feeding-grounds. + +When the thaw had cleared the heather and warmed the lichened rocks, +they loosed their hold of the ice, and the great weight of it began to +crawl down the mountain. At the first slow thrill of motion the little +glacier creaked with delight. + +"Ah," it said, "it is evident that I am not a mere snow bank, for in +that case I should remain in one place. Now I know myself truly a +glacier." For up to that time it had been in some doubt. + +By the end of the summer it had advanced more than a span in the shadow +of the peak. Then the snows began, deep and heavy, but the glacier did +not complain; it hugged the floor of the rift where it lay, and thought +of the time when it should start on its travels again. So, because of +thinking about it so much, or because the snows were deeper and the +summers not so warm, the glacier increased and went forward until it had +quite crossed the stony flat, and began to believe it might make its +mark in the world. There were any number of reasons for thinking so. To +begin with, all that neighborhood was deeply scarred and scoured by the +trail of old glaciers, and the high peaks glittered with the keen polish +of ice floes. All down the slope shone glassy bosses of clear granite +succeeding to beds of cassiope and blue heather, polished slips of +granite, pentstemon and more heather, smooth granite that the feet could +take no hold upon, then saxifrage and meadowsweet, and so down to the +stream border, where the water quarreled with the stones. And by the +time the little glacier had settled that it would leave such a mark on +the mountain-side, shining and softened by small blossomy things, it had +come quite to the farthest border of the flat, and looked over the edge +of a sharp descent. It was much too far to bend over, for though the +glacier was all of brittle ice, it could bend a little. + +"But it is really nothing," said the glacier. "I have only to grind down +the cliff until it is the proper height;" and it took a firmer hold on +the sharp fragments of stones it had gathered on its way down the +ravine. The pressure of the sodden snow above kept on, however, and +before the glacier had fairly begun its grinding the ice rim was pushed +out beyond the bluff, broke off, and lay at the foot in a shining heap. + +"So much the better," said the cheerful glacier. "What with grinding +above and filling with broken ice below, the work will be accomplished +in half the time." + +But that never really happened, for this was the last season the ice +reached to the far edge of the flat. The next year there was less snow +and more sun. The long slope of bare rocks gathered up the heat and held +it so that the ice began to melt underneath, and a stream ran from it +and fell over the cliff in a fine silvery veil. + +"How very fortunate," said the glacier, "to become the head of a river +so early in my career. Besides, this is a much easier way of getting +over the falls." + +Then the water began to purr in sheer content where it went among the +stones; it increased and went down the canyon toward the white torrent of +the creek that flowed from Togobah, and the next summer a water ousel +found it. She came whirling up the course of the stream like a thrown +pebble, plump and slaty blue, scattering a spray of sound as clear and +round as the trickle of ice water that went over the falls. The ousel +sat on the edge of the ice rim to finish her song, and it timed with the +running of the stream. + +"You should understand," said the glacier, "that I started in life with +the intention of cutting my way down the mountain. But now I am become a +river I am quite as well pleased." + +"Everything is the best," said the ousel; "that has been the motto of my +family for a long time, and I am sure I have proved it." And if one +listened close as she flew in and out of the falls and sought in the +white torrent for her food, one understood that it was the burden of her +song. "Everything is the best," she sang, and kept on singing it when +the glacier had grown so small by running that it was quite hollowed out +under the roof of granulated snow, and the light came through it softly +and wonderfully blue. Then the ousel would go far up into this ice cave +until the sound of her singing came out wild and sweet, mixed with the +water and the tinkle of the ice. As for the words of her song, the +glacier never disagreed with her, though by now it had retreated clear +across its stony flat. But the wind brought in the seeds of dwarf willow +that sprouted and took root, and bright little buttercups began to come +up and shiver in the flood of ice water. + +"It seems I am to have a meadow of my own," said the glacier, by the +time there was stone-crop and purple pentstemon blowing in the damp +crevices about its border. "I do not believe there is a prettier ice +garden on this side of the mountain. And to think that all I once +wished was to leave a track of bare and shining stones! The ousel is +right, everything is for the best." + +The ousel always went downstream at the beginning of the winter, when +the running waters were shut under snow bridges and the pools were +puddles of gray sludge, down and down to the foothill borders, and at +the turn of the year followed up again in the wake of the thaw. So it +was not often that the ousel and the glacier saw each other between +October and June. + +"But of course," said the glacier, "the longer you are away, the more we +have to say to each other when you come." + +"And anyway it cannot be helped," said the ousel. For though she did not +mind the storms and cold weather, one cannot really exist without +eating. + +After one of these winter trips, the ousel noticed that the stream that +came over the fall had quite failed, ran only a slender trickle that +dripped among the shivering fern and was lost in the rock crevices, and +though she was such a cheerful little body, she did not like to be the +first to speak of it. It seemed as if the glacier could not last much +longer at that rate. So she flitted about in the lace-work caverns of +the ice, and sang airily and sweet, and the words of her song were what +they had always been. + +"That is quite true," said the glacier. "You see how it is with me; once +I was very proud to run over the fall with a splashing sound, but now I +find it better to keep all the water for my meadow." + +In fact, there was quite a border of sod all about where the ice had +been, and a great mat of white-belled cassiope in the middle. It grew +greener and more blossomy every year. The ousel grew so used to finding +it there, and so pleased with the society of the glacier, which was +quite after her own heart, that it was a great grief to her as she came +whirling up the stream in the flood tide of the year to find that they +had both, the meadow and the ice, wholly disappeared. + +That had been a winter of long, thunderous storms, and a great splinter +of granite had fallen away from the mountain peaks and slid down in a +heap of rubble over the place where the glacier had been. There was now +no trace of it under sharp, broken stones. + +But because they had been friends, the ousel could not keep quite away +from the place, but came again and again and flew chirruping around the +foot of the hill. One of those days when the sun was strong and the +heather white on the wild headlands, she saw a slender rill of water +creeping out at the bottom of the rubbish heap, and knew at once by the +cheerful sound of it that it must be her friend the glacier, or what was +left of it. + +"Yes, indeed," bubbled the spring, "it is really surprising what good +luck I have. As a glacier, I suppose I should have quite melted away in +a few summers; but with all this protection of loose stones, I shouldn't +wonder if I became a perennial spring." + +And in fact that is exactly what occurred, for with the snow that sifted +down between the broken boulders, and the snow water that collected in +the hollow where the meadow had been, the spring has never gone quite +dry. Every summer, when the heather and pentstemon and saxifrage on the +glacier slip are at their best, the cheerful water comes out of the foot +of the nameless peak and the ousel comes up from the white torrent and +sits upon the stones. Then they sing together, and their voices blend +perfectly; but if you listen carefully, you will observe that the words +of their song are always the same. + + + + +THE MERRY-GO-ROUND + + +The Basket Woman was washing for the homesteader's wife at the spring, +and Alan, by this time very good friends with her, was pulling up +sagebrush for the fire, when the coyote came by. It was a clear, wide +morning, warm and sweet, with gusty flaws of cooler air moving down from +Pine Mountain. There was a lake of purple lupins in the swale, and the +last faint flush of wild almonds burning on the slope. The grapevines at +the spring were full of bloom and tender leaf. Eastward, above the high +tilted mesa under the open sky, the buzzards were making a +merry-go-round. That was the way Alan always thought of their +performance when he saw them circling slantwise under the sun. Round and +round they went, now so low that he could see how the shabby wing +feathers frayed out at the edges, now so high that they became mere +specks against the sky. + +"What makes them go round and round?" asked Alan of the mahala. + +"They go about to wait for their dinner, but the table is not yet +spread," said she. The Basket Woman did not use quite such good English; +but though Alan understood her broken talk, you probably would not. The +little boy could not imagine, though he tried, what a buzzard's dinner +might be like. The high mesa, with the water of mirage rolling over it, +was a kind of enchanted land to him where almost anything might happen. +He would lie contentedly for hours with his head pillowed on the +hillocks of blown sand about the roots of the sage, and look up at the +merry-go-round. He noticed that, although others joined them from the +invisible upper sky, none ever seemed to go away, but hung and circled +and faded into the thin blue deeps of air. Often he saw them settle +flockwise below the rim of the mesa and beyond his sight, wondering +greatly what they might be about. + +The morning at the spring he watched them in the intervals of tending +the sagebrush fire, and then it was that the coyote came by, going in +that direction. His head was cocked to one side, and he seemed to watch +the merry-go-round out of the corner of his eye as he went. + +Alan thought the little gray beast had not seen them at the spring, but +in that he was mistaken. A quarter of an hour before, as he came up out +of the gully that hid his lair, the coyote had sighted the boy and the +Basket Woman and made sure in his own mind that they had no gun. So, as +it lay in his way, he came quite close to them; opposite the spring he +paused a moment with one foot lifted, and eyed them with a wise and +secret look. He went on toward the mesa, stopped again, looked back and +then up at the whirling buzzards, and went on again. + +"Where does that one go?" asked Alan. + +"Eh," said the Basket Woman, "he goes also to the dinner. It is good +eating they have out there on the mesa together." + +Alan looked after him, and the coyote paused and looked back over his +shoulder as one who expects to be followed, and quite suddenly it came +into the boy's mind to go up on the mesa and see what it was all about. +The Basket Woman was bent above her tubs and did not see him go; when +she missed him she supposed he had gone back to the house. Alan trotted +on after the coyote until he lost him in a sunken place full of boulders +and black sage; but he had been headed still toward that spot above +which the black wings beat dizzily, and that way Alan went, climbing by +the help of stout shrubs to the mesa, which here fell off steeply to the +valley, and then on until he saw his coyote or another one, going +steadily toward the merry-go-round. + +The mesa was very warm, and swam in misty blueness although the day was +clear. Dim shapes of mountains stood up on the far edge, and near by a +procession of lonely, low hills rounded like the backs of dolphins +appearing out of the sea. Stubby shrubs as tall as Alan's shoulder +covered the mesa sparingly, and in wide spaces there were beds of +yellow-flowered prickly-pear; singly and far stood up tall stems of +white-belled yucca, called in that country Candles of Our Lord. Alan +could not follow the coyote close among the scrub, but dropped presently +into a cattle trail that ran toward the place where he supposed the +coyote's dinner must be, and so trudged on in it while the sun wheeled +high in the heavens and the whole air of the mesa quivered with the +heat. + +It is certain that in his wanderings Alan must have traveled that day +and the next as much as twenty miles from the spring, though he might +easily have been lost in less time, for his head hardly came above the +tops of the scrub, and there were no landmarks to guide by, other than +the low hills which seemed to alter nothing whichever way one looked at +them. As for the buzzards, they rose higher and higher into the dim, +quivering air. Alan began to be thirsty, next tired, and then hungry. He +tried to turn toward home, but got no nearer, and finally understood +that he might be lost, so he ran about wildly for a time, which made +matters no better. He began to cry and to run eagerly at the same time +until, blind and breathless, he would fall and lie sobbing, and wish +that he might see his mother or the Basket Woman come walking across the +mesa with her basket on her back. By this time it was hot and close and +he had come where the scant-leaved shrubs were far between, and with +heat and running the tears were dried out of him. He sobbed in his +breath and his lips were cracked and dry. It fell cooler as night drew +on, but he grew sick with hunger, and shuddered with the fear of +darkness. Far off across the mesa the coyotes began to howl. + +Down in the homesteader's cabin nobody slept that night. When they first +missed Alan, which was at noon, no one had the least idea where he was. +His mother had supposed him at the spring, and the Basket Woman thought +he had gone to his mother. It was all open ground about the cabin from +the mesa and the foot of the hills, and below it toward the valley bare +stretches of moon-white sands. + +The homesteader thought that the boy might have gone to the campoodie; +but there they found he had not been, and none of the Indians had seen +him; but by three of the clock they were all out beating about the +spring to pick up the light trail of his feet, and there they were when +the quick dark came on and stopped them. + +By the earliest light of the next morning the Basket Woman, who was +really very fond of him, had come out of her hut to ask for news, but +when she had looked up to the sky for a token of what the day was to be, +she saw the buzzards come slantwise out of space and begin the +merry-go-round. All at once she remembered Alan's question of the day +before, and though she could not reasonably expect any one to take any +notice of it, an idea came into her head and a gleam into her beady +eyes. She caught her pony from the corral, riding him astride as Indian +women ride, with the wicker water bottle slung across her shoulder and a +parcel of food hid in her bosom. She went up the mesa rim toward the +spot where the buzzards swung circling in the sky. + +When Alan awoke that morning under the creosote bush, he thought he +must have come nearly to the place he had meant to find the day before. +There was the coyote skulking out in the cactus scrub, and the buzzards +wheeling low and large. It was a hot, smoky morning, the soil was all of +coarse gravel, loose and white. Over to the right of him lay a still +blue pool, and a broad river flowed into it in soft billows without +sound. The coyote went toward it, looking back over his shoulder, and +Allan followed, for his tongue was swollen in his mouth with thirst. The +little boy was quite clear in his mind; he knew that he was lost, that +he was very hungry, and that it was necessary to find his father and +mother very soon. As he had come toward the mountains the day before, he +thought that he should start directly away from them. He thought he +could not be far from the campoodie, for it came to him dimly that he +had heard the Indians singing the coyote song in the night, but he meant +to have a drink in the soft still billows of the stream. A little ahead +of him the coyote seemed to have gone into it, his head just cleared +the surface, and the water heaved to the movements of his shoulders. But +somehow Alan got no nearer to it. The stream seemed to loop and curve +away from him, and presently he saw the lake behind him and could not +think how that could be, for he did not understand that it was a lake +and river of mirage. He saw the trees stand up on its borders, and +fancied that the air which came from it was moist and cool. Always the +coyote went before and showed him the way, and at last he lifted up his +long thin muzzle and made a doleful cry. Mostly it seemed to Alan that +the coyotes howled like dogs, but a little crazily; now it appeared that +this one spoke in words that he could understand. When he told his +mother of it afterwards, she said it was only the fever of his thirst +and fatigue, but the Basket Woman believed him. + +"Ho, ho!" cried the coyote, "come, come, my brothers, to the hunting! +Come!" + +A great black shadow of wings fell over them and a voice cried huskily, +"What of the quarry?" + +"The quarry is close at hand," said the coyote, and Alan wondered +dizzily what they might be talking about. He could not look up, for his +eyes were nearly blinded by the light that beat up from the sand, but he +saw wing shadows thickening on the ground. + +"Where do you go now?" cried the voice in the upper air. + +"Round and about to the false water until he is very weary," said the +coyote; and it seemed to Alan that he must follow where the gray dog +went in a maze of moving shadows. He trembled and fell from weakness a +great many times and lay with his face in the shelter of the prickle +bushes, but always he got up and went on again. + +"Have a care," cried the voice in the air, "here comes one of his own +kind." + +"What and where?" said the coyote. + +"It is a brown one riding on a horse; she comes up from the gully of big +rocks." + +"Does she follow a trail?" panted the coyote. + +"She follows no trail, but rides fast in this direction," croaked the +voice, but Alan took no interest in it. He did not know that it was the +Basket Woman coming to rescue him. He thought of the merry-go-round, for +he saw that he had come back to the creosote bush where he had spent the +night, and he thought the earth had come round with him, for it rocked +and reeled as he went. His tongue hung out of his mouth and his lips +cracked and bled, his feet were blistered and aching from the sharp +rocks, the hot sands, and cactus thorns. Round and round with him went +scrub and sand, on one side the shadow of black wings, and on the other +the smooth flow of mirage water which he might never reach. Through it +all he could hear the soft _biff, biff_ of the broad wings and the long, +hungry, whining howl that seemed to detach itself from any throat and +come upon him from all quarters of the quivering air. Dizzily went the +merry-go-round, and now it seemed that the false water swung nearer, +that it went around with him, that it bore him up, for he no longer felt +the earth under him, that it buoyed and floated him far out from the +place where he had been, that it grew deliciously cool at last, that it +laved his face and flowed in his parched throat; and at last he opened +his eyes and found the Basket Woman trickling water in his mouth from +her wicker water bottle. It was noon of his second day from home when +she found him on Cactus Flat, by going straight to the point where she +saw the black wings hanging in the air. She laid him on the horse before +her and dripped water in his mouth and coaxed and called to him, but +never left off riding nor halted until she came up with others of the +search party who had followed up by the place where Alan had climbed to +the mesa, and followed slowly by a faint trail. But to Alan it was all +as if he had dreamed that the Basket Woman had brought him as before +from the valley of Corn Water. The first that he realized was that his +father had him, and that his mother was crying and kissing the Basket +Woman. It was several days before he was able to be about again, and +then only under promise that he would go no farther than the spring. +The first thing he saw when he looked up was the buzzards high up over +the mesa making a merry-go-round in the clear blue, and it was then he +remembered that he had not yet found out what it was all about. + + + + +THE CHRISTMAS TREE + + +Eastward from the Sierras rises a strong red hill known as Pine +Mountain, though the Indians call it The Hill of Summer Snow. At its +foot stands a town of a hundred board houses, given over wholly to the +business of mining. The noise of it goes on by day and night,--the creak +of the windlasses, the growl of the stamps in the mill, the clank of the +cars running down to the dump, and from the open doors of the drinking +saloons, great gusts of laughter and the sound of singing. Billows of +smoke roll up from the tall stacks and by night are lit ruddily by the +smelter fires all going at a roaring blast. + +Whenever the charcoal-burner's son looked down on the red smoke, the +glare, and the hot breath of the furnaces, it seemed to him like an +exhalation from the wickedness that went on continually in the town; +though all he knew of wickedness was the word, a rumor from passers-by, +and a kind of childish fear. The charcoal-burner's cabin stood on a spur +of Pine Mountain two thousand feet above the town, and sometimes the boy +went down to it on the back of the laden burros when his father carried +charcoal to the furnaces. All else that he knew were the wild creatures +of the mountain, the trees, the storms, the small flowering things, and +away at the back of his heart a pale memory of his mother like the faint +forest odor that clung to the black embers of the pine. They had lived +in the town when the mother was alive and the father worked in the +mines. There were not many women or children in the town at that time, +but mining men jostling with rude quick ways; and the young mother was +not happy. + +"Never let my boy grow up in such a place," she said as she lay dying; +and when they had buried her in the coarse shallow soil, her husband +looked for comfort up toward The Hill of Summer Snow shining purely, +clear white and quiet in the sun. It swam in the upper air above the +sooty reek of the town and seemed as if it called. Then he took the +young child up to the mountain, built a cabin under the tamarack pines, +and a pit for burning charcoal for the furnace fires. + +No one could wish for a better place for a boy to grow up in than the +slope of Pine Mountain. There was the drip of pine balm and a wind like +wine, white water in the springs, and as much room for roaming as one +desired. The charcoal-burner's son chose to go far, coming back with +sheaves of strange bloom from the edge of snow banks on the high ridges, +bright spar or peacock-painted ores, hatfuls of berries, or strings of +shining trout. He played away whole mornings in glacier meadows where he +heard the eagle scream; walking sometimes in a mist of cloud he came +upon deer feeding, or waked them from their lair in the deep fern. On +snow-shoes in winter he went over the deep drifts and spied among the +pine tops on the sparrows, the grouse, and the chilly robins wintering +under the green tents. The deep snow lifted him up and held him among +the second stories of the trees. But that was not until he was a great +lad, straight and springy as a young fir. As a little fellow he spent +his days at the end of a long rope staked to a pine just out of reach of +the choppers and the charcoal-pits. When he was able to go about alone, +his father made him give three promises: never to follow a bear's trail +nor meddle with the cubs, never to try to climb the eagle rocks after +the young eagles, never to lie down nor to sleep on the sunny, south +slope where the rattlesnakes frequented. After that he was free of the +whole wood. + +When Mathew, for so the boy was called, was ten years old, he began to +be of use about the charcoal-pits, to mark the trees for cutting, to +sack the coals, to keep the house, and cook his father's meals. He had +no companions of his own age nor wanted any, for at this time he loved +the silver firs. A group of them grew in a swale below the cabin, tall +and fine; the earth under them was slippery and brown with needles. +Where they stood close together with overlapping boughs the light among +the tops was golden green, but between the naked boles it was a vapor +thin and blue. These were the old trees that had wagged their tops +together for three hundred years. Around them stood a ring of saplings +and seedlings scattered there by the parent firs, and a little apart +from these was the one that Mathew loved. It was slender of trunk and +silvery white, the branches spread out fanwise to the outline of a +perfect spire. In the spring, when the young growth covered it as with a +gossamer web, it gave out a pleasant odor, and it was to him like the +memory of what his mother had been. Then he garlanded it with flowers +and hung streamers of white clematis all heavy with bloom upon its +boughs. He brought it berries in cups of bark and sweet water from the +spring; always as long as he knew it, it seemed to him that the fir tree +had a soul. + +The first trip he had ever made on snow-shoes was to see how it fared +among the drifts. That was always a great day when he could find the +slender cross of its topmost bough above the snow. The fir was not very +tall in those days, but the snows as far down on the slope as the +charcoal-burner's cabin lay shallowly. There was a time when Mathew +expected to be as tall as the fir, but after a while the boy did not +grow so fast and the fir kept on adding its whorl of young branches +every year. + +Mathew told it all his thoughts. When at times there was a heaviness in +his breast which was really a longing for his mother, though he did not +understand it, he would part the low spreading branches and creep up to +the slender trunk of the fir. Then he would put his arms around it and +be quiet for a long beautiful time. The tree had its own way of +comforting him; the branches swept the ground and shut him in dark and +close. He made a little cairn of stones under it and kept his treasures +there. + +Often as he sat snuggled up to the heart of the tree, the boy would slip +his hand over the smooth intervals between the whorls of boughs, and +wonder how they knew the way to grow. All the fir trees are alike in +this, that they throw out their branches from the main stem like the +rays of a star, one added to another with the season's growth. They +stand out stiffly from the trunk, and the shape of each new bough in the +beginning and the shape of the last growing twig when they have spread +out broadly with many branchlets, bending with the weight of their own +needles, is the shape of a cross; and the topmost sprig that rises above +all the star-built whorls is a long and slender cross, until by the +springing of new branches it becomes a star. So the two forms go on +running into and repeating each other, and each star is like all the +stars, and every bough is another's twin. It is this trim and certain +growth that sets out the fir from all the mountain trees, and gives to +the young saplings a secret look as they stand straight and stiffly +among the wild brambles on the hill. For the wood delights to grow +abroad at all points, and one might search a summer long without finding +two leaves of the oak alike, or any two trumpets of the spangled +mimulus. So, as at that time he had nothing better worth studying +about, Mathew noticed and pondered the secret of the silver fir, and +grew up with it until he was twelve years old and tall and strong for +his age. By this time the charcoal-burner began to be troubled about the +boy's schooling. + +Meantime there was rioting and noise and coming and going of strangers +in the town at the foot of Pine Mountain, and the furnace blast went on +ruddily and smokily. Because of the things he heard Mathew was afraid, +and on rare occasions when he went down to it he sat quietly among the +charcoal sacks, and would not go far away from them except when he held +his father by the hand. After a time it seemed life went more quietly +there, flowers began to grow in the yards of the houses, and they met +children walking in the streets with books upon their arms. + +"Where are they going, father?" said the boy. + +"To school," said the charcoal-burner. + +"And may I go?" asked Mathew. + +"Not yet, my son." + +But one day his father pointed out the foundations of a new building +going up in the town. + +"It is a church," he said, "and when that is finished it will be a sign +that there will be women here like your mother, and then you may go to +school." + +Mathew ran and told the fir tree all about it. + +"But I will never forget you, never," he cried, and he kissed the trunk. +Day by day, from the spur of the mountain, he watched the church +building, and it was wonderful how much he could see in that clear, thin +atmosphere; no other building in town interested him so much. He saw the +walls go up and the roof, and the spire rise skyward with something that +glittered twinkling on its top. Then they painted the church white and +hung a bell in the tower. Mathew fancied he could hear it of Sundays as +he saw the people moving along like specks in the streets. + +"Next week," said the father, "the school begins, and it is time for you +to go as I promised. I will come to see you once a month, and when the +term is over you shall come back to the mountain." Mathew said good-by +to the fir tree, and there were tears in his eyes though he was happy. +"I shall think of you very often," he said, "and wonder how you are +getting along. When I come back I will tell you everything that happens. +I will go to church, and I am sure I shall like that. It has a cross on +top like yours, only it is yellow and shines. Perhaps when I am gone I +shall learn why you carry a cross, also." Then he went a little timidly, +holding fast by his father's hand. + +There were so many people in the town that it was quite as strange and +fearful to him as it would be to you who have grown up in town to be +left alone in the wood. At night, when he saw the charcoal-burner's +fires glowing up in the air where the bulk of the mountain melted into +the dark, he would cry a little under the blankets, but after he began +to learn, there was no more occasion for crying. It was to the child as +though there had been a candle lighted in a dark room. On Sunday he +went to the church and then it was both light and music, for he heard +the minister read about God in the great book and believed it all, for +everything that happens in the woods is true, and people who grow up in +it are best at believing. Mathew thought it was all as the minister +said, that there is nothing better than pleasing God. Then when he lay +awake at night he would try to think how it would have been with him if +he had never come to this place. In his heart he began to be afraid of +the time when he would have to go back to the mountain, where there was +no one to tell him about this most important thing in the world, for his +father never talked to him of these things. It preyed upon his mind, but +if any one noticed it, they thought that he pined for his father and +wished himself at home. + +It drew toward midwinter, and the white cap on The Hill of Summer Snow, +which never quite melted even in the warmest weather, began to spread +downward until it reached the charcoal-burner's home. There was a great +stir and excitement among the children, for it had been decided to have +a Christmas tree in the church. Every Sunday now the Christ-child story +was told over and grew near and brighter like the Christmas star. Mathew +had not known about it before, except that on a certain day in the year +his father had bought him toys. He had supposed that it was because it +was stormy and he had to be indoors. Now he was wrapped up in the story +of love and sacrifice, and felt his heart grow larger as he breathed it +in, looking upon clear windless nights to see if he might discern the +Star of Bethlehem rising over Pine Mountain and the Christ-child come +walking on the snow. It was not that he really expected it, but that the +story was so alive in him. It is easy for those who have lived long in +the high mountains to believe in beautiful things. Mathew wished in his +heart that he might never go away from this place. He sat in his seat in +church, and all that the minister said sank deeply into his mind. + +When it came time to decide about the tree, because Mathew's father was +a charcoal-burner and knew where the best trees grew, it was quite +natural to ask him to furnish the tree for his part. Mathew fairly +glowed with delight, and his father was pleased, too, for he liked to +have his son noticed. The Saturday before Christmas, which fell on +Tuesday that year, was the time set for going for the tree, and by that +time Mathew had quite settled in his mind that it should be his silver +fir. He did not know how otherwise he could bring the tree to share in +his new delight, nor what else he had worth giving, for he quite +believed what he had been told, that it is only through giving the best +beloved that one comes to the heart's desire. With all his heart Mathew +wished never to live in any place where he might not hear about God. So +when his father was ready with the ropes and the sharpened axe, the boy +led the way to the silver firs. + +"Why, that is a little beauty," said the charcoal-burner, "and just the +right size." + +They were obliged to shovel away the snow to get at it for cutting, and +Mathew turned away his face when the chips began to fly. The tree fell +upon its side with a shuddering sigh; little beads of clear resin stood +out about the scar of the axe. It seemed as if the tree wept. But how +graceful and trim it looked when it stood in the church waiting for +gifts! Mathew hoped that it would understand. + +The charcoal-burner came to church on Christmas eve, the first time in +many years. It makes a difference about these things when you have a son +to take part in them. The church and the tree were alight with candles; +to the boy it seemed like what he supposed the place of dreams might be. +One large candle burned on the top of the tree and threw out pointed +rays like a star; it made the charcoal-burner's son think of Bethlehem. +Then he heard the minister talking, and it was all of a cross and a +star; but Mathew could only look at the tree, for he saw that it +trembled, and he felt that he had betrayed it. Then the choir began to +sing, and the candle on top of the tree burned down quite low, and +Mathew saw the slender cross of the topmost bough stand up dark before +it. Suddenly he remembered his old puzzle about it, how the smallest +twigs were divided off in each in the shape of a cross, how the boughs +repeated the star form every year, and what was true of his fir was true +of them all. Then it must have been that there were tears in his eyes, +for he could not see plainly: the pillars of the church spread upward +like the shafts of the trees, and the organ playing was like the sound +of the wind in their branches, and the stately star-built firs rose up +like spires, taller than the church tower, each with a cross on top. The +sapling which was still before him trembled more, moving its boughs as +if it spoke; and the boy heard it in his heart and believed, for it +spoke to him of God. Then all the fear went out of his heart and he had +no more dread of going back to the mountain to spend his days, for now +he knew that he need never be away from the green reminder of hope and +sacrifice in the star and the cross of the silver fir; and the thought +broadened in his mind that he might find more in the forest than he had +ever thought to find, now that he knew what to look for, since +everything speaks of God in its own way and it is only a matter of +understanding how. + +It was very gay in the little church that Christmas night, with laughter +and bonbons flying about, and every child had a package of candy and an +armful of gifts. The charcoal-burner had his pockets bulging full of +toys, and Mathew's eyes glowed like the banked fires of the +charcoal-pits as they walked home in the keen, windless night. + +"Well, my boy," said the charcoal-burner, "I am afraid you will not be +wanting to go back to the mountain with me after this." + +"Oh, yes, I will," said Mathew happily, "for I think the mountains know +quite as much of the important things as they know here in the town." + +"Right you are," said the charcoal-burner, as he clapped his boy's hand +between both his own, "and I am pleased to think you have turned out +such a sensible little fellow." But he really did not know all that was +in his son's heart. + + + + +THE FIRE BRINGER + + +This is one of the stories that Alan had from the Basket Woman after she +came to understand that the boy really loved her tales and believed +them. She would sit by the spring with her hands clasped across her +knees while the clothes boiled and Alan fed the fire with broken brush, +and tell him wonder stories as long as the time allowed, which was never +so long as the boy liked to hear them. The story of the Fire Bringer +gave him the greatest delight, and he made a game of it to play with +little Indian boys from the campoodie who sometimes strayed in the +direction of the homesteader's cabin. It was the story that came +oftenest to his mind when he lay in his bed at night, and saw the stars +in the windy sky shine through the cabin window. + +He heard of it so often and thought of it so much that at last it seemed +to him that he had been part of the story himself, but his mother said +he must have dreamed it. The experience came to him in this way: He had +gone with his father to the mountains for a load of wood, a two days' +journey from home, and they had taken their blankets to sleep upon the +ground, which was the first time of Alan's doing so. It was the time of +year when white gilias, which the children call "evening snow," were in +bloom, and their musky scent was mingled with the warm air in the soft +dark all about him. + +He heard the camp-fire snap and whisper, and saw the flicker of it +brighten and die on the lower branches of the pines. He looked up and +saw the stars in the deep velvet void, and now and then one fell from +it, trailing all across the sky. Small winds moved in the tops of the +sage and trod lightly in the dark, blossomy grass. Near by them ran a +flooding creek, the sound of it among the stones like low-toned, +cheerful talk. Familiar voices seemed to rise through it and approach +distinctness. The boy lay in his blanket harking to one recurring note, +until quite suddenly it separated itself from the babble and called to +him in the Basket Woman's voice. He was sure it was she who spoke his +name, though he could not see her; and got up on his feet at once. He +knew, too, that he was Alan, and yet it seemed, without seeming strange, +that he was the boy of the story who was afterward to be called the Fire +Bringer. The skin of his body was dark and shining, with straight, black +locks cropped at his shoulders, and he wore no clothing but a scrap of +deerskin belted with a wisp of bark. He ran free on the mesa and +mountain where he would, and carried in his hand a cleft stick that had +a longish rounded stone caught in the cleft and held by strips of skin. +By this he knew he had waked up into the time of which the Basket Woman +had told him, before fire was brought to the tribes, when men and beasts +talked together with understanding, and the Coyote was the Friend and +Counselor of man. They ranged together by wood and open swale, the boy +who was to be called Fire Bringer and the keen, gray dog of the +wilderness, and saw the tribesmen catching fish in the creeks with their +hands and the women digging roots with sharp stones. This they did in +summer and fared well, but when winter came they ran nakedly in the snow +or huddled in caves of the rocks and were very miserable. When the boy +saw this he was very unhappy, and brooded over it until the Coyote +noticed it. + +"It is because my people suffer and have no way to escape the cold," +said the boy. + +"I do not feel it," said the Coyote. + +"That is because of your coat of good fur, which my people have not, +except they take it in the chase, and it is hard to come by." + +"Let them run about, then," said the Counselor, "and keep warm." + +"They run till they are weary," said the boy, "and there are the young +children and the very old. Is there no way for them?" + +"Come," said the Coyote, "let us go to the hunt." + +"I will hunt no more," the boy answered him, "until I have found a way +to save my people from the cold. Help me, O Counselor!" + +But the Coyote had run away. After a time he came back and found the boy +still troubled in his mind. + +"There is a way, O Man Friend," said the Coyote, "and you and I must +take it together, but it is very hard." + +"I will not fail of my part," said the boy. + +"We will need a hundred men and women, strong and swift runners." + +"I will find them," the boy insisted, "only tell me." + +"We must go," said the Coyote, "to the Burning Mountain by the Big Water +and bring fire to your people." + +Said the boy, "What is fire?" + +Then the Coyote considered a long time how he should tell the boy what +fire is. "It is," said he, "red like a flower, yet it is no flower; +neither is it a beast, though it runs in the grass and rages in the wood +and devours all. It is very fierce and hurtful and stays not for asking, +yet if it is kept among stones and fed with small sticks, it will serve +the people well and keep them warm." + +"How is it to be come at?" + +"It has its lair in the Burning Mountain, and the Fire Spirits guard it +night and day. It is a hundred days' journey from this place, and +because of the jealousy of the Fire Spirits no man dare go near it. But +I, because all beasts are known to fear it much, may approach it without +hurt and, it may be, bring you a brand from the burning. Then you must +have strong runners for every one of the hundred days to bring it safely +home." + +"I will go and get them," said the boy; but it was not so easily done as +said. Many there were who were slothful and many were afraid, but the +most disbelieved it wholly, for, they said, "How should this boy tell us +of a thing of which we have never heard!" But at the last the boy and +their own misery persuaded them. + +The Coyote advised them how the march should begin. The boy and the +Counselor went foremost, next to them the swiftest runners, with the +others following in the order of their strength and speed. They left the +place of their home and went over the high mountains where great jagged +peaks stand up above the snow, and down the way the streams led through +a long stretch of giant wood where the sombre shade and the sound of the +wind in the branches made them afraid. At nightfall where they rested +one stayed in that place, and the next night another dropped behind, and +so it was at the end of each day's journey. They crossed a great plain +where waters of mirage rolled over a cracked and parching earth and the +rim of the world was hidden in a bluish mist; so they came at last to +another range of hills, not so high but tumbled thickly together, and +beyond these, at the end of the hundred days, to the Big Water quaking +along the sand at the foot of the Burning Mountain. + +It stood up in a high and peaked cone, and the smoke of its burning +rolled out and broke along the sky. By night the glare of it reddened +the waves far out on the Big Water when the Fire Spirits began their +dance. + +Then said the Counselor to the boy who was soon to be called the Fire +Bringer, "Do you stay here until I bring you a brand from the burning; +be ready and right for running, and lose no time, for I shall be far +spent when I come again, and the Fire Spirits will pursue me." Then he +went up the mountain, and the Fire Spirits when they saw him come were +laughing and very merry, for his appearance was much against him. Lean +he was, and his coat much the worse for the long way he had come. +Slinking he looked, inconsiderable, scurvy, and mean, as he has always +looked, and it served him as well then as it serves him now. So the Fire +Spirits only laughed, and paid him no farther heed. Along in the night, +when they came out to begin their dance about the mountain, the Coyote +stole the fire and began to run away with it down the slope of the +Burning Mountain. When the Fire Spirits saw what he had done, they +streamed out after him red and angry in pursuit, with a sound like a +swarm of bees. + +The boy saw them come, and stood up in his place clean limbed and taut +for running. He saw the sparks of the brand stream back along the +Coyote's flanks as he carried it in his mouth and stretched forward on +the trail, bright against the dark bulk of the mountain like a falling +star. He heard the singing sound of the Fire Spirits behind and the +labored breath of the Counselor nearing through the dark. Then the good +beast panted down beside him, and the brand dropped from his jaws. The +boy caught it up, standing bent for the running as a bow to speeding the +arrow; out he shot on the homeward path, and the Fire Spirits snapped +and sung behind him. Fast as they pursued he fled faster, until he saw +the next runner stand up in his place to receive the brand. So it passed +from hand to hand, and the Fire Spirits tore after it through the scrub +until they came to the mountains of the snows. These they could not +pass, and the dark, sleek runners with the backward-streaming brand bore +it forward, shining star-like in the night, glowing red through sultry +noons, violet pale in twilight glooms, until they came in safety to +their own land. Here they kept it among stones, and fed it with small +sticks, as the Coyote had advised, until it warmed them and cooked their +food. As for the boy by whom fire came to the tribes, he was called the +Fire Bringer while he lived, and after that, since there was no other +with so good a right to the name, it fell to the Coyote; and this is the +sign that the tale is true, for all along his lean flanks the fur is +singed and yellow as it was by the flames that blew backward from the +brand when he brought it down from the Burning Mountain. As for the +fire, that went on broadening and brightening and giving out a cheery +sound until it broadened into the light of day, and Alan sat up to hear +it crackling under the coffee-pot, where his father was cooking their +breakfast. + + + + +THE CROOKED FIR + + +The pipsissawa, which is sometimes called prince's pine, is half as tall +as the woodchuck that lives under the brown boulder; and the seedling +fir in his first season was as tall as the prince's pine, so for the +time they made the most of each other's company. The woodchuck and the +pipsissawa were never to be any taller, but the silver fir was to keep +on growing as long as he stood in the earth and drew sap. In his second +season, which happened to be a good growing year, the fir was as tall as +the woodchuck and began to look about him. + +The forest of silver firs grew on a hill-slope up from a water-course as +far as the borders of the long-leaved pines. Where the trees stood close +together the earth was brown with the litter of a thousand years, and +little gray hawks hunted in their green, windy glooms. In the open +spaces there were thickets of meadowsweet, fireweed, monkshood, and +columbine, with saplings and seedlings in between. When the fir which +was as tall as the woodchuck had grown a year or two longer, he made a +discovery. All the firs on the hill-slope were crooked! Their trunks +bulged out at the base toward the downward pitch of the hill; and it is +the proper destiny of fir trees to be straight. + +"They should be straight," said the seedling fir. "I feel it in my +fibres that a fir tree should be straight." He looked up at the fir +mother very far above him on her way to the sky, with the sun and the +wind in her star-built boughs. + +"I shall be straight," said the seedling fir. + +"Ah, do not be too sure of it," said the fir mother. But for all that +the seedling fir was very sure, and when the snow tucked him in for the +winter he took a long time to think about it. The snows are wonderfully +deep in the canyon of the silver firs. From where they gather in the +upper air the fir mother shakes them lightly down, packing so softly +and so warm that the seedlings and the pipsissawas do not mind. + +About the time the fir had grown tall enough to be called a sapling he +made another discovery. The fir mother had also a crooked trunk. The +sapling was greatly shocked; he hardly liked to speak of it to the fir +mother. He remembered his old friend the pipsissawa, but he had so +outgrown her that there was really no comfort in trying to make himself +understood, so he spoke to the woodchuck. The woodchuck was no taller +than he used to be, but when he climbed up on the brown boulder above +his house he was on a level with the sapling fir, and though he was not +much of a talker he was a great thinker and had opinions. + +"Really," said the fir, "I hardly like to speak of it, but you are such +an old friend; do you see what a crook the fir mother has in her trunk? +We firs you know were intended to be straight." + +"That," said the woodchuck, "is on account of the snow." + +"But, oh, my friend," said the sapling, "you must be mistaken. The snow +is soft and comfortable and braces one up. I ought to know, for I spend +whole winters in it." + +"_Gru-r-ru-_," said the woodchuck crossly; "well for you that you do, or +I should have eaten you off by now." + +After this the little fir kept his thoughts to himself; he was very much +afraid of the woodchuck, and there is nothing a young fir fears so much +as being eaten off before it has a chance to bear cones. But in fact the +woodchuck spent the winter under the snow himself. He went into his +house and shut the door when the first feel of snow was in the air, and +did not come out until green things began to grow in the cleared spaces. + +Not many winters after that the fir was sufficiently tall to hold the +green cross, that all firs bear on their topmost bough, above the snow +most of the winter through. Now he began to learn a great many things. +The first of these was about the woodchuck. + +"Really that fellow is a great braggart," said the fir; "I cannot think +how I came to be afraid of him." + +In those days the sapling saw the deer getting down in the flurry of the +first snows to the feeding grounds on the lower hills, saw the mountain +sheep nodding their great horns serenely in the lee of a tall cliff +through the wildest storms. In the spring he saw the brown bears +shambling up the trails, ripping the bark off of dead trees to get at +the worms and grubs that harbored there; lastly he saw the woodchuck +come out of his hole as if nothing had ever happened. + +And now as the winters came on, the fir began to feel the weight of the +snow. When it was wet and heavy and clung to its branches, the little +fir shivered and moaned. + +"Droop your boughs," creaked the fir mother; "droop them as I do, and +the snow will fall." + +So the sapling drooped his fan-spread branches until they lay close to +the trunk; and the snow wreaths slipped away and piled thickly about his +trunk. But when the snow lay deep over all the slope, it packed and +slid down toward the ravine and pressed strongly against the sapling +fir. + +"Oh, I shall be torn from my roots," he cried; "I shall be broken off." + +"Bend," said the fir mother, "bend, and you will not break." So the +young fir bent before the snow until he was curved like a bow, but when +the spring came and the sap ran in his veins, he straightened his trunk +anew and spread his branches in a star-shaped whorl. + +"After all," said the sapling, "it is not such a great matter to keep +straight; it only requires an effort." + +So he went on drooping and bending to the winter snows, growing strong +and straight with the spring, and rejoicing. About this time the fir +began to feel a tingling in his upper branches. + +"Something is going to happen," he said; something agreeable in fact, +for the tree was fifty years old, and it was time to grow cones. For +fifty years a silver fir has nothing to do but to grow branches, thrown +out in annual circles, every one in the shape of a cross. Then it grows +cones on the topmost whorl, royal purple and burnished gold, erect on +the ends of the branches like Christmas candles. The sapling fir had +only three in his first season of bearing, but he was very proud of +them, for now he was no longer a sapling, but a tree. + +When one has to devote the whole of a long season to growing cones, one +has not much occasion to think of other things. By the time there were +five rows of cone-bearing branches spread out broadly from the silver +fir, the woodchuck made a remark to the pipsissawa which is sometimes +called prince's pine. It was not the same pipsissawa, nor the same +woodchuck, but one of his descendants, and his parents had told him the +whole story. + +"It seems to me," said he, "that the fir tree is not going to be +straight after all. He never seems quite to recover from the winter +snow." + +"Ah," said the pipsissawa, "I have always thought it better to have +your seeds ripe and put away under ground before the snow comes. Then +you do not mind it at all." + +The woodchuck was right about the fir; his trunk was beginning to curve +toward the downward slope of the hill with the weight of the drifts. And +that went on until the curve was quite fixed in the ripened wood, and +the fir tree could not have straightened up if he had wished. But to +tell the truth, the fir tree did not wish. By the end of another fifty +years, when he wagged his high top above the forest gloom, he grew to be +quite proud of it. + +"There is nothing," he said to the sapling firs, "like being able to +endure hard times with a good countenance. I have seen a great deal of +life. There are no such snows now as there used to be. You can see by +the curve of my trunk what a weight I have borne." + +But the young firs did not pay any attention to him. They had made up +their minds to grow up straight. + + + + +THE SUGAR PINE + + +Before the sugar pine came up in the meadow of Bright Water it had swung +a summer long in the burnished cone of the parent tree, until the wind +lifted it softly to the earth where it swelled with the snow water and +the sun, and began to grow into a tree. But it knew nothing whatever of +itself except that it was alive and growing; and in its first season was +hardly so tall as the Little Grass of Parnassus that crowded the sod at +the Bright Water. In fact, it was a number of years before it began to +overtop the meadowsweet, the fireweed, the tall lilies, the monkshood, +and columbine, and under these circumstances it could not be expected to +have much of an opinion of itself. + +During those years the young pine suffered a secret mortification +because it had no flowers. It stood stiff and trimly in its plain dark +green, every needle like every other one, and no honey-gatherer visited +it. When all the meadow ran over with rosy and purple bloom, the pine +tree trembled and beads of clear resin oozed out upon its bark like +tears; and the trouble really seemed worse than it was because everybody +made so much of it. Even the hummingbirds as they came hurtling through +the air would draw back conspicuously when they came to the pine, and +though they said politely, "I beg your pardon, I took you for a flower," +the seedling felt it would have been better had they said nothing at +all. + +"Well, why don't you grow flowers?" said the meadowsweet; "it is easy +enough. Just do as I do," and she spread her drift of blossoms like a +fragrant snow. But the sugar pine found it impossible to be anything but +stiff and plainly green, though every year in the stir and tingle of new +sap he felt a promise of better things. + +"I suppose," he said one day, "I must be in some way different from the +rest of you." + +"Ah, that is the way with you solemn people," said the fireweed, "always +imagining yourself better than those about you to excuse your +disagreeableness. Any one can see by the way you hold yourself that you +have too much of an opinion of yourself." + +The little pine tree sighed; he had not said "better," only "different," +and he began to realize year by year that this was so. + +"You should try to be natural," said the meadowsweet; "do not be so +stiff, and then every one will love you though you are so plain." + +Then the sugar pine reached out and tried to mingle with the flowers, +but the sharp needles tore their frills and the stiff branches did not +suit with their graceful swaying, so he was obliged to give it up. It +seemed, in fact, the more he tried to be like the others the worse he +grew. + +"If only you were not so odd," said all the flowers. None of the young +growing things in the meadow understood that it is natural for a pine +tree to be stiff. + +The sugar pine was not always unhappy. There were days when he caught +golden glints of the stream that ran smoothly about the meadow, in a bed +of leopard-colored stones, and, reflecting all the light that fell into +the hollow of the hills, gave the place its name; days when the air was +warm and the sky was purely blue, and the resinous smell of the pines on +the meadow border came to the seedling like a sweet savor in a dream, +for as yet he did not understand what he was to be. He was pleased just +to be looking at the summer riot of the flowering things, and loved the +cool softness of the snow when he was tucked into comfortable darkness +to dream of the spring odor of the pines. Then, when it seemed that the +meadow had forgotten him, the little tree would fall to thinking the +thoughts proper to his kind, and found the time pass pleasantly. + +"I suppose," he thought, "it is not good for me to flower as the other +plants. If I began like them I should probably end like them, and I feel +that I could not be satisfied with that. After all, one should not try +to be so much like others, but to be the very best of one's own sort." + +Very early the young tree had noticed that he was the only one of all +that company that kept green and growing the winter through. He would +have been secretly very proud of it, but the flowers took good care to +let him know their opinion of such airs. + +"It is simply that you wish to be considered peculiar," said the +columbine; "one sees that you like nothing so much as to be in other +people's mouths, but let me tell you, you will not get yourself any +better liked by such behavior." After that the little tree wished +nothing so much as that he might be the commonest summer-flowering weed. + +"But I am not," he said; "no, I am not, and I would do very well as I am +if they would let me be happy in my own way." + +That summer the seedling grew as tall as the meadowsweet, and could look +across the open space to the parent pine poised on her noble shaft, her +spreading crown gathering sunshine from the draughts of upper air. She +seemed to rock a little as if she dozed upon her feet, and the great +sweep of limbs with pendulous golden cones made a gentle sighing. Then +the despised little seedling felt a thrill go through him, and felt a +shaking in all his slender twigs. He bowed himself among the lilies, and +was both glad and ashamed, for though he could not well believe it, he +knew himself akin to the great sugar pines. After that he gave up trying +to be one of the flowers. Once he even ventured to speak of it to the +meadowsweet. + +"Well, if it is any satisfaction to you to think so; but do not let any +one else hear you say that. You are likely to get yourself +misunderstood. I tell you this because I am your friend," said the +meadowsweet, but really she had misunderstood him herself. + +Then a rumor arose in the neighborhood that the sombre, stubborn shrub +conceited himself to be a pine, and the rumor ran with laughter and +nodding the length of the meadow until it reached the old alder on the +edge of Bright Water. The alder had stood with his feet in the stream +for longer than the meadowsweet could remember, and saw everything that +went on by reflection. + +"Do not laugh too soon," said the alder tree, "I have seen stranger +things than that happen in this meadow," for he was indeed very old. + +"We have known him a good many seasons," said the fireweed, "and he has +not done anything worth mentioning yet." + +All this was very hard for the young pine to bear, but there was better +coming. That summer the forest ranger came riding in Bright Water and a +learned man rode with him, praising the flowers and counting the numbers +and varieties of bloom. How they prinked and flaunted in their pride! + +"That is all very pretty, as you say," answered the ranger as they came +by the place of the pine, "and I suppose they perform a sort of service +in keeping the soil covered, but the trees are the real strength of the +mountain. Ah, here is a seedling of the right sort! I must give that +fellow a chance," and he began pulling up great handfuls of the +blossoming things around the tree. + +"What is it?" asked his companion. + +"A sugar pine," he said; "probably a seedling of that splendid specimen +yonder," and he went on clearing the ground to let in sun and air. + +"But you must admit," said his friend, "that a seedling pine cuts rather +a poor figure among all this flare of bloom." + +"Oh, you wait fifty or sixty years," said the ranger, "and then you will +see what sort of a figure it makes. It really takes a pine of this sort +a couple of hundred years to reach its prime," and they rode talking up +the trail. + +Word of what had happened was carried all about the meadow and made a +great stir. When it came to the alder tree he wagged his old head. "Ah, +well," he said, "I told you so." + +"I will not believe it until I see it," said the fireweed. + +"They might have known it before," sighed the young pine, "and they +ought to be proud to think I grew up in the same meadow with them." + +But they were not; they went on flaunting their blossoms as if nothing +had occurred, and the young tree grew up as he was meant to be, and the +pines on the meadow border sent him greeting on the wind. He still kept +his trim spire-shaped habit, but he could very well put up with that for +the time being. He felt within himself the promise of what he was to be. +After fifty or sixty years, as the ranger had said, he began to put out +strong cone-bearing boughs that shaped themselves by the storms and the +wind in sweeping, graceful lines, and spread out to shelter the horde of +flowering things below. Squirrels ran up the trunk and whistled cheerily +in his windy top. + +"He grew here in our neighborhood," said the tall lilies; "we knew him +when he was a seedling sprig, and now he is the tallest of the pines." + +"Suppose he is," said the fireweed. "What is the good of a pine tree +anyway?" + +But the sugar pine did not hear. He had grown far above the small folk +of the meadow, and went on growing for a hundred years. He gathered the +sun in his high branches and rocked upon his shaft. He talked gently in +his own fashion with his own kind. + + + [Illustration: AN OLD MINE + From photograph by A. A. Forbes] + + + + +THE GOLDEN FORTUNE + + +A little way up from the trail that goes toward Rex Monte, not far from +the limit of deep snows, there is what looks to be a round dark hole in +the side of the mountain. It is really the ruined tunnel of an old mine. +Formerly a house stood on the ore dump at one side of the tunnel, a +little unpainted cabin of pine; but a great avalanche of snow and stones +carried them, both the house and the dump, away. The cabin was built and +owned by a solitary miner called Jerry, and whether he ever had any +other name no one in the town below Kearsarge now remembers. + +Jerry was old and lean, and his hair, which had been dark when he was +young, was now bleached to the color of the iron-rusted rocks about his +mine. For thirty years he had prospected and mined through that country +from Kearsarge to the Coso Hills, but always in the pay of other men, +and at last he had hit upon this ledge on Rex Monte. To all who looked, +it showed a very slender vein between the walls of country rock, and the +ore of so poor a quality that with all his labor he could do no more +than keep alive; but to all who listened, Jerry could tell a remarkable +story of what it had been, and what he expected it to be. Very many +years ago he had discovered it at the end of a long prospect, when he +was tired and quite discouraged for that time. There was not much +passing then on the Rex Monte, and Jerry drew out of the trail here in +the middle of the afternoon to rest in the shadow of a great rock. So +while he lay there very weary, between sleeping and waking, he gazed out +along the ground, which was all strewn with rubble between the stiff, +scant grass. As he looked it seemed that certain bits of broken stone +picked themselves out of the heap, and grew larger, in some way more +conspicuous, until, Jerry averred, they winked at him. Then he reached +out to draw them in with his hand, and saw that they were all +besprinkled with threads and specks of gold. You may guess that Jerry +was glad, then that he sprang up and began to search for more stones, +and so found a trail of them, and followed it through the grass stems +and the heather until he came to the ledge cropping out by a dike of +weathered rocks. And in those days the ledge was ah, so rich! Now it +seemed that Jerry was to have a mine of his own. So he named it the +Golden Fortune, and told no man what he had found, but went down to the +town which lies in a swale at the foot of Kearsarge, and brought back as +much as was needful for working the mine in a simple way. + +It was nearing the end of the summer, when the hills expect the long +thunder and drumming rain, and, not many weeks after that, the quiet +storms that bring the snow. Jerry had enough to do to make all safe and +comfortable at the Golden Fortune before winter set in. It was too steep +here on the hill-slope for the deep snows to trouble him much, so he +built his cabin against the rock, with a covered way from it to the +tunnel of the mine, that he might work on all winter at no unease +because of storms. + +It was perhaps a month later, with Jerry as busy as any of the wild folk +thereabout, and the nights turning off bitter cold with frost. Of +mornings he could hear the thin tinkle of the streams along fringes of +delicate ice. It was the afternoon of a day that fell warm and dry with +a promise of snow in the air. Jerry was roofing in his cabin, so intent +that a voice hailed him before he was aware that there was a man on the +trail. Jerry knew at once by his dress and his speech that he was a +stranger in those parts, and he saw that he was not very well prepared +for the mountain passes and the night. He knew this, I say, with the +back of his mind, but took no note of it, for he was so occupied with +his house and his mine. He suffered a fear to have any man know of his +good fortune lest it should somehow slip away from him. So when the +stranger asked him some questions of the trail, it seemed that what +Jerry most wished was to get rid of him as quickly as possible. He was +a young man, ruddy and blue-eyed, and a foreigner, what was called in +careless miners' talk, "some kind of a Dutchman," and could not make +himself well understood. Jerry gathered that he desired to know if he +were headed right for the trail that went over to the Bighorn Mine, +where he had the promise of work. So they nodded and shrugged, and Jerry +made assurance with his hands, as much as to say, it is no great way; +and when the young man had looked wistfully at the cabin and the boding +sky, he moved slowly up the trail. When he came to the turn where it +goes toward Rex Monte, he lingered on the ridge to wave good-by, so +Jerry waved again, and the man dropped out of sight. At that moment the +sun failed behind a long gray film that deepened and spread over all +that quarter of the sky. + +Jerry had cause to remember the stranger in the night and fret for him, +for the wind came up and began to seek in the canyon, and the snow fell +slanting down. It fell three days and nights. All that while the gray +veil hung about Jerry's house; now and then the wind would scoop a great +lane in it to show how the drifts lay on the heather, then shut in tight +and dim with a soft, weary sound, and Jerry, though he worked on the +Golden Fortune, could not get the young stranger out of his mind. + +When the sun and the frost had made a crust over the snow able to bear +up a man, he went over the Pass to Bighorn to inquire if the stranger +had come in, though he did not tell at that time, nor until long after, +how late it was when the man passed his cabin, how wistfully he turned +away, nor what promise was in the air. The snow lay all about the Pass, +lightly on the pines, deeply in the hollows, so deeply that a man might +lie under it and no one be the wiser. And there it seemed the stranger +must be, for at the Bighorn they had not heard of him, but if he were +under the snow, there he must lie until the spring thaw. Of whatever +happened to him, Jerry saw that he must bear the blame, for, by his own +account, from that day the luck vanished from the Golden Fortune; not +that the ore dwindled or grew less, but there were no more of the golden +specks. With all he could do after that, Jerry could not maintain +himself in the cabin on the slope of Rex Monte. So it came about that +the door was often shut, and the picks rusted in the tunnel of the +Golden Fortune for months together, while Jerry was off earning wages in +more prosperous mines. + +All his days Jerry could not quite get his mind away from the earlier +promise of the mine, and as often as he thought of that he thought of +the stranger whom he had sent over the trail on the evening of the +storm. Gradually it came into his mind in a confused way that the two +things were mysteriously connected, that he had sent away his luck with +the stranger into the deep snow. For certainly Jerry held himself +accountable, and in that country between Kearsarge and the Coso Hills to +be inhospitable is the worst offense. + +Every year or so he came back to the mine to work a little, and +sometimes it seemed to promise better and sometimes not. Finally, Jerry +argued that the luck would not come back to it until he had made good to +some other man the damage he had done to one. This set him looking for +an opportunity. Jerry mentioned his belief so often that he came at +last, as is the way of miners, to accept it as a thing prophesied of old +time. Afterward, when he grew old himself, and came to live out his life +at the Golden Fortune, he would be always looking along the trail at +evening time for passers-by, and never one was allowed to go on who +could by any possibility be persuaded to stay the night in Jerry's +cabin. Often when there was a wind, and the snow came slanting down, +Jerry fancied he heard one shouting in the drift; then he would light a +lantern and sally forth into the storm, peering and crying. + +About that time, when he went down into the town below Kearsarge once in +a month or so for supplies, the people smiled and wagged their heads, +but Jerry conceived that they whispered together about the unkindness +he had done to the stranger so many years gone, and he grew shyer and +went less often among men. So he companioned more with the wild things, +and burrowed deeper into the hill. His cabin weathered to a semblance of +the stones, rabbits ran in and out at the door, and deer drank at his +spring. + +From the slope where the cabin stood, the trail, which led up from the +town, winding with the winding of the canyon, went over the Pass, and so +into a region of high meadows and high, keen peaks, the feeding-ground +of deer and mountain sheep. The ravine of Rex Monte was the easiest +going from the high valleys to the foothills, where all winter the feed +kept green. Every year Jerry marked the trooping of the wild kindred to +the foothill pastures when the snow lay heavily on all the higher land, +and saw their returning when the spring pressed hard upon the borders of +the melting drifts. So, as he grew older and stayed closer by his mine, +Jerry learned to look to the furred and feathered folk for news of how +the seasons fared, and what was doing on the high ridges. When the +grouse and quail went down, it was a sign that the snow had covered the +grass and small seed-bearing herbs; the passing of deer--shapely bulks +in a mist of cloud--was a portent of deep drifts over the buckthorn and +the heather. Lastly, if he saw the light fleeting of the mountain sheep, +he looked for wild and bitter work on the crest of Kearsarge and Rex +Monte. It was mostly at such times that Jerry heard voices in the storm, +and he would go stumbling about with his lantern into the swirl of +falling snow, until the wind that played up and down the great canyon, +like the draughts in a chimney, made his very bones a-cold. Then he +would creep back to drowse by the warmth of his fire and dream that the +blue-eyed stranger had come back and brought the luck of the Golden +Fortune. So he passed the years until the winter of the Big Snow. It was +so called many winters after, for no other like it ever fell on the east +slope of Kearsarge. + +It came early in the season, following a week of warm weather, when the +sky was full of a dry mist that showed ghostly gray against the sun and +the moon; great bodies of temperate air moved about the pines with a +sound of moaning and distress. The deer, warned by their wild sense, +went down before ever a flake fell, and Jerry, watching, shivered in +sympathy, recalling that so they had run together, and such a spell of +warm weather had gone before a certain snow, years ago before the luck +departed from the Golden Fortune. As the fume of the storm closed in +about the cabin, and flakes began to form lightly in the middle air, the +old man's wits began to fumble among remembrances of the stranger on the +trail, and he would hearken for voices. The snow began, then increased, +and fell steadily, wet and blinding. + +The third night of its falling Jerry waked out of a doze to hear his +name shouted, muffled and feebly, through the drift. So it seemed to +him, and he made haste to answer it. There was no wind; on the very +steep slope where the cabin stood was a knee-deep level, soft and +clogging; in the hollows it piled halfway up the pines. Jerry's lantern +threw a faint and stifled gleam. There was no further cry, but something +struggled on the trail below him; dim, unhuman shapes wrestled in the +smother of the snow. Jerry sent them a hail of assurance cut off short +by the white wall of the storm. + +There was a little sag in the hill-front where the trail turned off to +the cabin, and here the moist snow fell in a lake, into which the trail +ran like a spit, and was lost. Down this trail at the last fierce end of +the storm came the great wild sheep, the bighorn, the heaviest-headed, +lightest-footed, winter-proof sheep of the mountains that God shepherds +on the high battlements of the hills. Down they came when there was no +meadow, nor thicket, nor any smallest twig of heather left uncovered on +the highlands, and took the lake of soggy snow by Jerry's cabin in the +dark. They had come far under the weight of the great curved horns +through the clogging drifts. Here where the trail failed in the white +smudge they found no footing, floundered at large, sinking belly-deep +where they stood, and not daring to stand lest they sink deeper. If any +cry of theirs, hoarse and broken, had reached old Jerry's dreaming, they +spent no further breath on it. By something the same sense that made him +aware of their need, Jerry understood rather than saw them strain +through the falling veil of snow. It was a sharp struggle without sound +as they won out of the wet drift to the firmer ground. They went on like +shadows pursued by the ghost of a light that wavered with the old man's +wavering feet. It was no night for a man to be abroad in, but Jerry +plowed on in the drift till he found the work that was cut out for him. +There where the snow was deepest, yielding like wool, he found the +oldest wether of the flock, sunk to the shoulders, too feeble for the +struggle, and still too noble for complaining. How many years had Jerry +waited to do a good turn on the trail where he had done his worst: and +in all these years he had lost the sense of distinction which should be +between man and beast. He put his shoulder under the fore shoulder of +the sheep, where he could feel the heart pound with certain fear. + +Jerry knew the trail, as he knew the floor of his mine, by the feel of +the ground under him, so as he heaved and guided with his shoulder, the +great ram grew quieter and lent himself to the effort till they came +clear of the swale, and the sweat ran down from Jerry's forehead. But +the bighorn could do no more. In the soft fleece of the snow he stood +cowed and trembling. The snow came on faster, and wiped out the trail of +the flock; he made no motion to go after. Such a death comes to the wild +sheep of the mountains often enough: to fail from old age in some sudden +storm, to sink in the loose snow and await the quest of the wolf, or the +colder mercy of the drift. He turned his back to the storm which began +to slant a little with the rising wind, and looked not once at Jerry nor +at the hills where he had been bred. But Jerry cast his eye upon the +sheep, which was full heavier then than he, and then up at the steep +where his cabin stood, remembering that he had nothing there that might +serve a sheep for food. Then he bent down again, and by dint of pulling +and pushing, and by a dim sense that began to filter through the man's +brain to the beast, they made some progress on the trail. They went over +broken boulders and floundered in the drifts, where Jerry half carried +the sheep and was half borne up and supported by the spread of the great +horns. They crossed Pine Creek, which ran dumbly under the snow, housed +over by the stream tangle. The flakes hissed softly on Jerry's lantern +and struck blindingly on his eyes, but ever as they went the sheep was +eased of his labor, grew assured, and carried himself courageously. +Finally they came where the storm thinned out, and whole hill-slopes +covered with buckthorn and cherry warded off the snow by springy arches, +and Jerry drew up to rest under a long-leaved pine while the sheep went +on alone, nodding his great horns under the branches of the scrub. He +neither lingered nor looked back, and met the new chance of life with as +much quietness as the chance of death. Jerry was worn and weary, and +there was a singing in his brain. The pine trees broke the wind and shed +off the snow in curling wreaths. It seemed to the old man most good to +rest, and he drowsed upon his feet. + +"If I sleep I shall freeze," he said; and it seemed on the whole a +pleasant thing to do. So it went on for a little space; then there came +a shape out of the dark, a hand shook him by the shoulder, and a voice +called him by name. Then he started out of dreaming as he had started at +that other call an hour ago, and it seemed not strange to him, the +night, nor the storm, nor the face of the blue-eyed man that shone out +of the dark, but whether by the light of his lantern he could not tell. +He shook the snow from his shoulders. + +"I have expected you long," he said. + +"And now I have come," said the stranger and smiled. + +"Have you brought the luck again?" + +"Come and see," said the man. + +Then Jerry took his hand and leaned upon him, and together they went up +the trail between the drifts. + +"You bear me no ill-will for what I did?" said Jerry. + +And the stranger answered, "None." + +"I have wished it undone many times," said the old man. "I have tried +this night to repay it." + +"By what you have done this night I am repaid," said the stranger. + +"It was only a sheep." + +"It was one of God's creatures," said the man. + +So they went on up the trail, and it seemed sometimes to Jerry that he +wandered alone in the dark, that he was cold, and his lantern had gone +out; and again he would hear the stranger comfort and encourage him. At +last they came toward the cabin, and saw the light stream out of the +window and the fire leap in the stove. Then Jerry thought of the mine, +and that the stranger had brought back the luck again. It seemed that +the young man had promised him this, though he could not be sure of +that, nor very clear in his mind on any point except that he had come +home again. But as he drew near, it seemed a brightness came out of the +tunnel of the mine, a warmth and a great light. As he came into it +tremblingly, he saw that the light came from the walls, and from the +lode at the far end of it, and it was the brightness of pure gold. And +Jerry smiled and stretched out his arms to it, making sure that the luck +had come again. + +After the week of the Big Snow there were people in the town who +remembered Jerry, and wondered how he fared. So when the snow had a +crust over it, they came up by the windy canyon and sought him in his +house, where the door stood open and a charred wick flared feebly in the +lamp, and in his mine, where they found him at the far end of the +tunnel, and it seemed as if he slept and smiled. + +"It is a worthless lode," they said, "but he loved it." + +So they took powder and made a blast, and with it a great heap of +stones, shutting off the end of the tunnel from the outer air, and so +left him with his luck and the Golden Fortune. + + + + +THE WHITE-BARKED PINE + + +The white-barked pine grew on the slope of Kearsarge highest up of all +the pines, so high that nothing grew above it but brown tufts of grass +and the rosy Sierra primroses that shelter under the edges of broken +boulders. The white-barked pines are squat and short, trunks creeping +along the rocks, and foliage all matted in a close green thatch by the +winter's weight. Snow lies on the slope of Kearsarge eight months in the +year, deep and smooth over the pines and the jagged rocks; other months +there are great storms of rain, and always a strong wind roaring through +the Pass, so that, try as it might, no tree could stand erect on those +heights. The white-barked pine stretched its body along the ground, and +though it was four hundred years old, it was no thicker than a man's +leg, and its young branches of seventy-five or a hundred years were +still so supple that one could tie knots in them. It grew near the +trail, which here crossed through a gap in the crest of the range and +straggled on down the other side of the mountain. + +Along this trail went many strange things in their season. Early in the +year, before the snow had melted at all on the high places, went a great +lumbering bear that had a lair above Big Meadows, going down to the +calf-pens and pig-sties of the town at the foot of Kearsarge. He ranged +back and forth on these little excursions of fifteen or twenty miles in +the hungry season of the year, and sometimes there were hunters on his +trail with dogs and guns, but nothing ever came of it. When the trail +began to run a rivulet from the drip of melting snow banks, the forest +ranger went up the Pass, singing as he went and beating his arms to keep +himself warm. Afterwards when the snow water was all drained off, he +came back and mended the trail. All through the summer there would be +parties of miners and hunters with long strings of pack mules, going +over Kearsarge to camp in Big Meadows or on the fork of King's River. +Sometimes there were parties of Indians with women and children, making +very merry with berries, fish, and deer meat. Nearly always, whatever +went over the mountain came back again, and the white pine noticed that +the same people came again another season. In four hundred years one has +space for observation and reflection. Gradually the pine tree grew into +the conviction that the other side of the mountain must be much finer +than this. + +"Else why," said he, "should so many people go there every year?" + +It was very fine, you may be sure, on the white pine's side, but the +tree had known it all for so many years, it no longer pleased him. From +where he grew he looked down between the ridges on a great winding canyon +full of singing trees, with blue lakes like eyes winking between them. +He could watch in the open places the white feet of the water on its way +to the valley, and from the falls long rainbows of spray blown out as if +they were blowing kisses to the white-barked pine. Below all this lay +the valley, hollow like a cup, full of fawn-colored and violet mist, +and the farms and orchards lay like dregs at the bottom of the cup. +Beyond the valley rose other noble ranges with cloud shadows playing all +along their slopes. + +"It is very tiresome to look at the same things for four hundred years," +said the white-barked pine. "If I could only get to the top, now. Do +tell me, what is it like on the other side?" he said to the wind. + +"Oh!" said the wind, "it rains and snows. There are trees and bushes and +blue lakes. It is not at all different from this side." + +A deer said the same thing when it slept one night under the thatch of +the highest pine. "It is all meadows and hills, only sometimes the grass +is not so good there, and again sometimes it is better. It is very much +like this." + +"I do not believe them," said the pine to himself. "They are simply +trying to console me for not realizing my ambition. But I am not a +sapling any longer, let me tell you that." + +"At least," said a young tree that grew a little farther down, "you are +higher up than any of us." + +"Of what use is that if I do not get to the top?" said the unhappy pine. +"There is a bunch of blue flowers there, I can see it quite plainly just +where the trail dips over the ridge. Surely I am as capable of climbing +as any blue weed." + +"But," said the young pine, "weeds do not have to grow cones." + +"Oh, as for cones," cried the tree quite crossly, "the seasons are so +short I hardly ever ripen any, and if I do the squirrels get them. I do +believe I have not started a seedling these two hundred years. It is no +use to talk to me, I shall be happy only when I have seen the other side +of the mountain." + +It seems what one desires with all one's heart for a long time finally +comes to pass in some fashion or other. That very season the +white-barked pine went up over Kearsarge to the other side. Early in the +summer, when the rosy primroses had just begun to blow beside the drifts +that hugged the shade of the boulders, a party of miners went up the +trail with a long string of pack mules burdened with picks and shovels, +flour and potatoes, and other things that miners use. The last pull up +the Kearsarge trail is the hardest, over a steep waste of loose stones +that want very little encouragement to go roaring down as an avalanche +into the ravine below. The miners shouted, the mules scrambled and +panted on the steep, but just as they came by the last of the +white-barked pines, one slipped and went rolling over and over on the +jagged stones. As happens very frequently when a pack animal falls, the +mule was not very much hurt, but the pack saddle was quite ruined. + +"We must do the best we can," said one of the men, and he cut down the +white-barked pine. He chopped off the boughs, and split the trunk in +four pieces to mend the pack. It was a very small tree though it was so +old. + +"Ah! Ah!" said the tree, "it hurts, but one does not mind that when one +is realizing an ambition. Now I shall go to the top." So he went over +Kearsarge on mule-back quite like an old traveler. + +"Well, we are rid of his complaining," said the pine who stood next to +him, "and now _I_ am the highest up of all the pines. I wonder if it is +really so much finer on the other side." + +His old companion, in four pieces, was swinging down the other side of +the mountain, and as he went, he saw high peaks and soddy meadows, long +winding canons with white glancing waters; and heard the chorus of the +falls. When it was night the miners lit a fire and loosened up the +packs, and after dark, when the wind began to move among the trees and +the fire burned low, one of the men threw a piece of the white-barked +pine on it. + +"Oh! Oh!" cried the pine as the flames caught hold of it, "and is this +really the end of all my travels?" + +"How that green wood sputters!" said the man; "it is not fit even for +firewood." + +The next day the wind took up the ash and carried it back over the pass, +and dropped it where the chopped boughs lay fainting on the ground. + +"Ah, is that you?" they said; "now you can tell us what it is like on +the other side." + +"How ignorant you are," said the ash of the white-barked pine, "one +would know you have never traveled. It is exactly like this side." But +he could not hear what they had to say to that, for the wind whirled him +away. + + + + +NA'[:Y]ANG-WIT'E, THE FIRST RABBIT DRIVE + + +The Basket Woman was walking over the mesa with the great carrier at her +back. Behind her straggled the children and the other women of the +campoodie, each with a cone-shaped basket slung between her shoulders. +Alan clapped his hands when he saw them coming, and ran out along the +path. + +"You come see rabbit drive," she said, twinkling her shrewd black eyes +under the border of her basket cap. Alan took hold of a fold of her +dress as he walked beside her, for he was still a little afraid of the +other Indians, but since the time of his going out to see the buzzards +making a merry-go-round, he knew he should never be afraid of the Basket +Woman again. The other women laughed a great deal as they looked at him, +showing their white teeth and putting back the black coarse hair out of +their eyes, and Alan felt that the things they said to each other were +about him, though they could hardly have been unpleasant with so much +smiling. Now he could see the men swarm out of the huts under the hill, +all afoot but a dozen of the old men, who rode small kicking ponies at a +tremendous pace, digging their heels into the horses' ribs. They passed +up the mesa in a blur of golden dust; westward they dwindled to a speck, +something ran between them from man to man, now thick like a cord, then +shaken out and vanishing in air. Then the riders dropped from their +horses and fumbled on the ground. Alan plucked at the Basket Woman's +dress. + +"Tell me what it is they do," he said. + +"It is the net which they set with forked stakes of willow," answered +the Basket Woman. Now the young men and the middle-aged began to form a +line across the mesa, standing three man's lengths apart in the sage. +Some of them were armed with guns and others had only clubs; all were +merry, laughing and calling to one another. They began to move forward +evenly with a marching movement, beating the brush as they went. +Presently up popped a rabbit from the sage and ran before them in long +flying leaps; far down the line another bounded from a stony wash, his +lean flanks turned broadside to the sun. + +Then the hunters broke into shouts of laughter and clapping, then one +began to sing and the song passed from man to man along the line; then +the men crouched a little as Indians do in singing, then their bodies +swayed and they stamped with each staccato note as they moved forward. +Rabbits sprang up in the scrub and went before them like the wind, and +as each one leaped into view and laid back his ears in flight, the cries +and laughter grew and the singing rose louder. The wind blew it back to +the women and children straggling far behind, who took it up, and the +burden of it was this,-- + + [Illustration: E - ya - ha hi, E - ya, E - ya - hi!] + +But every man sang it for himself, beginning when he liked and leaving +off, and when a rabbit started up under foot or one over-leaped himself +and went sprawling to the sand the refrain broke out again, but the +words, when there were any, seemed not to have anything to do with the +hunt, and sounded to Alan like a game. + +"_He-yah-hi, hi!_ he has it; he has it, he has the white, he has it!" + +"_Na'yang-wit'e!_" chuckled the Basket Woman. "_Na'yang-wit'e, +na'yang-wit'e!_ It is as it was of old time, look now and you shall +see." + +Alan looked at the hunters again, and whether it was because of the +blown dust of the mesa, or the quiver of heat that rose up from the +sand, or because the Basket Woman had laid her hand upon him, he saw +that they were not as they had been a moment since. Now they wore no +hats and were naked from the waist up, clothed below with deerskin +garments. Quivers of the skin of cougars with the tails hanging down +were slung between their shoulders, and the arrows in them were pointed +with tips of obsidian and winged with eagle feathers. Every man carried +his bow or his spear in his hand. Bright beads and bits of many-colored +shell hung and glittered in their hair. Rabbits went before them like +grasshoppers for number, and the song and the shouting were fierce and +wild. "But what is it all about?" asked Alan. + +"_Na'yang-wit'e, na'yang-wit'e_," laughed the Basket Woman. "Wait and I +will tell you the story of that song, for it is so that every song has +its story, without which no one may understand it. It is not well to go +too near the guns; sit you here and I will tell." + +So Alan bent down the sagebrush to make him a springy seat and the +Basket Woman sat upon the ground with her hands clasped about her knees. + +"Long and long ago," said the Basket Woman, "when men and beasts talked +together, there were none so friendly and none so much about the +wickiups as the rabbit people, and some of our fathers have told that +it was they who taught my people the game of _na'yang-wit'e_. I know +not if that be true, but there were none so cunning as they to play it. +And this is the manner of the game: there should be two sticks, or +better, two bits of bone of the fore leg of a deer, made smooth and +small to fit the palm. One of them is all white and the other has sinew +of deer stained black and wound about it. These the players pass from +hand to hand, and another will guess where is the place of the white, +and he who guesses best shall win all the other's goods. It is good +sport playing, and between man and man it comes even in the end, for +sometimes one has the goods and sometimes another, but when my people +played with the rabbit people it was not good, for the rabbits won every +time. Then my people drew together, all the Indians of every sort, and +made a great game against the rabbit people. There were two long rows +across the mesa, and between them were all the goods piled high, all the +beads and ornaments of shell, all the feather work and fine dressed +deerskin, all the worked moccasins, the quivers, the bows, all the +blankets, the baskets, and the woven mats. So they played at sunrise, so +at noon, so when it was night and the fires were lit. So on into the +night, and when it was morning the game was done, for the Indians had no +more goods. _Ay-aiy!_" said the Basket Woman, "long will the rabbit +people sorrow for that day, for it was then that the Indians first +contrived together how they might be rid of them. Then they gathered up +the milkweed," and she reached out and plucked a tall stem of it growing +beside her, white flowered and slender, with fine leaves like grass. +"Then they broke it so," and she laid it across a stone and beat it +lightly with a stick, "then they drew out the threads soft and white, +and so they rolled it into string." + +She stretched the fibre with one hand and rolled it on her knee with the +other, twisting and twining it. "Thus was the string made and afterward +woven into nets. The mesh of the net was just enough to let a rabbit's +head through, but not his body, and the net was a little wider than a +rabbit's jump when he goes fast and fleeing, and long enough to stretch +half across the world. So on a day the net was set and the drive was +begun as you have seen it, and as the Indians went they remembered their +anger and taunted the rabbit people. So the song of _Na'yang-wit'e_ was +made. Now let us go and see how it fares with the rabbit people, for as +it was of old so will it be to-day." + +All this time the line of men moved steadily across the mesa toward the +net. Now and then a rabbit turned, made bold by fright, and passed +between the men as they marched. Then the nearest turned to shoot him as +he ran, but it was left to the women to pick up the game. Already the +foremost rabbits were at the net, turned back by it, leaping toward the +hunters and fleeing again to the net. The old men closed in the ends of +the lane where the rabbits ran about distractedly with shrill squeals of +anguished fear. Some got their heads through the mesh but never their +bodies, and as it is not the nature of rabbits to go backward they +struggled and cried, getting themselves the more entangled; some blind +with their haste came against it in mid-leap, and were thrown back +stunned upon the sand. The men sang no more, for they had work to do, +serious work, for on the dried flesh of the rabbits and the blankets +made of their skins the campoodie must largely count for food and warmth +in the winter season. They closed in to the killing and made short work +of it with clubs and the butt ends of their guns. Then the women came up +with the children and heaped up the great carriers with the game while +the men wrung the sweat from their foreheads and counted up the kill. +Most of the rabbits were the kind Alan had learned to call jack rabbits, +but the Basket Woman picked up a fat little cotton-tail. + +"This is little Tavwots," said she, "and you shall have him for your +supper." Alan's mind still ran on the story of the first drive. "But is +it true?" he asked her, before he had given thanks for the gift. + +"Now this is the sign I shall give you that the tale is true," said the +Basket Woman. "Ever since that day if one of the rabbit people meets an +Indian in the trail he flees before him as you saw them flee to-day, and +that is because of _na'yang-wit'e_ and the first rabbit drive." Then she +laughed, but Alan took his share of the kill on his shoulder and went +back across the mesa slowly, wondering. + + + [Illustration: From photograph by A. A. Forbes + A "WICKIUP," OR INDIAN HUT] + + + + +MAHALA JOE + + +I + +In the campoodie of Three Pines, which you probably know better by its +Spanish name of Tres Pinos, there is an Indian, well thought of among +his own people, who goes about wearing a woman's dress, and is known as +Mahala Joe. He should be about fifty years old by this time, and has a +quiet, kindly face. Sometimes he tucks up the skirt of his woman's dress +over a pair of blue overalls when he has a man's work to do, but at +feasts and dances he wears a ribbon around his waist and a handkerchief +on his head as the other mahalas do. He is much looked to because of his +knowledge of white people and their ways, and if it were not for the +lines of deep sadness that fall in his face when at rest, one might +forget that the woman's gear is the badge of an all but intolerable +shame. At least it was so used by the Paiutes, but when you have read +this full and true account of how it was first put on, you may not think +it so. + +Fifty years ago the valley about Tres Pinos was all one sea of moving +grass and dusky, greenish sage, cropped over by deer and antelope, north +as far as Togobah, and south to the Bitter Lake. Beside every +considerable stream which flowed into It from the Sierras was a Paiute +campoodie, and all they knew of white people was by hearsay from the +tribes across the mountains. But soon enough cattlemen began to push +their herds through the Sierra passes to the Paiutes' feeding-ground. +The Indians saw them come, and though they were not very well pleased, +they held still by the counsel of their old men; night and day they made +medicine and prayed that the white men might go away. + +Among the first of the cattlemen in the valley about Tres Pinos was Joe +Baker, who brought a young wife, and built his house not far from the +campoodie. The Indian women watched her curiously from afar because of +a whisper that ran among the wattled huts. When the year was far gone, +and the sun-cured grasses curled whitish brown, a doctor came riding +hard from the fort at Edswick, forty miles to the south, and though they +watched, they did not see him ride away. It was the third day at evening +when Joe Baker came walking towards the campoodie, and his face was set +and sad. He carried something rolled in a blanket, and looked anxiously +at the women as he went between the huts. It was about the hour of the +evening meal, and the mahalas sat about the fires watching the +cooking-pots. He came at last opposite a young woman who sat nursing her +child. She had a bright, pleasant face, and her little one seemed about +six months old. Her husband stood near and watched them with great +pride. Joe Baker knelt down in front of the mahala, and opened the roll +of blankets. He showed her a day-old baby that wrinkled up its small +face and cried. + +"Its mother is dead," said the cattleman. The young Indian mother did +not know English, but she did not need speech to know what had happened. +She looked pitifully at the child, and at her husband timidly. Joe Baker +went and laid his rifle and cartridge belt at the Paiute's feet. The +Indian picked up the gun and fingered it; his wife smiled. She put down +her own child, and lifted the little white stranger to her breast. It +nozzled against her and hushed its crying; the young mother laughed. + +"See how greedy it is," she said; "it is truly white." She drew up the +blanket around the child and comforted it. + +The cattleman called to him one of the Indians who could speak a little +English. + +"Tell her," he said, "that I wish her to care for the child. His name is +Walter. Tell her that she is to come to my house for everything he +needs, and for every month that he keeps fat and well she shall have a +fat steer from my herd." So it was agreed. + +As soon as Walter was old enough he came to sleep at his father's house, +but the Indian woman, whom he called _Ebia_, came every day to tend +him. Her son was his brother, and Walter learned to speak Paiute before +he learned English. The two boys were always together, but as yet the +little Indian had no name. It is not the custom among Paiutes to give +names to those who have not done anything worth naming. + +"But I have a name," said Walter, "and so shall he. I will call him Joe. +That is my father's name, and it is a good name, too." + +When Mr. Baker was away with the cattle Walter slept at the campoodie, +and Joe's mother made him a buckskin shirt. At that time he was so brown +with the sun and the wind that only by his eyes could you tell that he +was white; he was also very happy. But as this is to be the story of how +Joe came to the wearing of a woman's dress, I cannot tell you all the +plays they had, how they went on their first hunting, nor what they +found in the creek of Tres Pinos. + +The beginning of the whole affair of Mahala Joe must be laid to the +arrow-maker. The arrow-maker had a stiff knee from a wound in a +long-gone battle, and for that reason he sat in the shade of his +wickiup, and chipped arrow points from flakes of obsidian that the young +men brought him from Togobah, fitting them to shafts of reeds from the +river marsh. He used to coax the boys to wade in the brown water and cut +the reeds, for the dampness made his knee ache. They drove bargains with +him for arrows for their own hunting, or for the sake of the stories he +could tell. For an armful of reeds he would make three arrows, and for a +double armful he would tell tales. These were mostly of great huntings +and old wars, but when it was winter, and no snakes in the long grass to +overhear, he would tell Wonder-stories. The boys would lie with their +toes in the warm ashes, and the arrow-maker would begin. + +"You can see," said the arrow-maker, "on the top of Waban the tall +boulder looking on the valleys east and west. That is the very boundary +between the Paiute country and Shoshone land. The boulder is a hundred +times taller than the tallest man, and thicker through than six horses +standing nose to tail; the shadow of it falls all down the slope. At +mornings it falls toward the Paiute peoples, and evenings it falls on +Shoshone land. Now on this side of the valley, beginning at the +campoodie, you will see a row of pine trees standing all upstream one +behind another. See, the long branches grow on the side toward the hill; +and some may tell you it is because of the way the wind blows, but I say +it is because they reach out in a hurry to get up the mountain. Now I +will tell you how these things came about. + +"Very long ago all the Paiutes of this valley were ruled by two +brothers, a chief and a medicine man, Winnedumah and Tinnemaha. They +were both very wise, and one of them never did anything without the +other. They taught the tribes not to war upon each other, but to stand +fast as brothers, and so they brought peace into the land. At that time +there were no white people heard of, and game was plenty. The young +honored the old, and nothing was as it is now." + +When the arrow-maker came to this point, the boys fidgeted with their +toes, and made believe to steal the old man's arrows to distract his +attention. They did not care to hear about the falling off of the +Paiutes; they wished to have the tale. Then the arrow-maker would hurry +on to the time when there arose a war between the Paiutes and the +Shoshones. Then Winnedumah put on his war bonnet, and Tinnemaha made +medicine. Word went around among the braves that if they stood together +man to man as brothers, then they should have this war. + +"And so they might," said the arrow-maker, "but at last their hearts +turned to water. The tribes came together on the top of Waban. Yes; +where the boulder now stands, for that is the boundary of our lands, for +no brave would fight off his own ground for fear of the other's +medicine. So they fought. The eagles heard the twang of the bowstring, +and swung down from White Mountain. The vul-tures smelled the smell of +battle, and came in from Shoshone land. Their wings were dark like a +cloud, and underneath the arrows flew like hail. The Paiutes were the +better bowmen, and they caught the Shoshone arrows where they struck in +the earth and shot them back again. Then the Shoshones were ashamed, and +about the time of the sun going down they called upon their medicine +men, and one let fly a magic arrow,--for none other would touch +him,--and it struck in the throat of Tinnemaha. + +"Now when that befell," went on the arrow-maker, "the braves forgot the +word that had gone before the battle, for they turned their backs to the +medicine man, all but Winnedumah, his brother, and fled this way from +Waban. Then stood Winnedumah by Tinnemaha, for that was the way of those +two; whatever happened, one would not leave the other. There was none +left to carry on the fight, and yet since he was so great a chief the +Shoshones were afraid to take him, and the sun went down. In the dusk +they saw a bulk, and they said, 'He is still standing;' but when it was +morning light they saw only a great rock, so you see it to this day. As +for the braves who ran away, they were changed to pine trees, but in +their hearts they are cowards yet, therefore they stretch out their arms +and strive toward the mountain. And that," said the arrow-maker, "is how +the tall stones came to be on the top of Waban. But it was not in my day +nor my father's." Then the boys would look up at Winnedumah, and were +half afraid, and as for the tale, they quite believed it. + +The arrow-maker was growing old. His knee hurt him in cold weather, and +he could not make arrow points fast enough to satisfy the boys, who lost +a great many in the winter season shooting at ducks in the tulares. +Walter's father promised him a rifle when he was fifteen, but that was +years away. There was a rock in the canyon behind Tres Pinos with a great +crack in the top. When the young men rode to the hunting, they shot each +an arrow at it, and if it stuck it was a promise of good luck. The boys +scaled the rock by means of a grapevine ladder, and pried out the old +points. This gave them an idea. + +"Upon Waban where the fighting was, there must be a great many arrow +points," said Walter. + +"So there must be," said Joe. + +"Let us go after them," said the white boy; but the other dared not, for +no Paiute would go within a bowshot of Winnedumah; nevertheless, they +talked the matter over. + +"How near would you go?" asked Walter. + +"As near as a strong man might shoot an arrow," said Joe. + +"If you will go so far," said Walter, "I will go the rest of the way." + +"It is a two days' journey," said the Paiute, but he did not make any +other objection. + +It was a warm day of spring when they set out. The cattleman was off to +the river meadow, and Joe's mother was out with the other mahalas +gathering taboose. + +"If I were fifteen, and had my rifle, I would not be afraid of +anything," said Walter. + +"But in that case we would not need to go after arrow points," said the +Indian boy. + +They climbed all day in a bewildering waste of boulders and scrubby +trees. They could see Winnedumah shining whitely on the ridge ahead, but +when they had gone down into the gully with great labor, and up the +other side, there it stood whitely just another ridge away. + +"It is like the false water in the desert," said Walter. "It goes +farther from you, and when you get to it there is no water there." + +"It is magic medicine," said Indian Joe. "No good comes of going against +medicine." + +"If you are afraid," said Walter, "why do you not say so? You may go +back if you like, and I will go on by myself." + +Joe would not make any answer to that. They were hot and tired, and awed +by the stillness of the hills. They kept on after that, angry and apart; +sometimes they lost sight of each other among the boulders and +underbrush. But it seemed that it must really have been as one or the +other of them had said, for when they came out on a high mesa presently, +there was no Winnedumah anywhere in sight. They would have stopped then +and taken counsel, but they were too angry for that, so they walked on +in silence, and the day failed rapidly, as it will do in high places. +They began to draw near together and to be afraid. At last the Indian +boy stopped and gathered the tops of bushes together, and began to weave +a shelter for the night, and when Walter saw that he made it large +enough for two, he spoke to him. + +"Are we lost?" he said. + +"We are lost for to-night," said Joe, "but in the morning we will find +ourselves." + +They ate dried venison and drank from the wicker bottle, and huddled +together because of the dark and the chill. + +"Why do we not see the stone any more?" asked Walter in a whisper. + +"I do not know," said Joe. "I think it has gone away." + +"Will he come after us?" + +"I do not know. I have on my elk's tooth," said Joe, and he clasped the +charm that hung about his neck. They started and shivered, hearing a +stone crash far away as it rolled down the mountain-side, and the wind +began to move among the pines. + +"Joe," said Walter, "I am sorry I said that you were afraid." + +"It is nothing," said the Paiute. "Besides, I am afraid." + +"So am I," whispered the other. "Joe," he said again after a long +silence, "if he comes after us, what shall we do?" + +"We will stay by each other." + +"Like the two brothers, whatever happens," said the white boy, "forever +and ever." + +"We are two brothers," said Joe. + +"Will you swear it?" + +"On my elk's tooth." + +Then they each took the elk's tooth in his hand and made a vow that +whether Winnedumah came down from his rock, or whether the Shoshones +found them, come what would, they would stand together. Then they were +comforted, and lay down, holding each other's hands. + +"I hear some one walking," said Walter. + +"It is the wind among the pines," said Joe. + +A twig snapped. "What is that?" said the one boy. + +"It is a fox or a coyote passing," said the other, but he knew better. +They lay still, scarcely breathing, and throbbed with fear. They felt a +sense of a presence approaching in the night, the whisper of a moccasin +on the gravelly soil, the swish of displaced bushes springing back to +place. They saw a bulk shape itself out of the dark; it came and stood +over them, and they saw that it was an Indian looking larger in the +gloom. He spoke to them, and whether he spoke in a strange tongue, or +they were too frightened to understand, they could not tell. + +"Do not kill us!" cried Walter, but the Indian boy made no sound. The +man took Walter by the shoulders and lifted him up. + +"White," said he. + +"We are brothers," said Joe; "we have sworn it." + +"So," said the man, and it seemed as if he smiled. + +"Until we die," said both the boys. The Indian gave a grunt. + +"A white man," he said, "is--white." It did not seem as if that was what +he meant to say. + +"Come, I will take you to your people. They search for you about the +foot of Waban. These three hours I have watched you and them." The boys +clutched at each other in the dark. They were sure now who spoke to +them, and between fear and fatigue and the cramp of cold they staggered +and stumbled as they walked. The Indian stopped and considered them. + +"I cannot carry both," he said. + +"I am the older," said Joe; "I can walk." Without any more words the man +picked up Walter, who trembled, and walked off down the slope. They went +a long way through the scrub and under the tamarack pines. The man was +naked to the waist, and had a quiver full of arrows on his shoulder. +The buckthorn branches whipped and scraped against his skin, but he did +not seem to mind. At last they came to a place where they could see a +dull red spark across an open flat. + +"That," said the Indian, "is the fire of your people. They missed you at +afternoon, and have been looking for you. From my station on the hill I +saw." Then he took the boy by the shoulders. + +"Look you," he said, "no good comes of mixing white and brown, but now +that the vow is made, see to the keeping of it." Then he stepped back +from them and seemed to melt into the dark. Ahead of them the boys saw +the light of the fire flare up with new fuel, and shadows, which they +knew for the figures of their friends, moved between them and the flame. +Swiftly as two scared rabbits they ran on toward the glow. + +When Walter and Joe had told them the story at the campoodie, the +Paiutes made a great deal of it, especially the arrow-maker. + +"Without a doubt," he said, "it was Winnedumah who came to you, and +not, as some think, a Shoshone who was spying on our land. It is a great +mystery. But since you have made a vow of brothers, you should keep it +after the ancient use." Then he took a knife of obsidian and cut their +arms, and rubbed a little of the blood of each upon the other. + +"Now," he said, "you are one fellowship and one blood, and that is as it +should be, for you were both nursed at one breast. See that you keep the +vow." + +"We will," said the boys solemnly, and they went out into the sunlight +very proud of the blood upon their bared arms, holding by each other's +hands. + + +II + +When Walter was fifteen his father gave him a rifle, as he had promised, +and a word of advice with it. + +"Learn to shoot quickly and well," he said, "and never ride out from +home without it. No one can tell what this trouble with the Indians may +come to in the end." + +Walter rode straight to the campoodie. He was never happy in any of his +gifts until he had showed them to Joe. There was a group of older men at +the camp, quartering a deer which they had brought in. One of them, +called Scar-Face, looked at Walter with a leering frown. + +"See," he said, "they are arming the very children with guns." + +"My father promised it to me many years ago," said Walter. "It is my +birthday gift." + +He could not explain why, and he grew angry at the man's accusing tone, +but after it he did not like showing his present to the Indians. + +He called Joe, and they went over to a cave in the black rock where they +had kept their boyish treasures and planned their plays since they were +children. Joe thought the rifle a beauty, and turned it over admiringly +in the shadow of the cave. They tried shooting at a mark, and then +decided to go up Oak Creek for a shot at the gray squirrels. There they +sighted a band of antelope that led them over a tongue of hills into +Little Round Valley, where they found themselves at noon twelve miles +from home and very hungry. They had no antelope, but four squirrels and +a grouse. The two boys made a fire for cooking in a quiet place by a +spring of sweet water. + +"You may have my rifle to use as often as you like," said Walter, "but +you must not lend it to any one in the campoodie, especially to +Scar-Face. My father says he is the one who is stirring up all this +trouble with the whites." + +"The white men do not need any one to help them get into trouble," said +Joe. "They can do that for themselves." + +"It is the fault of the Indians," said Walter. "If they did not shoot +the cattle, the white men would leave them alone." + +"But if the white men come first to our lands with noise and trampling +and scare away the game, what then will they shoot?" asked the Paiute. + +Walter did not make any answer to that. He had often gone hunting with +Joe and his father, and he knew what it meant to walk far, and fasting, +after game made shy by the rifles of cattlemen, and at last to return +empty to the campoodie where there were women and children with hungry +eyes. + +"Is it true," he said after a while, "that Scar-Face is stirring up all +the Indians in the valley?" + +"How should I know?" said Joe; "I am only a boy, and have not killed big +game. I am not admitted to the counsels of the old men. What does it +matter to us whether of old feuds or new? Are we not brothers sworn?" + +Then, as the dinner was done, they ate each of the other's kill, for it +was the custom of the Paiutes at that time that no youth should eat game +of his own killing until he was fully grown. As they walked homeward the +boys planned to get permission to go up on Waban for a week, after +mountain sheep, before the snows began. + +Mr. Baker looked grave when Walter spoke to him. + +"My boy," he said, "I wish you would not plan long trips like this +without first speaking to me. It is hardly safe in the present state of +feeling among the Indians to let you go with them in this fashion. A +whole week, too. But as you have already spoken of it, and it has +probably been talked over in the campoodie, for me to refuse now would +look as if I suspected something, and might bring about the thing I most +fear." + +"You should not be afraid for me with Joe, father, for we are brothers +sworn," said Walter, and he told his father how they had mixed the blood +of their arms in the arrow-maker's hut after they had come back from +their first journey on Waban. + +"Well," said Mr. Baker, who had not heard of this before, "I know that +they set great store by these superstitious customs, but I have not much +faith in the word of a Paiute when he is dealing with a white man. +However, you had better go on with this hunting trip. Take Hank with +you, and Joe's father, and do not be gone more than five days at the +outside." + +Hank was one of Mr. Baker's vaqueros, and very glad to get off for a +few days' hunting on the blunt top of Waban. On the Monday following +they left the Baker ranch for the mountain. As the two boys rode up the +boulder-strewn slope it set them talking of the first time they had gone +that way on their fruitless hunt for arrow points about the foot of +Winnedumah, and of all that happened to them at that time. The valley +lay below them full of purple mist, and away by the creek of Tres Pinos +the brown, wattled huts of the campoodie like great wasps' nests stuck +in the sage. Hank and Joe's father, with the pack horses, were ahead of +them far up the trail; Joe and Walter let their own ponies lag, and the +nose of one touched the flank of the other as they climbed slowly up the +steep, and the boys turned their faces to each other, as if they had +some vague warning that they would not ride so and talk familiarly +again, as if the boiling anger of the tribes in the valley had brewed a +sort of mist that rose up and gloomed the pleasant air on the slope of +Waban. + +"Joe," said Walter, "my father says if it came to a fight between the +white settlers and the Paiutes, that you would not hold by the word we +have passed." + +"That is the speech of a white man," said Joe. + +"But would you?" the other insisted. + +"I am a Paiute," said Joe; "I will hold by my people, also by my word; I +will not fight against you." + +"Nor I against you, but I would not like to have my father think you had +broken your word." + +"Have no care," said the Indian, "I will not break it." + +Mr. Baker looked anxiously after his son as he rode to the hunting on +Waban; he looked anxiously up that trail every hour until the boy came +again, and that, as it turned out, was at the end of three days. For the +trouble among the Indians had come to something at last,--the wasps were +all out of nest by the brown creeks, and with them a flight of stinging +arrows. The trouble began at Cottonwood, and the hunting party on Waban +the second day out saw a tall, pale column of smoke that rose up from +the notch of the hill behind the settlement, and fanned out slowly into +the pale blueness of the sky. + +It went on evenly, neither more nor less, thick smoke from a fire of +green wood steadily tended. Before noon another rose from the mouth of +Oak Creek, and a third from Tunawai. They waved and beckoned to one +another, calling to counsel. + +"Signal fires," said Hank; "that means mischief." + +And from that on he went with his rifle half cocked, and walked always +so that he might keep Joe's father in full view. By night that same day +there were seven smoke trees growing up in the long valley, and +spreading thin, pale branches to the sky. There was no zest left in the +hunt, and in the morning they owned it. Walter was worried by what he +knew his father's anxiety must be. Then the party began to ride down +again, and always Hank made the Indian go before. Away by the foot of +Oppapago rose a black volume of smoke, thick, and lighted underneath by +flames. It might be the reek of a burning ranch house. The boys were +excited and afraid. They talked softly and crowded their ponies together +on the trail. + +"Joe," said Walter whisperingly, "if there is battle, you will have to +go to it." + +"Yes," said Joe. + +"And you will fight; otherwise they will call you a coward, and if you +run away, they will kill you." + +"So I suppose," said Joe. + +"Or they will make you wear a woman's dress like To-go-na-tee, the man +who got up too late." This was a reminder from one of the arrow-maker's +tales. "But you have promised not to fight." + +"Look you," said the Indian boy; "if a white man came to kill me, I +would kill him. That is right. But I will not fight you nor your +father's house. That is my vow." + +The white boy put out his hand, and laid it on the flank of the foremost +pony. The Indian boy's fingers came behind him, and crept along the +pony's back until they reached the other hand. They rode forward without +talking. + +Toward noon they made out horsemen riding on the trail below them. As it +wound in and out around the blind gullies they saw and lost sight of +them a dozen times. At last, where the fringe of the tall trees began, +they came face to face. It was Mr. Baker and a party of five men; they +carried rifles and had set and anxious looks. + +"What will you have?" said Indian Joe's father as they drew up before +him under a tamarack pine. + +"My son," said the cattleman. + +"Is there war?" said the Indian. + +"There is war. Come, Walter." + +The boys were still and scared. Slowly Hank and Walter drew their horses +out of the path and joined the men. Indian Joe and his father passed +forward on the trail. + +"Do them no harm," said Joe Baker to those that were with him. + +"Good-by, Joe," said Walter half aloud. + +The other did not turn his head, but as he went they noticed that he had +bared his right arm from the hunting shirt, and an inch above the elbow +showed a thin, white scar. Walter had the twin of that mark under his +flannels. + +Mr. Baker did not mind fighting Indians; he thought it a good thing to +have their troubles settled all at once in this way, but he did not want +his son mixed up in it. The first thing he did when he got home was to +send him off secretly by night to the fort, and from there he passed +over the mountains with other of the settlers' families under strong +escort, and finally went to his mother's people in the East, and was put +to school. As it turned out he never came back to Tres Pinos, he does +not come into this story any more. + +When the first smoke rose up that showed where the fierce hate of the +Paiutes had broken into flame, the Indians took their women and children +away from the pleasant open slopes, and hid them in deep canons in +secret places of the rocks. There they feathered arrows, and twisted +bowstrings of the sinew of deer. And because there were so many grave +things done, and it was not the custom for boys to question their +elders, Joe never heard how Walter had been sent away. He thought him +still at the ranch with his father, and it is because of this mistake +that there is any more story at all. + +You may be sure that, of those two boys, Joe's was the deeper loving, +for, besides having grown up together, Walter was white, therefore +thinking himself, and making the other believe it, the better of the +two. But for this Walter made no difference in his behavior; had Joe to +eat at his table, and would have him sleep in his bed, but Joe laughed, +and lay on the floor. All this was counted a kindness and a great honor +in the campoodie. Walter could find out things by looking in a book, +which was sheer magic, and had taught Joe to write a little, so that he +could send word by means of a piece of paper, which was cleverer than +the tricks Joe had taught him, of reading the signs of antelope and elk +and deer. The white boy was to the Indian a little of all the heroes +and bright ones of the arrow-maker's tales come alive again. Therefore +he quaked in his heart when he heard the rumors that ran about the camp. + +The war began about Cottonwood, and ran like wildfire that licked up all +the ranches in its course. Then the whites came strongly against the +Paiutes at the Stone Corral, and made an end of the best of their +fighting men. Then the Indians broke out in the north, and at last it +came to such a pass that the very boys must do fighting, and the women +make bowstrings. The cattlemen turned in to Baker's ranch as a centre, +and all the northern campoodies gathered together to attack them. They +had not much to hope for, only to do as much killing as possible before +the winter set in with the hunger and the deep snows. + +By this time Joe's father was dead, and his mother had brought the boy a +quiver full of arrows and a new bowstring, and sent him down to the +battle. + +And Joe went hotly enough to join the men of the other village, nursing +his bow with great care, remembering his father, but when he came to +counsel and found where the fight must be, his heart turned again, for +he remembered his friend. The braves camped by Little Round Valley, and +he thought of the talk he and Walter had there; the war party went over +the tongue of hills, and Joe saw Winnedumah shining whitely on Waban, +and remembered his boyish errand, the mystery of the tall, strange +warrior that came upon them in the night, their talk in the hut of the +arrow-maker, and the vow that came afterward. + +The Indians came down a ravine toward Tres Pinos, and there met a band +of horses which some of their party had run in from the ranches; among +them was a pinto pony which Walter had used to ride, and it came to +Joe's hand when he called. Then the boy wondered if Walter might be +dead, and leaned his head against the pony's mane; it turned its head +and nickered softly at his ear. + +The war party stayed in the ravine until it grew dark, and Joe watched +how Winnedumah swam in a mist above the hills long after the sun had +gone quite down, as if in his faithfulness he would outwatch the dark; +and then the boy's heart was lifted up to the great chief standing still +by Tinnemaha. "I will not forget," he said. "I, too, will be faithful." +Perhaps at this moment he expected a miracle to help him in his vow as +it had helped Winnedumah. + +In the dusk the mounted Indians rode down by the Creek of Tres Pinos. +When they came by the ruined hut where his father had lived, Joe's heart +grew hot again, and when he passed the arrow-maker's, he remembered his +vow. Suddenly he wheeled his pony in the trail, hardly knowing what he +would do. The man next to him laid an arrow across his bow and pointed +it at the boy's breast. + +"Coward," he whispered, but an older Indian laid his hand on the man's +arm. + +"Save your arrows," he said. Then the ponies swept forward in the +charge, but Joe knew in an instant how it would be with him. He would +be called false and a coward, killed for it, driven from the tribe, but +he would not fight against his sworn brother. He would keep his vow. + +A sudden rain of arrows flew from the advancing Paiutes; Joe fumbled his +and dropped it on the ground. He was wondering if one of the many aimed +would find his brother. Bullets answered the arrow flight. He saw the +braves pitch forward, and heard the scream of wounded ponies. + +He hoped he would be shot; he would not have minded that; it would be +better than being called a coward. And then it occurred to him, if +Walter and his father came out and found him when the fight was done, +they would think that he had broken his word. The Paiutes began to seek +cover, but Joe drove out wildly from them, and rode back in the friendly +dark, and past the ruined campoodie, to the black rocks. There he crept +into the cave which only he and Walter knew, and lay on his face and +cried, for though he was an Indian he was only a boy, and he had seen +his first fight. He was sick with the thought of his vow. He lay in the +black rocks all the night and the day, and watched the cattlemen and the +soldiers ranging all that county for the stragglers of his people, and +guessed that the Paiutes had made the last stand. Then in the second +night he began to work back by secret paths to the mountain camp. It +never occurred to him not to go. He had the courage to meet what waited +for him there, but he had not the heart to go to it in the full light of +day. He came in by his mother's place, and she spat upon him, for she +had heard how he had carried himself in the fight. + +"No son of mine," said she. + +He went by the women and children and heard their jeers. His heart was +very sick. He went apart and sat down and waited what the men would say. +There were few of them left about the dying fire. They had washed off +their war paint, and their bows were broken. When they spoke at last, it +was with mocking and sad scorn. + +"We have enough of killing," said the one called Scar-Face. "Let him +have a woman's dress and stay to mend the fire." + +So it was done in the presence of all the camp; and because he was a +boy, and because he was an Indian, he said nothing of his vow, nor +opened his mouth in his defense, though his heart quaked and his knees +shook. He had the courage to wear the badge of being afraid all his +life. They brought him a woman's dress, though they were all too sad for +much laughter, and in the morning he set to bringing the wood for the +fire. + +Afterward there was a treaty made between the Paiutes and the settlers, +and the remnant went back to the campoodie of Tres Pinos, and Joe +learned how Walter had been sent out of the valley in the beginning of +the war, but that did not make any difference about the woman's dress. +He and Walter never met again. He continued to go about in dresses, +though in time he was allowed to do a man's work, and his knowledge of +English helped to restore a friendly footing with the cattlemen. The +valley filled very rapidly with settlers after that, and under the +slack usage of the tribe, Mahala Joe, as he came to be known, might have +thrown aside his woman's gear without offense, but he had the courage to +wear it to his life's end. He kept his sentence as he kept his vow, and +yet it is certain that Walter never knew. + + + + + PRONOUNCING VOCABULARY Of + INDIAN NAMES AND WORDS + + + CAMPOODIE (k[)a]mp'[=o]-dy). A group of Indian huts, from the + Spanish campo, a field or prairie. In some localities written + "_campody_." + + HINONO (h[)i]-n[)o]-n[)o]). A legendary Indian hero. + + MAHALA (m[.a]-h[:a]'l[)a]). An Indian woman, perhaps a corruption + from the Spanish _mujer_, woman. + + MESA (m[=a]'sae). A table-land, or plateau with a steeply sloping + side or sides. + + MESQUITE (m[)e]s-k[=e]t'). A thorny desert shrub, bearing edible + pods, like the locust tree, which are ground into meal for food. + + NA'[:Y]ANG-WIT'E. An Indian gambling game. + + OPPAPAGO (op-p[)a]-p[=a]'g[=o]). A mountain peak near Mt. Whitney. + The name signifies "The Weeper," in reference to the streams that + run down from it continually like tears. + + PAHRUMP (p[.a]h-r[)u]mp'). From the Indian words _pah_, water, and + rump, corn, "corn-water," i. e. a place where there is water + enough to grow corn. + + PAIUTES (p[=i]'[=u]t). The name of a large tribe of Indians + inhabiting middle California and Nevada. The name is derived from + the Indian word _pah_, water, and is used to distinguish this + tribe from the related tribe of Utes, who lived in the desert away + from running water. + + PENSTEMON (p[)e]ni-st[=e]'m[)o]n). A wild flower common to the + lower slopes of the Sierra Nevada Mountains. + + PHARANAGAT (ph[)a]-r[)a]n-[)a]-g[)a]t'). An Indian name of a + place. The meaning is uncertain. + + PINON (p[.=e]-ny[=o]n'). The Spanish name for the one-leaved, nut + pine. + + PIPSISEWA (p[)i]p-s[)u]s'[=e]-w[.a]). A wild flower common to + the lower slopes of the Sierra Nevada Mountains. + + QUERN (kw[^u]rn). A primitive mill for grinding corn. It consists + of two circular stones, the upper being turned by hand. + + SHOSHONE (sh[.=o]-sh[=o]'n[.=e]). An Indian tribe split in two by + the Pintes, and living north and south of them. In this book the + southern division only is referred to. + + TABOOSE (t[.a]-b[)oo]s'). Small tubercles of the joint grass; + they appear on the joints of the roots early in spring, and are an + important item of food to the Indians. + + TAVWOTS (t[)a]v-w[)o]ts'). The rabbit. + + TINNEMAHA (tin-ny-m[.a]-hae'). A legendary Indian hero. + + TOGOBAH (t[=o]-g[=o]-bae'). } Indian names of places. The + TOGONATEE (t[=o]-g[=o]-n[)a]-t[=e]'). } meaning is uncertain. + + TULARE (t[=oo]-lae're). A marshy place overgrown with the bulrushes + known as _tule_. + + VAQUERO (vae-k[=a]'r[=o]). The Spanish word for cowboy (from + _vaca_, a cow). + + WABAN (w[)a]-b[)a]n'). An Indian name of a place. The meaning is + uncertain. + + WICKIUP (w[)i]k'[)i]-[)u]p). An Indian hut of brush, or reeds. It + is often pieced out with blankets and tin cans. + + WINNEDUMAH (win-ny-d[=u]'m[)a]h). A legendary Indian hero. + + + + + Books by Mary Austin + + + THE FLOCK. Fully illustrated by E. Boyd Smith. + Square crown 8vo. $2.00, _net_. Postage, 18 cents. + + ISIDRO. Illustrated by Eric Pape. 12mo, $1.50. + + THE LAND OF LITTLE RAIN. California Sketches. + With Illustrations by E. Boyd Smith. 8vo, $2.00, _net_. + Postage, 24 cents. + + THE BASKET WOMAN. Square 12mo, $1.50. + + + HOUGHTON MIFFLIN COMPANY + BOSTON AND NEW YORK + + + + + The Riverside Press + CAMBRIDGE. MASSACHUSETTS + U. S. A. + + + + + +End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of The Basket Woman, by Mary Austin + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE BASKET WOMAN *** + +***** This file should be named 35502.txt or 35502.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + http://www.gutenberg.org/3/5/5/0/35502/ + +Produced by Chris Curnow, Joseph Cooper and the Online +Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net + + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +http://gutenberg.org/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need, are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at +http://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at http://pglaf.org + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit http://pglaf.org + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. +To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + http://www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. diff --git a/35502.zip b/35502.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..9c457c0 --- /dev/null +++ b/35502.zip diff --git a/LICENSE.txt b/LICENSE.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6312041 --- /dev/null +++ b/LICENSE.txt @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +This eBook, including all associated images, markup, improvements, +metadata, and any other content or labor, has been confirmed to be +in the PUBLIC DOMAIN IN THE UNITED STATES. + +Procedures for determining public domain status are described in +the "Copyright How-To" at https://www.gutenberg.org. + +No investigation has been made concerning possible copyrights in +jurisdictions other than the United States. Anyone seeking to utilize +this eBook outside of the United States should confirm copyright +status under the laws that apply to them. diff --git a/README.md b/README.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000..cfccd44 --- /dev/null +++ b/README.md @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +Project Gutenberg (https://www.gutenberg.org) public repository for +eBook #35502 (https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/35502) |
